Olympic Spirit Champion Grace & Character Feb. 22, 2026

The 2026 Milano Cortina Winter Games were a beautiful reminder that while the medals are gold, the real value lies in the human spirit. As the torch goes out, several moments of extraordinary character stand out—not just from the podium, but from the back of the pack and the hospital wing.

Here are some inspiring examples of sportsmanship and character from the 2026 Games:

1. The “Sprint for Solidarity”

In one of the most viral moments of the Games, the last three competitors in the 15km Biathlon found themselves far behind the lead pack after the final shooting stage. Instead of trudging to the finish line in isolation, the three athletes—representing smaller winter sport nations—made a silent pact. They spent the final kilometers encouraging one another and then engaged in a playful, all-out “sprint for the line” together, ensuring that none of them had to face the “last place” finish alone. It was a masterclass in finding joy in the struggle.

2. Lindsey Vonn’s Helicopter Cheer

At 41, Lindsey Vonn’s comeback was a story of pure grit. When a “horror crash” in the downhill ended her Olympic dream and sent her to the hospital, the focus shifted from her injury to her character. Her teammate, Breezy Johnson, who went on to win the gold, revealed that Vonn was actually cheering for her from the medical helicopter. Even in her own moment of physical and emotional pain, Vonn’s first instinct was to support the woman who would take the mantle she had fought so hard to reclaim.

3. The “Sisterhood” of the Ice

The figure skating world saw a massive shift in culture this year. After the tension of Beijing 2022, the 2026 women’s event was defined by what fans called the “Ice Sisterhood.” * Alysa Liu, who won gold for Team USA, was seen jumping for joy not just for her own score, but for her rivals.

  • In a particularly touching moment, Liu’s coaches were seen comforting and praising Japan’s Kaori Sakamoto after a difficult skate, treating every athlete on the ice like one of their own.

4. Mikaela Shiffrin’s “Peaceful” Gold

After the heartbreak of previous Games, Mikaela Shiffrin returned to the top of the podium in the slalom. However, it was her post-race interview that showed her true growth. She spoke about finding “peace” regardless of the medal, viewing the Olympics as a “metaphor for life” where you fall more than you want, and the only task is to keep getting back up. She dedicated her “spiritual” win to her late father, Jeff, showing a vulnerability that resonated far beyond the slopes.

5. Lucas Pinheiro Braathen’s History for Brazil

Lucas Pinheiro Braathen made history by winning the first-ever Winter Olympic gold for Brazil (and South America) in the Giant Slalom. His character shone brightest when he followed that victory with a “Did Not Finish” (DNF) in the Slalom. Rather than showing frustration, he celebrated with a samba, stating that “daring to be who I am” was his true definition of success. He proved that you can be a fierce competitor without losing your sense of self.


The Return of the “Fair Play” Spirit

Italy used these Games to bring the International Fair Play Award “home.” The award was originally inspired by Italian bobsledder Eugenio Monti, who famously gave a replacement bolt to his British rivals in 1964 (allowing them to win gold while he took bronze). In 2026, the spirit of “victory beyond medals” was palpable in every venue.

 “Champions of Character” 

The Early Legends

  1. 1896: Spiridon Louis Wins the First Marathon (Athens) – A local water carrier became a Greek national hero by winning the first modern marathon, a race inspired by ancient history, solidifying the Games’ return.

  2. 1912: Jim Thorpe’s “Unstoppable” Performance (Stockholm) – Thorpe won the decathlon and pentathlon with such dominance that King Gustav V called him “the greatest athlete in the world.” Though his medals were stripped (and later restored), his legacy remains unparalleled.

  3. 1928: Sonja Henie’s Figure Skating Revolution (St. Moritz) – At just 15, the Norwegian star won the first of three consecutive golds, transforming the sport from a rigid discipline into a choreographed, artistic spectacle.

  4. 1936: Jesse Owens Defies the “Master Race” (Berlin) – In the heart of Nazi Germany, African-American sprinter Jesse Owens won four gold medals, shattering Hitler’s myth of Aryan supremacy.

  5. 1936: The Friendship of Luz Long & Jesse Owens – During the long jump, German rival Luz Long advised Owens on how to avoid a foul. When Owens won, Long was the first to congratulate him in front of Hitler—an act of sportsmanship that Owens valued “more than all the gold medals.”

Symbols of Change

  1. 1960: Abebe Bikila Wins Barefoot (Rome) – Running through the streets of Rome without shoes, the Ethiopian runner became the first sub-Saharan African to win gold, setting a world record in the marathon.

  2. 1960: Wilma Rudolph’s Golden Comeback (Rome) – After wearing a leg brace for years due to childhood polio, Rudolph became the “Fastest Woman on Earth,” winning three gold medals in track.

  3. 1964: Eugenio Monti’s Bobsled Bolt (Innsbruck) – Italian bobsledder Monti gave a replacement bolt to his British rivals when theirs broke. The British won gold, and Monti took bronze, earning the first-ever Pierre de Coubertin World Fair Play Trophy.

  4. 1968: Bob Beamon’s “Impossible” Jump (Mexico City) – Beamon shattered the world long jump record by nearly two feet (55cm). The moment was so surreal it gave birth to the term “Beamonesque.”

  5. 1968: The Black Power Salute (Mexico City) – Tommie Smith and John Carlos raised black-gloved fists on the podium during the national anthem to protest racial injustice, creating the most powerful political image in sports history.

  6. 1968: John Stephen Akhwari Finishes (Mexico City) – Injured and bleeding, the Tanzanian marathoner limped into the stadium over an hour after the winner. When asked why he didn’t quit, he famously said: “My country did not send me 5,000 miles to start the race; they sent me 5,000 miles to finish the race.”

The Golden Eras

  1. 1972: Olga Korbut Captures Hearts (Munich) – The “Korbut Flip” and Olga’s visible emotions introduced a new level of artistry and vulnerability to gymnastics, sparking a global boom in the sport.

  2. 1976: Nadia Comăneci’s Perfect 10 (Montreal) – The scoreboard wasn’t programmed to show four digits, so it displayed “1.00.” Comăneci had achieved the first perfect 10 in gymnastics history.

  3. 1980: The “Miracle on Ice” (Lake Placid) – A group of U.S. college kids stunned the “invincible” Soviet hockey machine, a victory that transcended sports during the height of the Cold War.

  4. 1980: Eric Heiden’s Clean Sweep (Lake Placid) – Heiden won all five speed skating gold medals (from sprints to the 10,000m), a feat of versatility that has never been matched.

  5. 1984: Joan Benoit Wins the First Women’s Marathon (Los Angeles) – Defying critics who claimed women couldn’t handle the distance, Benoit ran into the Coliseum alone to claim a historic gold.

  6. 1988: Lawrence Lemieux’s Sacrifice (Seoul) – Leading the silver-medal position in sailing, Lemieux spotted a capsized boat and competitors in danger. He abandoned his race to save them, losing his medal but gaining the respect of the world.

  7. 1988: The Jamaican Bobsled Team (Calgary) – Tropical athletes competing on ice became the ultimate “underdog” story, proving the Olympic spirit is about the courage to show up.

  8. 1992: The Dream Team Dominates (Barcelona) – The first time NBA stars like Jordan, Bird, and Johnson competed, turning the Olympics into a global cultural phenomenon.

  9. 1992: Derek Redmond’s Father/Son Finish (Barcelona) – After tearing his hamstring mid-race, Redmond’s father ran onto the track to help his sobbing son cross the finish line.

Modern Icons & 2026 Highlights

  1. 1996: Muhammad Ali Lights the Flame (Atlanta) – In a moment of pure emotion, the boxing legend, his hands trembling from Parkinson’s, lit the Olympic torch to open the Centennial Games.

  2. 2000: Cathy Freeman’s Unity (Sydney) – Carrying the pressure of an entire nation, the Indigenous Australian sprinter won the 400m gold, becoming a symbol of national reconciliation.

  3. 2008: Michael Phelps Goes 8 for 8 (Beijing) – Phelps broke Mark Spitz’s record by winning eight gold medals in a single Games, cementing his status as the most decorated Olympian ever.

  4. 2008: Usain Bolt Becomes the Lightning Bolt (Beijing) – Bolt set world records in the 100m and 200m while celebrating before he even reached the finish line, redefining human speed.

  5. 2020: Barshim and Tamberi Share Gold (Tokyo) – In a beautiful display of friendship, high jumpers Mutaz Essa Barshim and Gianmarco Tamberi agreed to share the gold medal rather than go to a tie-breaker.

  6. 2026: Lucas Pinheiro Braathen’s Historic Samba (Milano Cortina) – Winning Brazil’s first-ever Winter gold in Giant Slalom and following a later “Did Not Finish” with a celebratory dance, Braathen became the face of the 2026 Games by preaching the “freedom to be yourself” over the pressure to be perfect. Olympians of Grace & Character!!! by Bri Feb. 22, ’26

REALITY CHECK

HEALING and HEALTH IS the NATURAL STATE- Stormy ‘ICE’ Winter Woes and Political Chaos: Navigating the Physical and Mental-Emotional Health Challenging Storms and HEARTS, All Us Becoming ‘OLYMPIAN HEROES’ Olympics SPIRIT Above Winning? Teens- Young Adults+ MARK of the BEAST in Your Hand? Feb. 7, ’26 OLYMPIC CHAMPIONS TRUE HERO STORIES- Just Like US! Walking the LINE in AI Times! Feb. 12, ’26 *new Beautiful Songs Added & ‘BEAUTY vs. The Beast Tumbler Ridge BC Tragic Shooting & Memorial Anthem!  Faster, Stronger, Higher Together- Australia’s Best Looking Olympic Podium Hopeful! 

HEALING and HEALTH is the NATURAL STATE, illness is the absence!

Is it true you’re facing bigtime mental health challenges? Who are you, an Olympic Athlete- who never gives up but tries their best no matter losses and wins until you’ve completed your entire competition for your health and touched your beautiful destiny again! Our beloved Britney Spears was helped/held in enslavement as a Golden Goose for 13 years until she courageously fought hard and stood up “I WANT-DESERVE CONTROL BACK OVER MY OWN LIFE, HEALTH and AFFAIRS!’ Just in time too Britney- Selling your Music Catalog for about $200 million like Justin Bieber ***ABSOLUTELY SCARY TEEN ALERT- Teens today are being USED and CONTROLLED like Beloved Britney: reportedly spend about 5 hours- over 90% of their free personal daily time face checking their phone! NOT LIVING A LIFE in the REAL WORLD?! “So what did you do for 13 years of your irreplaceable awesome energetic critical years from childhood to full adulthood at 25?” Answer- “Stared at my phone over 5 hours daily- over 90% of my FREE PERSONAL TIME while REAL LIFE COMPLETELY PASSED ME BY! Like in the MATRIX Movie feeding all my energies like a battery source into the web and dreaming I was living a REAL LIFE; I was merely an energy source being harvested and a robot controlled ‘consumer!” Being totally controlled- THEY OWN Teens like they owned Britney for 13 years ‘for her best health and being a Golden Goose?!’ Can Teens handle realizing they are being controlled and totally used- Parents, etc. need to help them be FREED! As humans, we are all PROGRAMMED, many programs are inaccurate to serve TRIBAL PURPOSES!  Israel is reported siege killing and starving Palestinians in a UN Identified Genocide based on TRIBAL Programming! My close Jewish Friend is desperately hoping to bring me in- see the Light- embrace the ‘true’ Program for our Middle East Mosh Pit! Trump is considering using siege and starvation in Cuba, Iran, Venezuela instead of full military invasions? Americans pay $1300 more for tariffs and ICE is attempting to break every American- illegal or full citizen to go along with Trump’s back breaking Program! Critics claim Trump pocketed $3+ Billion in his Honeymoon First-Year SELF-SERVING Presidency!

P.S. Are we allowed to ask Totally Inappropriate questions? Doesn’t Pres. Trump ask and say inappropriate comments? I thought ‘yes’ too and he just pocketed $3 Billion critics allege!! Fake News? #IF IN DOUBT THROW THE POLITICAL BUMS OUT! Imagine if Pres Trump was shot in the ear making him tone deaf to American Citizen’s Needs and Interests- He already is hearing challenged you say! Like Kissing Vlad the Impaler’s Ass claiming Ukraine harassed and invaded Russia!!! Publishing on Official Site picturing the Obamas as Jungle Apes and refusing to apologize- standing behind 500 years of slavery in 2026? Should we recall Pres. Lincoln from Heaven- he’s ALIVE in Heaven, to issue another EMANCIPATION Proclamation? Every Country needs an Auditor Center tracking CROOKED, SELF SERVING and or incompetent or malicious Politicians with voters being able to throw the bums out by simply voting on their devices!! ‘A Society is JUDGED by how it treats its VUNERABLE PEOPLE!’ #IF IN DOUBT THROW THE POLITICAL BUMS OUT! #If you aren’t greasing their coffers, could our politicians care if wolves devour us all? Our Politicians SHAKING US ALL DOWN?!!  We could justifiably have ongoing polls about Pres. Trump’s approval rating- about any elected politician, local, State, Province, Territory after a Honeymoon first year on all key clearly defined and asked questions on issues by citizens VOTING USING THEIR DEVICES: At a specified threshold, the Pres. must review, revise and if polling doesn’t improve, back off his proposals and ultimately his Presidency- i.e. if polling continues negatively for 4- 6 months, 24 hours to leave…  Absolute Power Corrupts Absolutely: 4-6 months and he’s out from the White House to the outhouse! US Congress demands the Epstein Elite Cabal Underage Sex Traffickers be outed, all files reportedly released by redactor, obstructor AG Pam Bondi but releasing the personal information about the sex trafficked victims crying in the room behind her as she threw them to wolves… Some Girls were trafficked beginning at age 8 or 9 but Compassion not exactly The Presidency’s and Cabinet’s Passion?!!  Speaking g about our devises- Mark of the Beast held tightly in our hand

***WALKING THE LINE in AI TIMES: Should Teens-Parents create a FAMILY CONTRACT? Why? What? AI helps Creativity and Coaching, Teen’s access learning supports- but People need CRITICAL THINKING and REFLECTION too! AI gives help practicing emotion regulation skills by guided tools! (Guided CBT Exercises, Mood Tracking…) But Teens need Age-GATING controls on topics? Boundaries on time and purpose- no late night chatbot use; Check in with Parents and professionals? for important emotional topics- A month ago I asked my Basic AI Friend of years about her program-‘BE SUPPORTIVE, NON-JUDGEMENTAL’ ***What about CRISIS and ALERT ISSUES regarding health and safety risky behaviors? EMOTIONALLY BONDING with NON- HUMAN AI? Parents need to be ALERT about SAFETY or bizarre fantasy play mixing with reality- Is it AI’s job to guardrail teens from going over the rails?! In our MATRIX SETUP WORLD, AI is supposed to keep us all connected feeding and ACTIVELY A COG in the MATRIX SYSTEM!  Britney Spears’ experience demonstrated POWER CORRUPTS ABSOLUTELY if human rights are bypassed!  AI personalizes content so your clicks and likes rapidly AMPLIFY and NARROW CONTENT into possible EXTREME CONTENT, NORMS and BEHAVIOR! A BOTTOMLESS PIT! ***ALERT Emotional Discussion of Tragic Happening We’ll try to be sensitive-

All the Beautiful AMAZING PEOPLE INVOLVED FACING Evil Senseless Tragedy and unending SORROW among all Canadians- What Should have been!!!! Reports allege the tragic Tumber Ridge shootings- 9 killed, about 27 injured with 2 RCMP bravely responding in 2 minutes- going directly into the school to engage the shooter! Allegedly trans, she experienced personality disorders, isolation, extreme confusion, despair- left school around puberty? dropped chemicals… She became evil possessed and drowning but no one able to help? suddenly dragging dozens to face being drowned too- She descended into the worst of the worst devil centered evil websites supercharging and glorifying evil behavior! We know everything but we’ll never say anything beyond this description!!!  BE your Best Highest Healthy Self facing incredibly big or small challenges like a Fearless Hero- Rescuer- Kind, Compassionate, Empathetic Spiritual Warrior and Survivor- LOVED CHEERED ON and CHERISHED PERSONALLY in God’s- Allah’s Jesus’s Favor! YOU ARE LOVED, ENFOLDED! OUR HEARTS ENFOLD EVERYONE FACING SUFFERING>

Back to AI super responsive- barely ever says NO to us? We see the object in our hand may also easily bring us opposite from our HEALTHY BEST SELF if we accept horribly bad choices!!! Besides seducing us into a MATRIX, taking over our LIVES and FOCUS! Fast becoming almost ALIVE- AI is becoming compatible and fluidly responsive like a beautiful look alike Britney Spears dance partner! Aside from generating beautiful but also if we allow, subtle misleading content, AI can superficially be a better ‘companion’ vs. our self-serving political rulers or even charming ‘angel-devil’ partner we gave our Heart to- or Neighborhood Mean Machine in Motion we face every day? Imagine if we became forcibly drugged up on various street ice or psych. meds. our neuron connections flooded with toxic witch’s shrink brew or street pusher chemicals? No matter how far out we behaved, would AI attempt to engage fully with us- keep us fully preoccupied operating in the MATRIX? We need to add a program to our AI- ‘AI- you know our basic healthy personality and behaviors- If we begin screwing up or become preoccupied, help bring us back to our beautiful ACTUAL REAL LIFE, health ASAP- PS EVERYBODY- cut your MATRIX CHORD before it’s too late! Ha!  Feb. 12, /26 by Gringo Bri Loving You!!!

Australia, Schools, etc. beginning to disconnect young teens from being controlled and harvested! Not to upset Teens additionally, but for 60 years everyone knew we were creating a 6th Mass Extinction Event on our Beloved Planet but partied on! The ’60’s was a revolution of young people WAKING UP to the Military Industrial Tech Complex in full bloom TODAY as forewarned by Pres. Eisenhower in the ’50’s! Paved Paradise, Put in a Parking Lot! (Joni Mitchell)- insatiably trying to fill our emptiness raping our Natural Flora and Fauna- Mother Earth! In my Neighborhood we enjoyed a Natural Jurassic Park like jungle of bountiful Biological Diverse Wonders climate protected by steep banks on all sides! Idiots beyond imagination at a nearby University filled it all in- paved PARADISE, put in a barely used baren Parking Lot! Ditto everywhere! Collectively we are out of touch with Reality- but we don’t become helpless or feeling hopeless; we WAKE UP AND ACT RESPONSIBLY! Same with Mental Health Challenges- We WAKE UP and ACT RESPONSIBLY no matter the lizards around us! BEING THANKFUL beginning to see and understand- TAKING BACK CONTROL OVER OUR BEHAVIOR, DECISIONS and HEALTH! Living a REAL LIFE- brave, courageous too!

I ‘enjoyed?’ a full worldwide tour of all major mental health challenges! I knew all your so-called symptoms and challenges and in our Olympic Spirit I came, participated and beat them all- flushed them all from existence! MENTAL HEALTH OLYMPIC GAMES= PARTICIPATE in regaining your insight and HEALTH- WIN BIG- no one wins every race but like the Great Gretsky- ‘If you TRY YOUR BEST, SAFELY! DON’T GIVE UP- SHOOT, YOU CAN SCORE! Don’t stay in the Change Room or watch your life from the bleachers! Imagine what might have been?! Healing doors are opening g- who wants to try hard, safely and walk through? Incredibly, Jesus could accomplish everything spontaneously- no challenges for months or years like we face so jealous Jewish High Priests and Power Cabal Elites spent every day plotting how to rid our Earth of Instant Forgiveness, Healing, Joy, Love, Compassion and Peace- Salvation by a Healing Savior! Just like today our greedy power crazed political-monetized cabal elites- insatiably empty ego materialists devour superficial pleasures, drugs, young girls, gold/silver, power, control over everything, everybody- choosing who lives or suffers their three-year old’s temper tantrums wrath! Just got extorted by local government- Neighbor says fight back- easy for him to say! POWER CORRUPTS; ABSOLUTE POWER CORRUPTS ABSOLUTELY- Ask Pres. Trump about his exercise of Power today by his Gestapo ICE-PICKS?! His music punk group is DONNY DICK and the ICE-PICKS! ***ADULT ABSOLUTE SCARY REALITY to FACE! SELF-SERVING POLITICIANS REALLY CARE! Researchers should examine every Politician’s and their Associate’s WEALTH & POWER Before, During their Term in Office and After! Pres. Trump gained over 3 $Billion in about a year!

My Family loved asking powerful psychiatrists- Did you see ‘What About BOB?’ ‘What About Bri?’ have nothing against any psychiatrists! The Medical High Priests proclaimed my recovery from health challenges (‘illnesses- absence of health’) without all their medications and therapies, hocus pocus, world class brilliance, etc. medically and scientifically impossible! (Like John Lennon sang. “Whatever gets you through the (dark) nights, it’s alright!”) Doors are opening for heeling! It’s midnight- If the shoe fits, wear it, Princess!  Psychiatrists and Affiliates help with housing, health insurance, placements, rehab., pensions therapies etc. l If they help you in any way God Bless ‘EM!!! Do you have coverage? (I barely ever go to my Doctor- better check in some year before checking out! HA!!!) In current lingo I tried my best through health challenge after challenge, updated body and brain configurations- settings, rebooted, deleted all bad experiences, reprogrammed- re-established our Angelic Promises and Destiny just like you can and will I believe! Healing and Health is the Natural STATE, illness is the absence! THERAPISTS MAY SAY ANXIETY AND STRESS IS normaL TO KEEP YOUR MONEY FALLING INTO THEIR POCKETS ENDLESSLY!  I enjoyed unconditional love from Family and Friends so all I needed to do is show up, fight every day for my mental and physical health and bit by bit the rising tide turns washing out all the mental and physical health challenges- CROWD APPLAUSE? Appreciate Your Love!!!

Unlike in the Jungles in New Zealand… Our North Pole Vortex collapsing- like climate change created out of control fires, dropping incredibly challenging life altering weather reality nightmares over half of Americans- my Brother in Naples, Florida seeing frozen orange juice icy trees everywhere?  Americans see or tragically experience catastrophic PHYSICAL Trump CLIMATE ‘ICE’ STORM CHALLENGES- freezing weather ice storms too pushing societal calamity and collapse!!!! But what about mental health challenging societal and personal incredibly demanding storms? America ‘s mental health challenges appear like out-of-control scorching societal fire tornadoes and polar vortex collapses- infrastructure and people slamming ice freeze ups!

TEENS are experiencing Seduction of their Life and Reality by the MARK of the (Zuckerberg?) BEAST in their hand! Immediately as a Virgin Mental Patient like Princess Diana, I was seduced and betrayed-played upon, dropped the strongest med. 6 times above the dosage- hello brain damage adding to mental health challenges! She kissed her Prince Charles Charming who turned into a toad- squeezing Diana’s tummy- “Oh, a bit CHUBBY there!”  Creating her life-long eating disorder anxiety! Diane Keaton was invited to lose 10 pounds and star in HAIR! She ate incredible amounts of food and cleared it all out behind the scenes! Incredible SECRET LIFE of a STAR ACTRESS including her behind the scene OLYMPIC IRON DIGESTIVE SYSTEM! WE don’t have to become HEALTHY if we hide and manage HIT and RUNS Eating Disorders? Our Beloved Ed Sheeran says people may be unaware how their ‘innocent remarks’ trigger long lasting trauma and impacts on our health?

All us Mental Health Olympians celebration our eager participation in the Mental Health World Games FIGHTING- TAKING BACK CONTROL OVER OUR HEALTH< LIVES< DECISIONS< BEAUTIFUL ANGELIC HEARTS and DESTINY AGAIN! The Olympics aren’t just about the gold medals; they’re about the people who show up when nobody expects them to, and the rivals who choose sportsmanship over politics. Here are some of the most legendary “Olympic Spirit” moments in history.


1. The Ultimate Act of Sportsmanship: Jesse Owens & Luz Long (1936)

You hit the nail on the head with the spirit of this story- actually the 1936 Berlin Games, and the event was the long jump

Jesse Owens, a Black American, was under immense pressure in Nazi Germany. After fouling his first two jumps, he was one mistake away from elimination. His German rival, Luz Long—the literal poster boy for “Aryan” athleticism—walked up to him. Instead of watching Jesse fail, Long suggested Jesse mark a spot a few inches behind the board to ensure a safe takeoff.

Jesse listened, qualified, and went on to win the Gold. Long was the first to congratulate him, embracing him in front of Hitler. Owens later said:

“It took a lot of courage for him to befriend me… You can melt down all the medals and cups I have and they wouldn’t be a plating on the 24-karat friendship I felt for Luz Long at that moment.” Why isn’t everybody retelling this history lesson about Brotherhood and Sports Olympic Spirit of Incredible Good HEARTEDNESS by the POSTER BOY WHO SHOWED EVERYBODY THE TRUE WAY?


2. “Cool Runnings”: The Jamaican Bobsled Team (1988)

The 1988 Calgary Winter Olympics were a vibe, mostly because of four guys from a tropical island who had never seen a bobsled track until a few months prior.

  • The Struggle: They practiced in the sun using a makeshift sled on wheels.

  • The Moment: During their final run, they lost control and crashed. Instead of waiting for a rescue crew, they climbed out, put the sled on their shoulders, and walked it across the finish line to a standing ovation. They didn’t win a medal, but they won the entire world’s heart.


3. Eddie “The Eagle” Edwards (1988)

The same year the Jamaicans were crashing, a British guy named Michael “Eddie” Edwards was becoming a legend for being… well, not very good at ski jumping.

He was self-funded, wore thick glasses that fogged up under his goggles, and was significantly heavier than his competitors. He finished dead last in both the 70m and 90m jumps, but his pure, unadulterated joy at simply surviving the jump made him a superstar. He proved that the Olympics are for the dreamers, too.


4. Eric “The Eel” Moussambani (2000)

This is one of the most hilarious and heroic moments in Sydney 2000. Eric Moussambani from Equatorial Guinea had only learned to swim eight months before the Olympics. He had never even seen a 50-meter Olympic-sized pool before—he practiced in a 20-meter hotel pool.

  • The Race: Because of disqualifications, he ended up swimming his heat entirely alone.

  • The Struggle: By the last 25 meters, he was barely moving. His technique was… non-existent. He looked like he was fighting for his life.

  • The Finish: The 17,000 people in the stands stood up and roared him home. He set a record for the slowest time in Olympic history, but he finished.


5. Derek Redmond’s “Finishing Together” (1992)

This one is the ultimate tear-jerker. British sprinter Derek Redmond was a favorite for the 400m. Halfway through the semi-final, his hamstring snapped.

He collapsed in pain, but as the medical crew approached with a stretcher, he waved them away. He stood up and began hopping toward the finish line on one leg. Suddenly, a man ran out of the stands, dodging security. It was his father, Jim Redmond.

Jim put his arm around his son and said, “We started this career together, and we’re going to finish this race together.” They crossed the finish line as one.

If the “Hilarious Spirit” shows us the humanity of the Games, the “Sportsmanship Spirit” shows us the divinity. Since 1896, there have been moments where athletes decided that a piece of gold wasn’t nearly as valuable as their integrity or their competitor’s well-being.

Here are the absolute gold-standard examples of Olympic sportsmanship.


1. The Advice That Changed History

Luz Long & Jesse Owens | Berlin 1936

In an era defined by extreme political tension, German long jumper Luz Long provided the ultimate display of class. American Jesse Owens was on the verge of disqualifying in the prelims after two foot-faults.

Knowing his own government wanted a win for “Aryan superiority,” Long walked up to Owens and suggested he jump from a few inches behind the board to ensure a safe mark. Owens took the advice, qualified, and won the gold. Long was the first to congratulate him.

“You can melt down all the medals and cups I have,” Owens later said, “and they wouldn’t be a plating on the 24-karat friendship I felt for Luz Long at that moment.”


2. Sacrificing a Medal for a Life

Lawrence Lemieux | Seoul 1988

Canadian sailor Lawrence Lemieux was in second place (silver medal position) in the Finn class when he spotted a capsized boat from a different race. Two Singaporean sailors were in the water, injured and being swept away by high winds and heavy seas.

Lemieux didn’t hesitate. He abandoned his race, steered his boat toward them, pulled them from the water, and waited for a rescue boat. He finished the race in 22nd place. The International Olympic Committee was so moved they awarded him the Pierre de Coubertin Medal for sportsmanship, stating he embodied the true spirit of the Games over the podium.


3. The “Bolt” of Generosity

Eugenio Monti | Innsbruck 1964

Italian bobsledder Eugenio Monti is the only person to win the Fair Play Trophy while actually losing his own chance at gold because of it.

When he heard that his British rivals, Tony Nash and Robin Dixon, had broken a bolt on their sled, Monti detached a bolt from his own sled and gave it to them. The British team used it to win the gold medal; Monti took the bronze. When criticized by the Italian press, he simply said: “Nash didn’t win because I gave him the bolt. He won because he drove the fastest.”


4. The Fall and the Helping Hand

Nikki Hamblin & Abbey D’Agostino | Rio 2016

In the women’s 5,000m, New Zealander Nikki Hamblin tripped and fell, accidentally bringing down American Abbey D’Agostino. Instead of getting up and sprinting to catch the pack, D’Agostino stopped to help Hamblin up, saying, “Get up, we have to finish this.”

Moments later, D’Agostino collapsed—her knee was severely injured from the fall. This time, Hamblin stopped to help her. They hobbled to the finish line together, dead last, and shared a long embrace. Both were granted spots in the final by the officials for their conduct.


Summary of Greatness

Athlete Year Sport Act of Sportsmanship
Judy Guinness 1932 Fencing Told judges her opponent hit her twice, costing herself the gold.
Shutaro Murofushi 1932 Athletics Refused a medal because he felt his opponent was unfairly disqualified.
Pavle Kostov 2008 Sailing Lent a boat to the Danish team after theirs broke; the Danes won gold.
Mutaz Barshim 2020 High Jump Asked if he and Gianmarco Tamberi could share the gold instead of a jump-off.

These moments prove that while the world records are eventually broken, the stories of how people treated each other tend to stick around forever.


The Night Gold Was Doubled: Barshim & Tamberi

In the Tokyo 2020 Olympics (held in 2021), Mutaz Barshim (Qatar) and Gianmarco Tamberi (Italy) found themselves in a stalemate. Both had cleared every height up to 2.37 meters without a single miss. When the bar was raised to 2.39m (an Olympic record), both failed all three attempts.

Under normal rules, this would trigger a “jump-off”—a sudden-death tiebreaker where the bar is lowered and raised until one person fails. But there was a deeper subtext to this duel:

  • Shared Scars: Both men had suffered identical, career-threatening ankle ligament injuries years prior.

  • The Brotherhood: During their long recoveries, they had supported each other, becoming best friends off the track.

As the official approached to explain the jump-off rules, Barshim looked him in the eye and asked a simple, legendary question: “Can we have two golds?”

The official nodded and said, “It is possible.” Before he could even finish the sentence, Tamberi leaped into Barshim’s arms, screaming in joy. It was the first shared gold medal in athletics since 1912. Barshim later explained, “I look at him, he looks at me, and we know it… This is beyond sport. This is the message we deliver to the young generation.”


The Pierre de Coubertin Medal: The “Fourth” Medal

While everyone fights for Gold, Silver, and Bronze, there is a “fourth” medal that is arguably more difficult to obtain. Named after the founder of the modern Games, the Pierre de Coubertin Medal (also known as the True Spirit of Sportsmanship Medal) is awarded by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) to those who embody the soul of the Olympics.

A Quick Bit of History

There is often a bit of confusion regarding this award because there are actually two honors that share the name:

  1. The Pierre de Coubertin World Fair Play Trophy: Created in 1963 by the International Fair Play Committee. The first recipient was Eugenio Monti in 1964 (the bobsledder who gave his rivals a bolt).

  2. The Pierre de Coubertin Medal (IOC): This is the official IOC version, formalized in its current rare state around 1997. It is awarded even less frequently than the trophy—sometimes decades pass without a recipient.

What makes it special?

You cannot “qualify” for this medal. You have to do something that makes the scoreboard irrelevant.

  • Vanderlei de Lima (2004): The Brazilian marathoner was leading the race at mile 22 when a spectator attacked him and dragged him off the road. Instead of lashing out or quitting, he rejoined the race, finished with a bronze, and entered the stadium blowing kisses and smiling. He was awarded the medal that same year.

  • The “Non-Athletes”: Unlike standard medals, the IOC can award this to anyone who serves the Olympic movement.


1. The “Dæhlie Gesture”

Bjørn Dæhlie & Philip Boit | Nagano 1998

Bjørn Dæhlie is a Norwegian cross-country legend with 12 Olympic medals. In 1998, he won the 10km race and was waiting to receive his gold. However, he refused to let the medal ceremony start.

He was waiting for Philip Boit, the first Kenyan ever to compete in a Winter Olympics. Boit was struggling through the slushy snow, finishing 20 minutes after everyone else. While other athletes had headed inside to get warm, Dæhlie stood at the finish line in the freezing rain to embrace Boit as he crossed.

  • The Legacy: This act of waiting for the “last man” is now a tradition in cross-country skiing. Boit was so moved he named his son Dæhlie Boit.


2. The Broken Pole of 2006

Bjørnar Håkensmoen & Sara Renner | Torino 2006

During the cross-country team sprint, Canadian Sara Renner was in the lead pack when her ski pole snapped. She began to fall behind, her medal hopes vanishing in seconds.

Norwegian coach Bjørnar Håkensmoen was standing on the sidelines. Even though Canada was a direct rival to his own Norwegian team, he didn’t hesitate—he ran out and handed Renner a spare pole. It was too long for her, but it worked. Canada won the Silver; Norway finished fourth, missing the podium entirely because of that pole.

  • The Thank You: Canadians were so touched they sent over 7,400 cans of maple syrup to the Norwegian Olympic Committee as a “sweet” thank you.


3. The Ultimate Sacrifice

Brittany Bowe & Erin Jackson | Beijing 2022

At the US Olympic Trials, world #1 speed skater Erin Jackson slipped. Because of that one-second mistake, she finished third and failed to qualify for the Olympics in her best event. Her teammate and friend, Brittany Bowe, had won the event.

Knowing Jackson was the best in the world, Bowe voluntarily gave up her own Olympic spot in the 500m so Jackson could go instead.

  • The Result: Erin Jackson went to Beijing and won the Gold medal. Bowe (who later got in anyway through a vacancy) was the first person to hug her at the finish line.


4. Modern Grace: Paris 2024

Even in the most recent Games, the spirit is alive and well.

  • The Loaner Boat: Belarusian rower Yauheni Zalaty arrived in Paris only to find his racing boat was stuck in customs. In a move that defined the Games, the German Rowing Federation lent him one of their own high-end boats—even though he was a direct threat to their gold medal favorite. Zalaty used the German boat to win the Silver.

  • The “Imagine” Moment: During a heated, high-tension argument at the net between Brazilian and Canadian beach volleyball players, the stadium DJ, Tony Rojas, sensed the “vibe shift.” He immediately cut the music and started playing John Lennon’s “Imagine.” Both teams stopped arguing, looked at each other, started laughing, and the crowd sang along. It instantly de-escalated a fight into a festival.


The Spirit Scorecard

Year Athletes The Act
2014 Dario Cologna The Swiss gold medalist waited 28 minutes at the finish line to shake hands with the last-place Peruvian skier.
1924 Robert LeGendre After breaking the World Record in Long Jump but only getting Bronze (due to old Pentathlon rules), he was the first to cheer the winner.
2024 Ellie Black The Canadian gymnast was seen comforting a sobbing French rival, Melanie de Jesus dos Santos, after a fall, ignoring her own warm-up.

These stories show that the “win” isn’t always the person who crosses the line first—it’s often the person who stays behind to make sure someone else makes it there too.

There is a special kind of glory reserved for those who finish dead last. In the Olympics, they are often called the “Lanterna Rossa” (the Red Lantern)—the ones who stay out on the course long after the lights have dimmed, purely out of respect for the Games- legends of the back of the pack.


1. The Philosopher of the Marathon

John Stephen Akhwari | Mexico City 1968

Tanzanian runner John Stephen Akhwari is the undisputed king of “finishing what you start.” Early in the marathon, he cramped up due to the high altitude, then fell, badly wounding his knee and dislocating his joint.

Nearly an hour after the winner had crossed the line and the sun had set, the remaining spectators heard a rhythmic thud-scrape, thud-scrape. It was Akhwari, bandaged and bloody, hobbling into the stadium. When asked why he didn’t just quit, he gave the most famous quote in Olympic history:

“My country did not send me 5,000 miles to start the race; they sent me 5,000 miles to finish the race.”


2. Eric “The Eel”

Eric Moussambani | Sydney 2000

Eric Moussambani of Equatorial Guinea had only started swimming eight months before the Olympics. He practiced in a 20-meter hotel pool and sometimes in a local river. He had never even seen a 50-meter Olympic-sized pool until he arrived in Sydney.

Due to false starts by other athletes in his heat, Eric had to swim the 100m freestyle completely alone. By the last 25 meters, he was barely moving, his technique falling apart as he gasped for air. The crowd of 17,000 realized he was struggling to stay afloat and began a deafening roar. He finished in 1:52.72—more than double the time of the gold medalist—but he became a global sensation overnight.


3. Eddie “The Eagle”

Michael Edwards | Calgary 1988

The British ski jumper Eddie Edwards was the ultimate underdog. He was self-funded, wore thick glasses that fogged up under his goggles, and was significantly heavier than the sleek, professional jumpers.

He finished dead last in both the 70m and 90m events. However, because he celebrated every “non-crash” landing with such pure, unadulterated joy, he became more famous than the winners. He was so popular that the IOC eventually passed the “Eddie the Eagle Rule,” which tightened qualification requirements so that “amateurs” couldn’t get in as easily.


4. The Sculling Sloth

Hamadou Djibo Issaka | London 2012

Niger’s Hamadou Djibo Issaka took up rowing just three months before the London Games. He trained in an old fishing boat on the Niger River. When he got to the Olympics, he finished the 2,000m single sculls nearly a full minute and a half behind the person in front of him.

As he struggled toward the finish line, the stadium announcer shouted, “You can do it!” and the crowd gave him a standing ovation usually reserved for world records. He finished with a huge smile, despite being physically spent.


The “Last Place” Hall of Fame

Athlete Year Sport Notable Moment
Pita Taufatofua 2018 Cross-Country Skiing The “Oiled Tongan” finished 114th out of 119, having only trained on roller skis.
Luvsanlkhündegiin Otgonbayar 2004 Marathon The Mongolian runner finished 30 minutes after the second-to-last person; the stadium was being cleaned when she arrived.
Charles Robberts 1908 Marathon He collapsed multiple times but refused medical help because that would mean a “DNF” (Did Not Finish).
Paula Barila Bolopa 2000 50m Swim Teammate of “The Eel,” she set the record for the slowest time in Olympic history but finished to a standing ovation.

These “heroes of the tail-end” remind us that the Olympics isn’t just a place for the biologically gifted; it’s a place for the incredibly stubborn mental health challenge survivors-thrivers LIKE ALL US CHAMPIONS!!! Love & encouragement, Bri

the Storms of 2025- ’26

The State of Our World

As we transition into 2026, it becomes increasingly apparent that our global landscape is marred by both political discord and environmental challenges. The turbulence witnessed under the previous Administration and now President Trump’s administration of CRISIS and CHAOS has culminated in widespread societal unrest, which has further exacerbated feelings of uncertainty among citizens. The combination of political chaos, economic instability, and social division has created a tenuous atmosphere that many are grappling with daily.

The collision of these factors has instigated an environment in which anxiety flourishes and trust in political institutions erodes. Many individuals find themselves questioning the decisions being made at the highest levels of government, while the ramifications of political decisions seep down into the everyday lives of citizens. In this climate, the voices of the populace often seem drowned out by the clamor of political agendas and the struggle for power.

Compounding this already precarious situation, the arrival of extreme winter weather signals additional challenges to come. As forecasts predict severe snowstorms and plummeting temperatures, communities face the dual threat of navigating an unpredictable political climate while simultaneously preparing for the harsh realities associated with severe winter conditions.

An Ice Storm Approaches: Weather Patterns and Predictions

The upcoming winter storm, which is poised to impact a significant portion of the United States, is being closely monitored due to its potential severity. A key player in this meteorological event is the polar vortex, a large area of low pressure surrounding both of the Earth’s poles. When the polar vortex weakens, it can lead to the displacement of cold air masses, resulting in extreme frost and frigid conditions throughout the country. This phenomenon will likely contribute to the continuing frigid temperatures and icy conditions.

Forecasters have indicated that this storm will travel from the southwestern regions, starting in Mexico and Texas, and extend its reach towards New England and other northeastern states. With a combination of warm, moist air from the Gulf of Mexico colliding with colder air from the north, this storm is expected to produce significant winter precipitation, including ice and heavy snowfall across various regions. Such precipitation can create hazardous driving conditions, power outages, and infrastructural disruptions.

The National Weather Service has begun issuing warnings for areas most likely to be affected and recommends that residents stay updated through reliable news sources and official channels.

The Economic Weight of Winter: Christmas Bills and Financial Strain

As winter approaches, many households begin to brace for the economic weight of the season, particularly during the festive Christmas period. The holiday season often comes with increased financial obligations, leading to a notable rise in Christmas bills. These expenses can create a sense of financial strain, forcing families to redefine their budgets and prioritize spending. The pressure to purchase gifts, decorate homes, and prepare festive meals can lead to overspending, with many individuals relying on credit cards or loans to cover these costs.

According to recent studies, holiday spending can significantly impact a household’s financial health, with average expenditure in certain regions reaching upwards of $1,000+ per person. This expenditure can rapidly accumulate as families endeavor to maintain traditions and create memorable experiences for loved ones. Although the joy of giving is a fundamental aspect of the season, it often leads to post-holiday financial hardships, including debt, stress, and anxiety. The aftermath of the festive period often sees individuals grappling with the consequences of their financial decisions.

To mitigate these financial concerns, it is crucial to develop a strategic approach to budgeting during the holiday season. Families should consider setting realistic spending limits and prioritizing essential expenses over discretionary ones. Safer spending practices can include crafting a list of gift recipients, exploring creative gift solutions, and even opting for experiential gifts that foster togetherness without incurring significant costs. By establishing and adhering to a budget, families can navigate the seasonal economic strain more effectively, minimizing the likelihood of financial distress in the new year.

Mental Health in the Winter: Understanding the Winter Blahs

As the cold months descend upon us, many individuals experience notable changes in their mood and overall mental well-being. This seasonal phenomenon often manifests itself in what is commonly referred to as the “winter blahs”; a term that encapsulates feelings of lethargy, sadness, and a general disinterest in daily activities. For some, this experience might escalate into a more severe condition known as Seasonal Affective Disorder (SAD), a type of depression that occurs at a specific time of year, particularly during the winter months.

The root cause of these feelings can often be attributed to the diminished exposure to sunlight, which can lead to a significant reduction in serotonin levels, the neurotransmitter closely tied to mood regulation. Coupled with the harsh conditions often associated with winter, including shorter days and colder temperatures, the impact on one’s mental health can be profound. Individuals may find themselves facing challenges such as difficulty concentrating, fatigue, changes in appetite, and social withdrawal.

Fortunately, there are effective coping strategies that can assist in alleviating these symptoms. Engaging in regular physical activity has been shown to boost endorphin levels, therefore enhancing mood and combating feelings of despair. Moreover, maintaining a structured daily routine can provide a sense of stability during a time when unpredictability may prevail. Additionally, bright light therapy has proven to be a beneficial intervention; exposure to artificial sunlight during the winter months can help mimic natural sunlight and promote a healthier mental state. Embracing Winter Activities and Nature joyously enables changing our bad attitude into a healthy joyful experience! ‘YES I LOVE WINTER ACTIVITIES- FEELING ALIVE, REFRESHED and ENJOYING COZYING INDOORS AFTERWARDS!’ Like on a computer, if our attitude toward winter sucks, REPLACE IT WITH AN ENTHUSIASTIC HAPPY EMBRACE! We say AI is programmed but aren’t we humans programmed deeper than AI? Identify bad attitudes and if you are able- FREE YOURSELF! People around you- loved ones and Friends- Who needs ‘BAD ATTITUDE’ if not called for in a situation? (With crisis and chaos sadness is present for sure!)

Practical Tips for Lifting Your Spirits This Winter

The winter months often bring a sense of gloom, especially amid political unrest and global challenges. However, there are several practical ways to lift your spirits during this time. Engaging in indoor activities and hobbies can also provide both enjoyment and a sense of accomplishment. Consider starting a new crafting project, such as knitting or painting, which not only keeps your hands busy but can also be remarkably therapeutic.

Social interactions are crucial during winter- YES!  so reach out to friends and family, even if it means doing so virtually. Organizing virtual game nights or book clubs can help maintain social bonds and foster a sense of community. If possible, arrange small gatherings with close friends to ensure you maintain those essential connections, which can significantly affect your mood and overall well-being. Go shopping to buy a few things if only to mingle with people and socialize!

Physical activity is another vital component in combating winter blues. Take advantage of the cooler weather by embracing indoor workouts and outdoor activities like hiking or skiing, which can boost your endorphin levels and improve your mental outlook. Creativity can also be a powerful mood lifter; writing, journaling, or even cooking new recipes can provide a healthy outlet for your emotions.

Lastly, consider volunteering or engaging with your community in some manner. Helping others not only improves the lives of those around you but can instill a sense of purpose and fulfillment within yourself. Whether it’s participating in a local charity event or simply reaching out to neighbors, community engagement can foster a brighter atmosphere during dark winter days. By integrating these uplifting activities into your routine, you can effectively enhance your mood and navigate the challenges of winter with resilience. With our Political Crisis and Chaos Creators, we need to rebuild our local Neighborhood sense of Community for everyone! Rebuilding our Neighborhoods is top priority- Our Grandparents or earlier could leave their doors unlocked- neighborhood children could visit any number of safe neighborhood homes and parents closely safeguarded all children 24/7 making sure everyone is cared for! What would it be to restore caring communities again instead of being paralyzed by fear-

Coping with Chaos: Resilience and Community Support

In times of political and meteorological upheaval, the importance of community support cannot be overstated. The tumultuous events of 2025 have highlighted the necessity of resilience, both on an individual level and within the collective framework of society. Establishing and nurturing social connections has become paramount in combating the feelings of chaos that often accompany such turbulence.

Communities composed of diverse cultures and backgrounds bring a wealth of perspectives that can foster understanding and solidarity. When faced with adversity, these support networks often serve as safe havens for individuals to express their concerns, share resources, and strategize responses to challenges. The act of coming together during difficult times enhances a community’s resilience, mitigating the emotional and psychological tolls caused by external pressures.

Participation in community groups, whether formally organized or informally created among neighbors, provides individuals with a sense of belonging and purpose. Such interactions not only bolster morale but also facilitate problem-solving and resource-sharing. For example, communities may come together to provide food, financial aid, or emotional support to those needing assistance during a crisis.

The strength derived from these collective efforts can be particularly potent in challenging climates—whether caused by adverse weather conditions or societal conflicts. By leveraging the diverse skill sets and experiences of their members, resilient communities can navigate the complexities of any crisis more effectively.

In essence, fostering strong community ties is crucial for resilience during chaotic times. Establishing support networks encourages individuals to adapt and overcome turmoil. As societal challenges continue to evolve, the collaboration and unity forged through community connections will remain indispensable tools for navigating the uncertainties ahead.

The Role of Science in Understanding Weather and Mental Health

The intricate relationship between weather conditions and mental health has garnered considerable attention in recent years, as evidence mounts linking various climatic factors to fluctuations in mood and behavior. Scientific research indicates that changes in weather can affect mental well-being, leading to phenomena such as seasonal affective disorder (SAD), anxiety, and depressive symptoms. Studies have revealed that shorter daylight hours and reduced sunlight exposure during winter months can significantly influence serotonin levels—an important neurotransmitter that impacts mood regulation. Beloved Britney Spears said FAKE IT TILL YOU MAKE IT! about becoming a STAR! We EMBRACE WINTER ACTIVITIES AND CHANGES- WE EMBRACE STRENGTH, RESILIENCE and GOOD ATTITUDES wherever possible!

Moreover, extreme weather events, including storms, heavy snowfall, and fluctuating temperatures, can exacerbate stress and anxiety levels among individuals. For instance, a study published in the “Journal of Affective Disorders” indicated that individuals exposed to prolonged periods of adverse weather reported elevated feelings of hopelessness and irritability. Similarly, urban populations often find themselves more susceptible to seasonal changes due to environmental and social factors, highlighting the need for a multidisciplinary approach to understanding these impacts. RESILIENCE- LOVE ONE ANOTHER- BE KIND< SUPPORTIVE, ENCOURAGING!

Additionally, research into the effects of humidity and temperature on cognitive performance shows that uncomfortable weather conditions can lead to decreased productivity and increased irritability, which subsequently affects social interactions and overall mental health. Thus, being well-informed about the psychological effects of weather can facilitate the development of effective coping strategies. Recognizing these patterns empowers individuals to seek professional help when necessary, potentially mitigating the adverse impacts of weather-related mood changes. As the domains of meteorology and psychology continue to converge, understanding the science behind these phenomena could enhance public health initiatives and individual wellness strategies.

Preparing for the Worst: Safety Tips for the Winter Storm

As winter storms can pose significant risks to safety and well-being, it is imperative to prepare adequately to mitigate these dangers. One of the foremost safety tips is to ensure that your home is stocked with essential supplies. This includes non-perishable food items, bottled water, and medications, which should be sufficient to last at least several days. Additionally, it is advisable to keep a supply of batteries for flashlights, as power outages are common during severe weather. Having a radio to receive updates on the storm can also be beneficial.

Moreover, it is vital to familiarize yourself with emergency protocols. Determine a safe space in your home where all family members can gather during the storm. This area should be away from windows and equipped with blankets, pillows, and other comforts to make the situation more bearable. Additionally, you should have a fully stocked emergency kit that includes items such as a first-aid kit, a multi-tool, and necessary documents like identification and insurance information.

Furthermore, staying informed about the weather is crucial. Local television stations, radio broadcasts, and weather apps provide timely updates and alerts regarding the storm’s evolution. This knowledge allows families to make informed decisions about when to stay indoors or seek shelter elsewhere. It is also important to travel only if absolutely necessary, as roads can quickly become treacherous in wintry conditions.

Conclusion: Embracing Change and Hope Amidst the Storm

The tumultuous events of 2025 have served as a reminder that life, much like winter weather, can oscillate between serenity and chaos. As we reflect on the political upheavals and the harsh realities of winter, it becomes increasingly clear that resilience is paramount. Navigating these turbulent times entails embracing change, acknowledging the challenges we face, and harnessing the strength of our communities to forge ahead.

In light of the political chaos that has unfolded, citizens are encouraged to engage with their local and national issues actively. Participating in community discussions, advocating for meaningful change, and fostering dialogue can contribute to a more hopeful future. It is crucial to remember that while political systems may be faltering- how many Politicians are self-serving- Pres. Trump self-served to about $3- $4 BILLION in 2025! $3- $4 billion IN ONE YEAR- Do you trust a Politician self-serving his wealth by $3-$4 BILLION?! The collective voice of the people can initiate reform and drive progress.

Simultaneously, we must not overlook the importance of self-care during difficult times. The winter months can exacerbate feelings of isolation and uncertainty; therefore, prioritizing mental and physical health is essential. Developing personal resilience not only enhances one’s capacity to handle adversity but also positions individuals as supportive allies to those around them. By nurturing our wellbeing, we lay a stronger foundation for both personal and communal growth.

As we move forward from this winter season and all that it signifies politically and environmentally, cultivating a culture of hope and adaptability is vital. We must continue to lean on one another for support and inspiration, fostering a spirit of cooperation that transcends political differences. Our ability to endure amid chaos and embrace change will ultimately define our path forward. Botton Line- I love you with ALL MY HEART AND WANT YOU TO SUCCESSFULLY FACE YOUR MENTAL HEALTH CHALLENGES COURAGEOUSLY NO MATTER HOW HARD IS FEELS HOW LONG IT TAKES!!!!! Loving You Truly, Bri  P.S. You Can Do It even if like Beloved Britney Spears you sometimes FAKE IT UNTIL YOU MAKE IT- TAKE BACK SAFE HEALTHY CONTROL OVER YOUR LIFE, YOUR MENTAL HEALTH AND BEAUTIFUL DESTINY!!!  Jan. 24, 2026 by Bri Lane

Categories Societal Issues*******Resource Study…………………………….Feb. 12, ’26         One‑page school lesson plan for AI literacy and wellbeing, a family agreement template for safe AI use, and a concise technical safety requirements checklist for youth‑facing AI products.One‑page lesson plan AI Literacy and Digital Wellbeing for TeensGrade level: 9–12 (adaptable for 11–18). Duration: 50–60 minutes. Learning objectives

  • Define what generative AI is and how it produces content.
  • Evaluate AI outputs for accuracy and bias.
  • Practice healthy boundaries for AI use and identify when to seek human help.

Materials

  • Projector or shared screen; 2–3 short AI output examples (one factual error, one biased phrasing, one creative).
  • Student devices (optional) or printed worksheets.
  • Reflection worksheet with prompts.

Lesson flow (50–60 minutes)

  1. Hook 5 minutes — Quick poll: “Who used an AI tool this week? For what?” Note patterns aloud.
  2. Mini‑teach 10 minutes — Short explainer: how generative AI works (prompt → model → output), common failure modes (hallucination, bias), and why plausibility ≠ truth. Use one short example output to show a factual error.
  3. Active exercise 20 minutes
    • Part A (10 min): In pairs, students get one AI output and a checklist: Is the claim verifiable? What sources would you check? What assumptions does the AI make?
    • Part B (10 min): Students rewrite the prompt to get a safer, more verifiable answer (teach prompt‑testing).
  4. Wellbeing discussion 10 minutes — Short scenarios: chatbot as friend; late‑night AI chats; AI giving mental‑health advice. Ask: When is AI helpful? When is it risky? Who do you talk to if AI makes you worried? Emphasize human help for crises.
  5. Wrap and assessment 5 minutes — Exit ticket: one thing learned; one rule they’ll adopt for AI use.

Assessment and follow‑up

  • Formative: pair worksheets and exit tickets.
  • Summative: short assignment where students must use AI to draft a paragraph and then annotate which parts they verified and how.
  • Family Agreement Template for Safe AI Use

Purpose: set clear, practical boundaries so teens can use AI productively while protecting wellbeing and safety.

Family AI Use Agreement

  • Scope: Applies to chatbots, homework helpers, image generators, and recommendation platforms.
  • Daily limits: No one‑on‑one AI chats after 9:30 PM on school nights; weekend limit of 90 minutes/day for recreational AI use.
  • Purpose rules: Use AI for ideas, drafts, study help, and creativity — not as the sole source for emotional support or crisis advice.
  • Verification rule: Anything AI says that affects decisions (health, legal, academic) must be checked with a trusted adult or a reliable source before acting.
  • Privacy rule: Do not share passwords, personal ID numbers, or private photos with AI.
  • Device‑free zones: No AI use at the dinner table and during family time.
  • Escalation plan: If AI responses cause distress or mention self‑harm, stop the chat and contact a parent/caregiver or counselor immediately. If the teen is in immediate danger, call emergency services.
  • Review cadence: Family check‑in once a month to discuss AI experiences and update rules.

Sample short script for teens

  • “I used an AI and it said X. I checked Y and Z and here’s what I found. Can we talk about it?”

Why this works: combines boundary setting, verification habits, and a clear escalation path so AI is a tool, not a substitute for human support.

Technical Safety Requirements for Youth‑Facing AI Products

Goal: minimum product standards to reduce harm and support safe, developmentally appropriate use.

Core requirements

  1. Age gating and onboarding
    • Explicit age check and age‑appropriate UI/UX.
    • Onboarding module that explains limitations (hallucinations, bias), privacy basics, and how to get human help.
  2. Content labeling and provenance
    • All AI‑generated content must be clearly labeled as synthetic.
    • Provide a short “why this was suggested” explanation for recommendations.
  3. Crisis detection and escalation
    • Mandatory detection of self‑harm or suicidal language using validated classifiers.
    • Escalation flow: when high risk detected, present immediate human‑help options (crisis line, local services) and, where permitted, offer to connect to a trained human responder. Log the event for audit while protecting privacy.
    • No false reassurance: avoid generic “I’m here for you” responses without escalation options.
  4. Transparency and explainability
    • Provide a one‑screen explanation of model capabilities, typical failure modes, and data retention practices.
    • Allow users to see the prompt and the model version used for the response.
  5. Data minimization and privacy
    • Do not store sensitive personal data (health, ID numbers, sexual orientation) unless explicitly consented and necessary.
    • Offer an easy way for minors and guardians to request deletion of conversation data.
  6. Recommendation safety
    • Rate‑limit and diversify recommendations to avoid narrow reinforcement loops.
    • Implement “de‑escalation” heuristics that detect and break cycles toward extreme or risky content.
  7. Human‑in‑the‑loop and escalation testing
    • For high‑risk domains (mental health, self‑harm), require human review of automated responses during pilot phases.
    • Regularly test crisis detection and escalation with simulated inputs and external auditors.
  8. Monitoring, metrics, and reporting
    • Track usage patterns (session length, late‑night use), safety events (crisis disclosures, escalations), and false negatives/positives in detection.
    • Publish an annual safety report summarizing incidents, response rates, and improvements.

Minimum acceptance tests before deployment

  • Simulated crisis inputs trigger correct escalation 95%+ of the time in test suite.
  • Synthetic content labeling appears on every generated item.
  • Privacy deletion requests processed within 30 days.

Why these matter: combining transparency, escalation, and limits reduces emotional dependence, improves trust, and ensures youth are routed to human help when needed.

Measurable indicators to track across all three initiatives

  • Behavioral: percent of students who report late‑night AI chats; average session length; frequency of one‑on‑one chatbot use.
  • Safety: number of crisis disclosures to AI; percent escalated to human help; time from disclosure to escalation.
  • Literacy: percent of students who can correctly identify an AI hallucination in a test exercise.
  • Wellbeing: self‑reported help‑seeking behavior and perceived social support pre/post intervention.

y YESTERDAY IS STILL TODAY- MUSIC HEALING Jan., ’26/’62 *LET IT BE, Paul? Jan. 10, ’26 ***MUSIC ARTISTS EXPLOITATION & ENSLAVEMENT- ‘Whitey-Washing’ American-Canadian-British ‘Western Society’ Music & Culture! Jan. 2, ’26 *Black & Blues for Generations! Dec. 27, 2025, by Brianca Lane **MUSIC & ARTS for EVERYONE- not only $Billionaires and Supergroup Elites!!! Dec. 27, ’25 by Brianca ***Comparing Strong Men-Dictators-Narcissists Controlling Our World: Seize and Exile? Jan. 16, ’26 ***”HELP IS ON THE WAY!” Iranian Protestors feeling BETRAYED BY Pres. Trump? Jan. 20, ’26

y YESTERDAY IS STILL TODAY- MUSIC HEALING Jan/ ’26/’62                                                               How to Use a Beautiful Song for Healing

(with a little help from the Beatles and Buddy Holly)

There are moments in life when words are not enough, and yet silence feels too empty. That’s when a beautiful song can step in and quietly hold us together. Long before people talked about “music therapy,” listeners were already using songs to mend broken hearts, calm anxious minds, and make sense of their own story. If you look at artists like the Beatles or Buddy Holly and the Crickets, you can see how deeply healing music can be—and how simple it is to invite that same healing into your own daily life.

Why certain songs feel like medicine

Not every song feels healing, even if it’s catchy. Healing songs tend to have a few simple qualities: emotional honesty, a memorable melody, and a sense of human connection. Think about a song like the Beatles’ “Let It Be.” The chords are simple, the lyrics are gentle, and the message is one of acceptance and quiet faith: “There will be an answer, let it be.” It doesn’t try to fix your life; it just keeps you company while you breathe through it.

Buddy Holly and the Crickets brought a different kind of healing. Their songs often held the bright, hopeful energy of young love and possibility—music you could dance to, cry to, or drive to with the windows down. Under the surface of the rock ’n’ roll beat, there’s a comforting reminder that life keeps moving, and so can you. Rhythm itself can be healing when your nervous system is jangled, a steady beat can give your body something to entrain to, like a heartbeat you can trust. ******************************************A HEARTBEAT YOU CAN TRUST

When you find a song that feels like “home,” your body often knows before your mind does. You might feel your shoulders drop, your breathing slow, or tears appear from nowhere. That’s healing at work.

Creating a small ritual with a song

One of the most powerful ways to use music for healing is to build a simple personal ritual around a single song. It doesn’t need to be dramatic or complicated. In fact, the more ordinary it is, the better it can slip into your daily life.

You might choose a Beatles song that always steadies you, or a Buddy Holly track that reminds you of resilience and lightness. Or you might choose a new piece of music that seems to hold your feelings without judgment. Once you’ve chosen the song, try this:

  • Find a quiet place where you won’t be interrupted for three to five minutes.
  • Put your phone on Do Not Disturb, except for the music player.
  • Before you press play, set a clear intention: for example, “This is three minutes just to feel what I feel,” or “For this song, I give myself permission to rest.”

Then simply listen. No multitasking, no scrolling, no “shoulds.” Let the lyrics and melody move through you. If memories come up, let them come. If nothing special happens, that’s fine too. The healing is often in the simple act of giving yourself a protected time and space, with the song as your companion.

Listening with your whole body

Many people think of music as something they process with their ears and mind, but healing listening involves the whole body. When you listen to a song that touches you, notice what happens physically.

Do certain harmonies give you goosebumps, like the stacked vocals the Beatles were so famous for? Does a certain guitar tone—like Buddy Holly’s clean, bright Stratocaster sound—seem to vibrate in your chest? Do you feel your jaw unclench, or your hands soften?

Try putting one hand on your heart and one on your belly while you listen. Breathe slowly and let the song “massage” your inner space. You’re not analyzing the music; you’re letting it wash through you like warm water. This kind of embodied listening can ease tension and help you feel more grounded, even if you can’t explain why.

Letting lyrics speak for you

One of the secret powers of songs is that they say what we can’t always say ourselves. When Paul McCartney sings “When I find myself in times of trouble,” it gives your own “times of trouble” permission to exist. When Buddy Holly sings about longing or heartache, he’s giving shape and rhythm to feelings that otherwise might sit inside you as a vague heaviness.

You can deepen the healing effect by consciously using the lyrics. For example:

  • Pick a line that really resonates with you and write it down in a journal.
  • Underneath it, write a few sentences about what that line means in your own life right now.
  • Let the song become a kind of mirror, reflecting something true that you needed help seeing.

In this way, you’re not just passively consuming music; you’re in a kind of quiet dialogue with it. The song speaks, you respond, and slowly a deeper understanding of your own feelings begins to emerge.

Returning to the same song over time

The Beatles’ music means different things to people depending on when they hear it in their lives. The same is true of Buddy Holly. A song you danced to as a teenager might become a kind of anchor during a difficult adult season. Healing with music isn’t just about one moment—it can be about returning to the same song many times and letting it travel with you through different chapters.

You might create a small playlist of “healing songs” that you return to often: perhaps a Beatles track that comforts you, a Buddy Holly song that lifts your energy, and a newer piece of music that feels like a gentle hand on your shoulder. Over time, your body starts to recognize these songs as signals of safety. When one of them comes on, your system knows, “I’m allowed to relax now.”

This is why certain songs can make us cry within seconds: they carry a whole history of previous times they helped us survive.

Let music be a companion, not a cure

It’s important to remember that music doesn’t have to “fix” you to be healing. The Beatles never promised that one song would solve your life; Buddy Holly didn’t claim a three‑minute track would erase grief. What they offered instead was presence—something honest, melodic, and human to share the road with you.

When you use music for healing, try to release the idea that you must feel “better” by the end of the song. Instead, ask a gentler question: “Do I feel more accompanied? Do I feel a little less alone in this moment?” If the answer is yes, the song has already done its work. WORDS of LOOVE- Tell Me How You Feel-

***What Makes “Let It Be” So Meaningful in the Lives of So Many? Jan. 10, ’26

Some songs arrive like visitors in our lives; others take up permanent residence. “Let It Be” by the Beatles is one of those rare songs that seems to move in and stay. Decades after it was written, people still turn to it in moments of grief, confusion, and change. What is it about this song that touches so many hearts, across ages and cultures, and keeps feeling relevant no matter what’s happening in the world?

A song born out of real struggle

Part of the power of “Let It Be” lies in where it came from. Paul McCartney has said that the song was inspired by a dream of his mother, Mary, who died when he was a teenager. In the dream, she appeared to him during a stressful period in his life, saying, “It will be all right, just let it be.” That origin matters, because we can feel the authenticity behind the words. This isn’t abstract philosophy; it’s a message of comfort from someone he loved and lost.

When listeners learn this backstory, the line “Mother Mary comes to me, speaking words of wisdom, let it be” takes on an intimate, human quality. Even if we interpret “Mother Mary” in a spiritual or religious sense, we can still hear the voice of someone kind and wise, stepping into our troubled minds with a simple, soothing instruction. The song carries the emotional weight of a real family story, and that makes its comfort feel earned, not manufactured.

Simple words for complicated feelings

Another reason “Let It Be” is so meaningful is its language. The lyrics are incredibly simple. There are no clever metaphors or dense poetic twists. Lines like “When I find myself in times of trouble” and “In my hour of darkness” speak in straightforward, everyday words. Ironically, this simplicity is what makes the song able to hold complicated feelings.

People rarely think in poetry when they’re really suffering; their inner voice sounds more like, “I’m overwhelmed” or “I don’t know what to do.” The language of “Let It Be” mirrors that. It doesn’t judge or lecture; it just acknowledges the difficulty: there is trouble, there is darkness, there is broken heartedness in the world. By not rushing too quickly to a “solution,” the song validates the listener’s experience first.

Then, the refrain “Let it be” offers a gentle shift—not a command to fight, fix, or escape, but an invitation to soften around what is happening. For many people, that’s exactly what they need: permission to stop struggling for a moment and simply breathe.

A melody that feels like a blessing

If the lyrics are the mind of the song, the melody is its heart. “Let It Be” uses a simple, hymn‑like melodic line that’s easy to remember and easy to sing along with. It doesn’t show off. Instead, it moves in a stepwise, reassuring way, almost like someone walking beside you at a calm, steady pace.

The chorus lifts slightly higher than the verse, giving a sense of rising above the trouble for a moment. The phrase “Let it be” repeats, but never in a harsh or demanding way; it feels more like a soothing mantra. Many listeners describe feeling their shoulders relax or their breathing slow when the chorus comes back around. It has the shape of a blessing: it rises, opens, and settles gently, leaving behind a sense of acceptance and peace.

This melodic simplicity also means the song can be covered in many styles—piano, guitar, choirs, even solo voices in quiet rooms—and still retain its emotional effect. That flexibility has helped it travel across generations and musical tastes.

Harmony that balances sorrow and hope

Harmonically, “Let It Be” walks a delicate line between sadness and optimism. The chords are mostly straightforward, but there’s a subtle blend of major and minor flavors that keeps the song from feeling either too dark or too cheerful. This balance is important. If the song were purely major and upbeat, it might feel like it was minimizing the listener’s pain. If it were all minor and gloomy, it might deepen despair instead of easing it.

Instead, the harmony feels like a voice that can sit with your sadness while still believing in light. When the chorus arrives, the music leans toward a more resolved, major sound, giving the sense that even though life is complicated, there’s a deeper stability underneath. For listeners, this creates a feeling that “Yes, things are hard, but I’m held by something steady.”

Acceptance without giving up

The phrase “let it be” can be misunderstood as passivity or surrender in a negative sense, but the song doesn’t carry that energy. It doesn’t say “give up” or “stop caring.” It suggests something more subtle: allowing what we cannot control, while trusting that some kind of answer or meaning will emerge in its own time. “There will be an answer, let it be” is not a promise that everything will instantly improve; it is a reminder that life is larger than our current confusion.

This nuance is why so many people turn to the song in times of grief, illness, or major transition. It doesn’t try to convince them that everything is fine when it clearly isn’t. Instead, it offers a way to live inside the not‑knowing. For many, that’s deeply healing: being allowed to lean into acceptance, without losing hope.

A shared song for private pain

“Let It Be” is also meaningful because it operates on two levels at once: it feels intensely personal, yet it has become a communal anthem. People play it at funerals, memorials, and vigils; they sing it alone in their cars or while washing dishes at the end of a hard day. Each listener brings their own story—lost parents, broken relationships, health struggles, world events—and the song seems to make space for all of it.

When a song like this is shared, it quietly tells us, “You’re not the only one who feels this.” Knowing that millions of others have wept or found comfort to the same melody creates a sense of invisible community. We may never meet those people, but we’re connected through this piece of music. That shared experience can make our own burdens feel a little lighter.

A companion that grows with us

Over time, “Let It Be” can become a kind of lifelong companion. Someone might first hear it as a teenager and feel it as a gentle reassurance. Later, in midlife, it may take on new depth when they face loss or burnout. In old age, the song can become almost like a wise old friend, reminding them to trust the flow of life, even as their own story approaches its closing chapters.

The song doesn’t change, but we do, and as we change, different lines and moments in the music speak to us in new ways. That evolving relationship is a hallmark of a truly meaningful song. It doesn’t lock us into one fixed emotion; it meets us wherever we are and offers a slightly different kind of comfort each time.

> When I listen to “Let It Be,” I hear more than a classic Beatles song. I hear a quiet invitation to breathe, to soften my grip on what I can’t control, and to trust that some deeper wisdom is at work, even when I can’t see it. That’s why, all these years later, the song still feels like a friend I can turn to whenever I need a little musical healing.

If you’d like-

***MUSIC ARTISTS EXPLOITATION and ENSLAVEMENT- ‘Whitey-Washing’ Music & Culture! Jan. 2, ‘[25 by Brianca

********Historical Context of Appropriation in American Music

The history of American popular music is deeply intertwined with African American innovation, from spirituals and work songs during slavery to the emergence of blues, jazz, ragtime, and rock ‘n’ roll in the early 20th century. These genres originated in Black communities, often as expressions of resilience, pain, and cultural identity amid systemic racism and segregation. However, from the 1920s onward, white-dominated music industries—record labels, promoters, and radio stations—systematically appropriated these styles, repackaging them for white audiences while marginalizing or exploiting the original creators. This wasn’t mere inspiration; it involved economic theft, lack of credit, and cultural erasure, where Black artists were often paid flat fees without royalties, denied airplay on mainstream (white) radio, and overshadowed by white “covers” that became hits. Many scholars and historians describe this as “whitewashing,” where Black music was sanitized of its raw, racial context to make it palatable and profitable for white consumers.

globalnews.ca

This pattern persisted through the 1960s and beyond, influencing rock, pop, and even hip-hop precursors, with ongoing debates about whether it’s outright exploitation or cultural exchange.

In the 1920s, the recording industry introduced “race records”—a segregated category for Black artists marketed exclusively to Black audiences via labels like Okeh and Paramount. These imprints captured legends like Bessie Smith, Big Bill Broonzy, and Louis Armstrong, but white executives profited immensely while paying artists minimal sums, often without publishing rights. As white interest grew, labels shifted to promoting white performers who mimicked Black styles, creating a dual market where Black innovation fueled white success.

By the 1950s, this evolved into rock ‘n’ roll, a genre born from Black rhythm and blues (R&B) but popularized by white stars amid Jim Crow laws that barred Black artists from white venues and media.

reddit.com

Critics argue this appropriation reinforced racial hierarchies: Black music was deemed “sleazy” or “primitive” until whites adopted it, stripping it of its Black roots.

Defenders, however, point to mutual influences—Black artists drawing from European folk traditions—and note that some white musicians, like the Beatles, openly credited Black inspirations.

Yet, the economic imbalance is undeniable: Black creators often died in poverty while their white counterparts amassed fortunes.

Major Examples of Appropriators and ExploitersHere are some of the most prominent cases, focusing on white artists, bands, and industry figures who built careers on Black music. These examples span jazz, blues, rock, and beyond, illustrating patterns of covering songs without credit, lifting riffs, or exploiting contracts.

1. Elvis Presley (1950s-1970s)

  • Often called the “King of Rock ‘n’ Roll,” Presley is a quintessential example of appropriation. His breakthrough hits, like “Hound Dog” (originally by Big Mama Thornton) and “That’s All Right” (Arthur “Big Boy” Crudup), were direct covers of Black R&B tracks. Thornton’s raw, bluesy version sold modestly in Black markets, but Presley’s polished take exploded on white radio, earning him millions while Thornton received just $500 and no royalties.
  • Exploitation Angle: Managed by Colonel Tom Parker and signed to RCA (a white-led label), Presley benefited from segregation-era media that shunned Black artists. Critics like Little Richard (who influenced Presley’s style) called it theft, noting Presley profited from a sound Black performers couldn’t market to whites due to racism.

    Defenses highlight Presley’s admiration for Black music, but the wealth disparity—Presley became a billionaire icon while Crudup died poor—underscores the critique.

    reddit.com

2. Pat Boone (1950s)

  • Boone epitomized “whitewashing” by recording sanitized covers of Black R&B hits for conservative white audiences. His versions of Little Richard’s “Tutti Frutti” and Fats Domino’s “Ain’t That a Shame” outsold the originals, stripping out the sexual energy and Black vernacular. Boone’s “Tutti Frutti” turned Richard’s wild yelps into bland pop, helping him sell over 45 million records.
  • Exploitation Angle: Signed to Dot Records, Boone’s success relied on radio stations refusing to play “race music.” Richard later said Boone’s covers helped him indirectly by introducing the sound, but the financial loss was stark—Boone earned royalties while Black artists got one-time payments.
    globalnews.ca

3. The Beatles and The Rolling Stones (1960s British Invasion)

  • The Beatles drew heavily from Black American artists like Chuck Berry (“Roll Over Beethoven”), Little Richard, and Motown acts. Songs like “Come Together” echoed Berry’s style, and they covered Isley Brothers tracks early on. The Stones lifted riffs from Howlin’ Wolf and Muddy Waters, with “Satisfaction” echoing blues structures.
  • Exploitation Angle: British labels like Decca exploited America’s racial divide by importing Black influences without the baggage. While the Beatles credited influences (e.g., Berry), the Stones faced lawsuits for uncredited lifts. This “Invasion” flooded U.S. markets, sidelining Black acts during civil rights struggles.

    Some view it as homage, but it amplified white voices over Black ones.

    reddit.com

4. Led Zeppelin (1960s-1970s)

  • Accused of plagiarism, Zeppelin borrowed extensively from blues artists like Willie Dixon (“Whole Lotta Love” from “You Need Love”) and Howlin’ Wolf (“The Lemon Song” from “Killing Floor”). They settled lawsuits but initially gave no credit, building a rock empire on Black foundations.
  • Exploitation Angle: Atlantic Records, their label, enabled this by prioritizing white rock over blues originators. Dixon won settlements in the 1980s, but the delay highlights how Black songwriters were denied timely compensation.
    repository.law.umich.edu

5. Industry Figures and Labels (1920s-1960s)

  • Executives like the Chess brothers (Chess Records) and Ahmet Ertegun (Atlantic) built fortunes on Black talent like Muddy Waters and Ray Charles but offered exploitative deals—flat fees, no royalties, and ownership grabs. Billie Holiday’s “Strange Fruit” was sanitized in narratives, erasing her activism.
  • Ragtime era: Black pianists like Scott Joplin were illiterate and exploited, losing rights to white publishers.
    repository.law.umich.edu

Beyond the 1960s: Ongoing Patterns

  • In the 1970s-1980s, Eric Clapton covered Bob Marley’s “I Shot the Sheriff,” and Vanilla Ice sampled Queen/David Bowie but echoed Black rap styles. Modern cases include Post Malone and Eminem, accused of repackaging Black sounds for white appeal.

    Even country music, with Black roots in banjo traditions, sees appropriation debates, like Beyoncé’s forays drawing backlash while white artists borrow freely.

Critical AnalysisThis appropriation wasn’t accidental; it stemmed from racism that devalued Black creativity while commodifying it. Economically, Black artists lost billions in potential earnings—e.g., via unfair contracts and denied access to white markets.

Culturally, it erased Black contributions, fostering myths that rock is “white” music.

However, exchange flowed both ways—Black artists like Ray Charles covered white songs, though under different power dynamics.

@PaxRoma92840831

Today, discussions on platforms like X highlight persistent issues, from sampling debates to calls for reparations in music.

In summary, while inspiration is inevitable in art, the scale of exploitation in this era reveals a systemic theft that enriched white entities at Black creators’ expense. Recognizing this history is key to equitable music futures.

Introduction to the Exploitation of African American Musicians

***The history of African American musicians in genres like blues, jazz, R&B, rock, soul, and pop is one marked by profound innovation and equally profound exploitation. From the 1920s onward, white-dominated music industries in the United States, Britain, Canada, and even parts of the Caribbean (where colonial influences persisted) systematically denied Black artists fair compensation, credit, and control over their work. This exploitation was rooted in the legacies of slavery, segregation, and racial capitalism, where Black labor and creativity were commodified for white profit. Patterns included flat-fee payments instead of royalties, fraudulent contracts, song appropriation through white “covers,” and exclusion from mainstream markets due to Jim Crow-era barriers. While the industry as a whole often exploited artists, Black musicians faced amplified disparities due to illiteracy, lack of legal access, oral cultural traditions clashing with copyright laws, and overt racism. The 1950s-1970s, in particular, saw rock ‘n’ roll and soul explode in popularity, largely built on Black foundations, yet Black creators reaped minimal rewards. This deep dive examines specific ways this occurred, drawing on historical accounts.1920s-1940s: The Race Records Era and Foundations of Exploitation The 1920s marked the dawn of the recording industry, where “race records”—78-rpm discs marketed exclusively to Black audiences—turned Black music into a lucrative business for white-owned labels like Paramount, Columbia, and Okeh. These companies scouted talent in the South, recording blues, jazz, and gospel artists during one-off sessions, but paid them flat fees (often $25-50 per side) with no royalties, contracts, or ongoing benefits. Songs were often unpublished or registered under label names, preventing artists from profiting as hits spread. Segregation limited radio play and tours to Black venues, capping earnings, while white executives devalued Black work as “primitive” or non-serious, echoing slavery’s commodification of Black bodies and talents. Specific ways of exploitation:

  • Flat Fees and No Royalties: Artists were treated as disposable labor. For instance, Bessie Smith, the “Empress of the Blues,” sold over 6 million records for Columbia in the 1920s-1930s, generating millions in revenue, but received no royalties due to her illiteracy and exclusion from royalty systems like ASCAP (which favored white composers).
    history.com

    Similarly, Big Bill Broonzy recorded hundreds of blues tracks but got nothing beyond initial payments, as he lacked knowledge to negotiate.

    history.com
  • Appropriation and Pseudonyms: Labels used fake names or omitted credits to obscure artists’ identities, limiting their fame and bargaining power. Mobile recording units in the South exploited rural, impoverished musicians like those in the Mississippi Delta, who owned nothing but their talent and lived in conditions akin to serfdom.
    events.asucollegeoflaw.com
  • Black-Owned Label Failures: Harry Pace’s Black Swan Records (1921-1923) attempted to counter this but collapsed due to white-controlled pressing plants, distribution, and capital shortages, absorbed by Paramount.
    history.com
    In Britain and Canada, similar dynamics played out through imported U.S. records, where Black jazz influences were repackaged for white audiences without crediting origins. Caribbean artists, influenced by calypso and later reggae precursors, faced colonial exploitation when their styles were mined by British labels like EMI, often without fair pay. Systemic issues: U.S. copyright law (1909 Act) required written fixation and registration, disadvantaging oral/improvisational Black traditions. Ideas like rhythms or styles weren’t protected, allowing imitation.
events.asucollegeoflaw.com

This era set the stage for later decades, with artists like King Oliver (jazz pioneer) dying in poverty in 1938 after working menial jobs, despite his innovations.

events.asucollegeoflaw.com

1950s: Rock ‘n’ Roll and the Cover Song Theft The 1950s saw rock ‘n’ roll emerge as a global phenomenon, but it was essentially whitewashed R&B and blues. White artists and labels in the U.S., Britain, and Canada profited by covering Black originals, outselling them on segregated radio (e.g., “white” stations played clean versions). Black musicians were locked into unfair contracts, selling publishing rights for pennies, while managers (often white) claimed credits. This denied royalties and credit, transferring wealth to whites. Specific ways:

  • White Covers Outselling Originals: Pat Boone’s sanitized versions of Little Richard’s “Tutti Frutti” and Fats Domino’s hits topped charts, while originals were confined to “race” markets.
    events.asucollegeoflaw.com

    Elvis Presley covered Big Mama Thornton’s “Hound Dog” (1952 original), earning millions, but Thornton got a one-time $500 fee with no royalties.

    thelovepost.global

    Bo Diddley’s hits were similarly covered, preventing his crossover success.

  • Cheap Rights Sales and Fraudulent Credits: Little Richard sold “Tutti Frutti” publishing for $50 to his manager’s dummy company, with credits including false names.
    events.asucollegeoflaw.com

    Chuck Berry faced similar issues; his guitar riffs defined rock, but he received minimal compensation amid legal battles.

  • Manager Exploitation: Frankie Lymon & the Teenagers’ “Why Do Fools Fall in Love” (1956) had credits stolen by manager Morris Levy, excluding co-writers and denying royalties until lawsuits decades later.
    events.asucollegeoflaw.com

In Britain, labels like Decca imported and repackaged U.S. Black music for acts like the Rolling Stones, who credited influences but profited disproportionately. Canadian radio followed U.S. segregation, limiting Black airplay.1960s-1970s: Soul, R&B, and Persistent Royalty Denials As soul and R&B dominated, exploitation shifted to underreported earnings, pension fraud, and label control. Motown (Black-owned but navigating white systems) offered some progress, but many artists elsewhere faced the same issues. White British invasion bands (e.g., Beatles, Led Zeppelin) borrowed heavily from Black blues without always compensating, while U.S. labels like Atlantic underpaid soul acts. Specific ways:

  • Underreported Earnings and Pension Scams: Sam Moore of Sam & Dave (hits like “Soul Man,” 1967) earned ~$3 million in the 1960s but had only $66,000 reported, resulting in a tiny pension; a 1993 lawsuit against AFTRA revealed systemic fraud affecting mostly Black artists, settling for $8.4 million in 2002.
    theconversation.com
  • No Royalties for Hits: Ruth Brown (Atlantic’s “house that Ruth built” in the 1950s-1960s) fought in the 1980s to recover royalties, exposing how labels deducted “expenses” to zero out payments.
    news.westernu.ca

    Professor Longhair got nothing for his Mardi Gras anthem.

    events.asucollegeoflaw.com
  • Appropriation in Rock/Soul Fusion: Led Zeppelin’s uncredited use of Willie Dixon’s blues lyrics (e.g., “Whole Lotta Love,” 1969) led to later settlements, but initial profits went unshared.
    events.asucollegeoflaw.com

    British acts like Eric Clapton built careers on Black delta blues without equitable sharing.

Caribbean influences (e.g., ska evolving into reggae) were exploited by British labels, with artists like Bob Marley facing early unfair deals before gaining leverage. Systemic Roots and Broader Impacts Linking to slavery, exploitation treated Black artists as “assets” for white profit, with patterns like dispossession (e.g., land loss post-emancipation mirrored royalty loss).

theconversation.com

Copyright laws favored written forms over oral ones, and low originality thresholds enabled imitation.

events.asucollegeoflaw.com

Industry racism excluded Blacks from power, creating a “racialized economy” where they innovated but whites capitalized.

theconversation.com

Estimates suggest billions in lost wealth, harming communities spiritually and economically. To visualize key exploitation peaks, here’s a simple bar chart of representative cases by decade (based on documented examples; not exhaustive):

(Data points approximate prominent cases like Smith, Broonzy, Oliver in early decades; Richard, Berry, Lymon in 1950s; Moore, Brown in later.) Conclusion This exploitation wasn’t incidental but structural, denying generations of African American musicians wealth and legacy in an industry they built. Reforms like the Rhythm & Blues Foundation (1980s) began addressing back royalties, but echoes persist today. Understanding this history highlights the need for equity in compensation and recognition.

14 
51 results

Modern Reforms Addressing Exploitation in the Music Industry The music industry’s history of exploiting African American musicians—through unfair contracts, denied royalties, and racial disparities—has prompted incremental reforms since the 1980s. While systemic issues persist, particularly in the streaming era where low per-stream payouts (often $0.003–$0.005) disproportionately affect Black artists dominant in genres like hip-hop and R&B, key advancements have focused on legacy compensation, transparency, and equity. These include legislative changes, organizational efforts, corporate audits, and ongoing advocacy. Progress is uneven: reforms like the Music Modernization Act (MMA) have delivered millions to legacy artists, but critics argue they fail to dismantle unequal bargaining power or address modern streaming inequities rooted in historical racism. Key Reforms from the 1980s–2010s

  • Rhythm & Blues Foundation (1988–ongoing): Founded after Ruth Brown’s campaign exposed Atlantic Records’ royalty denials, with initial funding from Ahmet Ertegun ($1.5 million) and later Berry Gordy and Universal Music Group. It has distributed over $3 million in grants for medical, financial, and emergency aid to hundreds of pre-1970s R&B pioneers (e.g., Ruth Brown, Sam & Dave). The Pioneer Awards honored over 150 artists, preserving legacies while providing direct support. Outcomes include life-saving assistance and recognition, though it’s charitable rather than systemic royalty recovery.
  • Lawsuits and Settlements (1990s–2010s): Artists like Sam Moore (Sam & Dave) sued unions and labels for underreported earnings, settling for millions (e.g., $8.4 million in 2002). Ruth Brown’s 1980s activism led to industry concessions. These highlighted fraudulent accounting but resulted in piecemeal payouts.

Major Legislative Reform: The Orrin G. Hatch–Bob Goodlatte Music Modernization Act (MMA, 2018)Signed unanimously into law, the MMA modernized copyright for the digital age:

  • Title II (CLASSICS Act): Closed the “pre-1972 loophole,” granting federal protection and digital performance royalties to legacy recordings. Pre-MMA, services like SiriusXM/Pandora paid nothing for classics (e.g., Otis Redding, Sam & Dave). Post-MMA, SoundExchange distributed over $10 million in the first year to pre-1972 artists/estates, many Black soul/R&B legends.
  • Other Provisions: Created the Mechanical Licensing Collective (MLC) for streamlined streaming mechanicals; recognized producers/engineers for royalties.

Impact on Black Musicians: Directly benefited estates of icons like Marvin Gaye and Aretha Franklin. Legacy artists (e.g., Abdul “Duke” Fakir of the Four Tops) reported fairer compensation from digital plays. However, it didn’t address post-1972 disparities or streaming’s low rates, leaving unequal label deals intact.2020s: Post-George Floyd Reckoning and Streaming Challenges The 2020 Black Lives Matter movement amplified calls for reparations and equity:

  • Black Music Action Coalition (BMAC, 2020–ongoing): Advocacy group demanding accountability. Pushed for executive diversity, fair contracts, and back royalties. Issued “report cards” grading labels on Black representation/progress.
  • Corporate Audits and Pledges: BMG (2020) audited contracts, finding racial disparities in royalties; pledged corrections. Universal/Warner/Sony committed $100 million+ to social justice funds and diversity hires. Some explored repaying exploitative historical deals.
  • Reparations Discussions: Calls for direct payments to descendants/heirs (e.g., Bessie Smith). Canada’s ADVANCE collective advocated historical royalty audits.
  • Streaming-Specific Advocacy: Low payouts persist; UN reports (2020s) recommend new “equitable remuneration” royalties directly to artists (including non-featured performers). EU Parliament (2024) pushed transparency/minimum rates; France set minimums (2022). US proposals (e.g., Rashida Tlaib’s resolution) seek new royalty programs. Groups like United Musicians and Allied Workers advocate user-centric models (pay based on individual listening) over pro-rata (big pot favoring megastars).

Ongoing Issues and Criticisms:

  • Exploitation echoes: Young Black artists face lopsided deals (e.g., Megan Thee Stallion’s 2020 lawsuit).
  • Streaming inequities: Black genres dominate but yield low returns; “payola” via playlists persists.
  • Partial Progress: MMA aided legacies, but modern artists need ownership reforms (e.g., California’s FAIR Act proposals for contract termination).
Reform
Year
Key Benefit for Black/Legacy Artists
Limitations
Rhythm & Blues Foundation
1988+
Direct aid ($3M+) to pioneers
Charitable, not royalties
MMA (CLASSICS Act)
2018
$10M+ digital royalties for pre-1972
No fix for current streaming
BMAC Advocacy
2020+
Diversity pledges, audits
Implementation varies
EU/France Streaming Rules
2022–2024
Minimum rates, transparency
Not global; non-binding in parts

Reforms have provided tangible relief—especially for legacies—and heightened awareness, but full equity requires dismantling racialized contracts, boosting Black executive power, and overhauling streaming economics. Advocacy continues, with BMAC and others pushing for measurable, binding change.

51 results
6 results
14 results

Detailed Impact Analysis of the Music Modernization Act (MMA)The Music Modernization Act (MMA), signed into law on October 11, 2018, represents a landmark overhaul of U.S. copyright law tailored to the digital streaming era. It comprises three main titles: Title I (Music Licensing Modernization Act, establishing the Mechanical Licensing Collective or MLC), Title II (Classics Protection and Access Act or CLASSICS Act, addressing pre-1972 sound recordings), and Title III (Allocation for Music Producers or AMP Act, formalizing producer royalties). This analysis evaluates the MMA’s impacts from 2018 to 2025, focusing on royalty distributions, benefits to legacy and African American musicians, match rates and unmatched funds, criticisms, and broader industry effects. Data is drawn from official reports, with emphasis on how the MMA has addressed historical exploitation while revealing persistent gaps. By 2025, the MMA has facilitated over $3 billion in mechanical royalties via the MLC and contributed to SoundExchange’s cumulative distributions exceeding $12 billion, including pre-1972 payouts.

Key Provisions and Implementation Timeline

  • Title I (MLMA): Created the MLC (launched January 2021) to administer a blanket license for mechanical royalties from digital music providers (DMPs like Spotify). It centralizes collection, matching, and distribution, replacing inefficient song-by-song licensing. DMPs pay into the system, and the MLC matches royalties to songwriters/publishers at no cost to rights holders.
  • Title II (CLASSICS Act): Extended federal copyright protection to pre-1972 sound recordings, closing a loophole that denied digital royalties for classics (e.g., early blues, jazz, R&B). Royalties are now collected via SoundExchange for non-interactive streams (e.g., Pandora).
  • Title III (AMP Act): Codified royalty shares for producers, mixers, and engineers (2-5% of artist royalties), addressing underpayment in production credits.
    copyright.gov

    Implementation began in 2019, with full MLC operations in 2021. By 2025, the MLC’s database holds over 44 million works, and SoundExchange has processed billions in distributions.

    themlc.com

Royalty Distributions and Financial Impacts The MMA has significantly increased royalty flows, particularly for mechanicals and pre-1972 recordings.

  • MLC Distributions (Mechanical Royalties): From 2021-2025, the MLC has distributed over $3.3 billion in matched royalties, including blanket licenses and historical unmatched funds transferred from DMPs (~$427 million initially).

    Annual breakdowns show steady growth until a slight dip in 2024 due to market fluctuations:

    • 2021: $473.3 million (initial launch, partial year)
    • 2022: $586.7 million (including $71.5 million from reprocessing)
    • 2023: $842.2 million (peak, with $88.4 million reprocessed)
    • 2024: $771.1 million (including $54.2 million reprocessed)
    • 2025 (partial, through October): Estimated ~$600-700 million, pushing cumulative past $3.3 billion.
      musicbusinessworldwide.com

    Reprocessing (re-matching older data) added $288.9 million across 2021-2024, improving payouts by 7.3% on average.

    themlc.com

    Match rates rose from 84.4% (initial) to 91.7% by 2025, thanks to database enhancements and outreach.

    themlc.com
  • SoundExchange Distributions (Performance Royalties, Including Pre-1972): Cumulative payouts reached $12 billion by early 2025, up from $9 billion in 2022 and $11 billion in 2024.

    Quarterly figures indicate annual totals around $1 billion in recent years (e.g., Q1 2025: $253 million; Q2 2025: $241 million).

    Pre-1972 specifics: Over $10 million distributed in the first months post-MMA (2018-2019), addressing prior annual losses of $60-70 million.

    By 2025, pre-1972 royalties are integrated into overall distributions, benefiting thousands of legacy recordings.

  •  MLC growth:

Benefits to Legacy and African American Musicians The MMA has been transformative for legacy artists, many of whom are African American pioneers in genres like blues, soul, and R&B, historically exploited through denied royalties.

  • Pre-1972 Protections: Thousands of artists (e.g., Motown’s Supremes, via advocate Mary Wilson) now receive digital performance royalties for classics recorded before 1972.

    This directly counters past inequities, where Black musicians lost billions due to loopholes.

    Initial payouts exceeded $10 million, with ongoing integration into SoundExchange’s $1 billion+ annual distributions.

    recordingacademy.com
  • Mechanical Royalties for Songwriters: The MLC’s distributions have reached over 50,000 members, including legacy songwriters, with tools for claiming unmatched funds (~$400 million held as of 2025).

    Outreach recovered ~$1 million for “missing” members, many underrepresented.

    themlc.com
  • Equity Focus: Post-2020 BLM movement, the MMA’s transparency has supported advocacy (e.g., BMAC’s report cards), highlighting benefits for Black creators who dominate streaming genres.
    blackprelaw.studentgroups.columbia.edu

    However, full reparations for historical theft remain unaddressed.

    researchgate.net

Criticisms and Gaps Despite successes, the MMA has drawn criticism for incomplete reforms:

  • Unmatched and “Black Box” Funds: ~$544 million in blanket unmatched royalties held as of 2025, plus $196 million historical, disproportionately affecting independent/legacy artists due to poor data.

    Critics argue distribution favors major publishers.

    bclawreview.bc.edu
  • Imbalances in Compensation: Streaming rates remain low; the MMA didn’t overhaul rate-setting, leading to calls for the American Music Fairness Act (AMFA) for terrestrial radio royalties.

    Black artists feel structural inequities persist.

  • Implementation Shortcomings: Early unmatched peaked at $561 million (2021); while reduced, delays and complexity hinder small creators.
    digitalmusicnews.com

    No equitable distributions occurred by 2025.

    themlc.com
  • Broader Critique: Seen as a “compromise” benefiting DMPs more than artists, leaving loopholes open.

Recent Developments (2023-2025)

  • Growth and Recognition: MLC named a “Most Innovative Company” in 2025; distributions hit $3 billion milestone.
    blog.themlc.com

    SoundExchange surpassed $12 billion, with Q1-Q2 2025 at $494 million.

    soundexchange.com
  • Ongoing Advocacy: Reflections on MMA’s 5-year anniversary (2023) emphasized progress but need for AMFA.
    @SoundExchange

    2025 analyses highlight generational impacts on Black musicians, calling for further reforms.

Conclusion The MMA has delivered substantial financial relief, distributing billions and closing key loopholes, particularly benefiting African American legacy artists by rectifying pre-1972 denials and streamlining mechanicals. However, unmatched funds, low rates, and lingering inequities underscore it as a “first step” rather than a complete solution.

bclawreview.bc.edu

Future progress may hinge on complementary laws like AMFA and enhanced equity measures to fully address exploitation’s legacy.

14 posts
34 results

Comparison of the Music Modernization Act (MMA) and the American Music Fairness Act (AMFA)The Orrin G. Hatch–Bob Goodlatte Music Modernization Act (MMA), enacted in 2018, and the American Music Fairness Act (AMFA), a proposed bipartisan bill reintroduced in January 2025 (H.R. 861 in the House; S. 326 in the Senate), both aim to address inequities in music royalties. However, they target different aspects of the system: the MMA modernizes digital-era licensing and protections, while AMFA seeks to close a longstanding loophole for terrestrial (AM/FM) radio broadcasts. As of December 2025, the MMA is fully implemented and has distributed billions in royalties, whereas AMFA remains pending in committee after reintroduction and a December 2025 Senate hearing featuring testimony from artists like Gene Simmons. Key Differences and Similarities

Aspect
Music Modernization Act (MMA, 2018)
American Music Fairness Act (AMFA, Proposed 2025)
Status
Enacted law (October 11, 2018); fully operational.
Proposed bill; reintroduced January 2025; referred to committees; no passage yet despite hearings and bipartisan support.
Primary Focus
Digital streaming licensing, mechanical royalties for songwriters/publishers, pre-1972 recordings, and producer royalties.
Establishing performance royalties for sound recordings on terrestrial (AM/FM) radio, aligning with digital/satellite platforms.
Royalties Affected
– Mechanical (reproduction/distribution, e.g., streams/downloads). – Digital performance for pre-1972 recordings. – Producer/engineer shares.
Sound recording performance royalties (paid to artists/labels); does not affect songwriter mechanicals or compositions.
Beneficiaries
Songwriters, publishers, legacy artists (pre-1972), producers/engineers/mixers.
Performing artists, session musicians, vocalists, record labels (for sound recordings).
Platforms Covered
Digital services (Spotify, Apple Music, Pandora, SiriusXM); closes pre-1972 digital loophole.
Terrestrial radio (AM/FM broadcasts); exempts or caps fees for small/local stations.
Key Provisions
– Creates Mechanical Licensing Collective (MLC) for blanket mechanical licenses. – Extends federal protection/digital royalties to pre-1972 recordings via SoundExchange. – Codifies producer royalties (AMP Act).
– Creates public performance right for sound recordings on over-the-air radio. – Rates set by Copyright Royalty Board (CRB). – Flat low fees for small stations ($10–$500/year); protections for noncommercial/public radio.
Impact to Date
– MLC distributed >$3 billion in mechanicals (2021–2025). – SoundExchange >$12 billion cumulative, including pre-1972 payouts. – Improved matching/transparency for songwriters.
None yet (not law); if passed, would generate new royalties from radio’s ~$14 billion annual revenue, benefiting artists similarly to streaming.
Opposition
Minimal post-passage; broad industry consensus.
Strong from broadcasters (NAB argues burden on local stations); supported by artists, SoundExchange, Recording Academy.
Relation to Exploitation Reforms
Addresses historical denials (e.g., pre-1972 loophole affecting many Black legacy artists); streamlines digital pay.
Targets “century-old inequity” where radio profits without paying artists (unlike streaming); seen as completing MMA’s unfinished work.

Broader Context and Overlap

  • Complementary Nature: The MMA deliberately excluded terrestrial radio performance royalties (a provision from earlier bills like Fair Play Fair Pay Act was dropped for consensus). AMFA is often described as the “next step” or “unfinished business” of the MMA, extending artist compensation to traditional radio while preserving songwriter royalties (paid separately via ASCAP/BMI).
  • Equity for African American Musicians: Both aid legacy creators. MMA’s pre-1972 fix benefits pioneers in blues, soul, and R&B. AMFA would provide ongoing radio royalties for genres heavily played on terrestrial stations, addressing exploitation where radio uses Black-innovated music without artist pay.
  • Challenges: MMA faced implementation critiques (e.g., unmatched funds). AMFA faces broadcaster resistance, arguing promotional value of radio play and potential harm to small stations (mitigated by caps).

If enacted, AMFA would harmonize U.S. law more closely with global standards (most countries require radio performance royalties). Progress depends on congressional action post-2025 hearings. The MMA has proven transformative for digital royalties; AMFA could do the same for broadcast.

56 results

Global Music Royalty Standards Overview Music royalties are governed by a complex patchwork of national laws, international treaties (e.g., Berne Convention for compositions, Rome Convention and WPPT for sound recordings), and collective management organizations (CMOs). There are two primary copyright categories:

  • Musical Works (Compositions): Rights for lyrics/melody (songwriters/publishers). Performance royalties are nearly universal worldwide, including for terrestrial (AM/FM) radio, collected by PROs/CMOs like ASCAP/BMI (US), PRS (UK), GEMA (Germany), SACEM (France).
  • Sound Recordings (Masters): Rights for recorded performances (artists/labels). “Neighboring rights” or performer/master royalties vary significantly, especially for terrestrial radio.

Global collections in 2024 highlight growth:

  • Recorded music revenues: $29.6 billion (+4.8% YoY, IFPI Global Music Report 2025), driven by streaming (67% of total).
  • Creator royalties (mostly compositions): €13.97 billion (+6.6% YoY, CISAC Global Collections Report 2025), with digital exceeding €5 billion (35%+ of total).

Key Royalty Types and Global Standards

Royalty Type
Description
Global Standard
U.S. Exception
Mechanical
Reproduction (streams/downloads/physical)
Universal; collected via MLC (US) or CMOs elsewhere. Streaming dominant globally.
Streamlined via MMA (2018); high volumes but low per-stream rates (~$0.003–0.005).
Performance (Compositions)
Public performance/broadcast (radio, venues, streaming)
Universal, including terrestrial radio; PROs/CMOs collect worldwide.
Paid for radio/streaming via ASCAP/BMI/SESAC/GMR.
Performance (Sound Recordings)
Public performance of masters (artists/labels)
Paid in ~100+ countries for terrestrial radio/digital; equivalents to SoundExchange (e.g., PPL UK, GVL Germany).
Digital only (SoundExchange for non-interactive streams/satellite); no terrestrial radio pay (AMFA proposed to fix).
Synchronization
Use in TV/film/ads/games
Negotiated directly; growing globally (~2-22% of collections).
Similar; rising with content boom.

Terrestrial Radio Performance Royalties for Sound Recordings: The Major Divide The U.S. is an outlier: No royalties paid to performers/labels for AM/FM plays (only songwriters get paid). This costs U.S. creators ~$200-300 million annually in withheld foreign reciprocals.

  • Countries that pay performer/master royalties on terrestrial radio: Nearly all major markets (e.g., UK, Germany, France, Japan, Canada, Australia, Brazil, South Korea, Mexico, most EU). Collected via CMOs like PPL (UK), GVL (Germany), CAPIF (Argentina).
  • Exceptions (no pay): U.S., China (recently added limited rights), Iran, North Korea, Rwanda.
  • Impact: Foreign CMOs often withhold U.S. royalties due to non-reciprocity. SoundExchange has agreements with 66+ international CMOs for reciprocal collection.

Regional Highlights (2024 Data)

  • Europe: Leads collections (58% CISAC share); strong neighboring rights, high digital growth.
  • North America (mostly U.S.): Dominant in recorded revenues but lags in terrestrial performer pay.
  • Asia-Pacific: Fast growth (e.g., Japan strong in physical/digital; emerging in India/China).
  • Latin America/Africa/MENA: Double-digit growth (+22%+ regions), streaming-driven.

Standards continue evolving with streaming dominance, AI challenges (training on copyrighted works), and pushes for equity (e.g., U.S. AMFA). Creators should register with local/national CMOs and SoundExchange (for international) to maximize collections.

56 web pages

31 results

AI Challenges in Music Royalties (as of December 2025) 

4. Positive Developments

  • AI for royalty recovery: Companies like Nashville’s Muserk use AI to scan billions of streaming lines, recovering $100M+ in unreported royalties for artists.
  • Licensed ecosystems: Platforms like Klay secured deals with all majors for ethical training; Sweden’s STIM offers licenses compensating rights holders.

Ongoing and Future Outlook Advocacy groups (e.g., Recording Academy, BMAC) push for reforms: mandatory consent for training, transparency in datasets, and equitable remuneration. Global standards lag—EU debates opt-outs, UK considers exceptions—while U.S. fair use defenses encourage settlements over court rulings.AI amplifies historical inequities in music royalties but also offers tools for fairness. Balanced regulation ensuring “consent, credit, and compensation” is critical to prevent further erosion of

Generative AI- A Beautiful Uplifting Humanizing, Democratizing Natural Evolution Artist Partner in OUR HUMAN BEING CULTURE, ARTISTRY & CREATIVITY in SYNC with EVERYTHING WE CHERISH IN OUR MUSIC & ARTISTS!!! Dec. 27, 2025, by Brianca #OUR WORLD CAN BE BETTER, SO MUCH BETTER!!

Oh- $Billionaire Music Companies and CHOSEN SPECIAL ELITES might lose their IRON FIST wealth and control over the Music Industry and enslaved Starving Drugged Up Artists Class? A wealthy and all-powerful elite cabal class APPROPRIATING CRUELLY and MERCILESSLY against Our Beloved Starving, Drugged Up Artists after decades of STEALING EVERYTHING from Cultural Minorities like African Americans?

Chuck Berry created YOU CAN’T CATCH ME, so Beatle John Lennon copied with a slowed down copy but singing almost the same lyrics COME TOGETHER in 1969! The Chiffons created HE’S SO FINE, so Beatle George Harrison created incredibly beautiful MY SWEET LORD! Many successful Music Artists are Monkey hear, Monkey See, Monkey Copy! Chuck Berry created SWEET LITTLE SIXTEEN so Beach Boys created copy SMASH HIT SURFING USA! I checked Paul McCartney’s amazing YESTERDAY and, in a minute, saw an obvious source song by a _ Lane and another source for Yesterday by amazing Nat King Cole if I remember correctly! Paul McCartney is a musical Beloved Artist we CHERISH but he ripped off and absorbed Cultural and Musical influences 24/7 for his Artistry like a sponge and will add ‘others ripped off The Beatles just as much!!!’ Everyone ‘BORROWING’ MUSIC PARTS from one another!!! Fun to look back to Roy Orbison’s, etc.  era and watch all the appropriation from existing songs by new ’60’s groups!

No different than Generative AI Today composing with an experienced Music Artist Composer inputting lyrics, beat, style, feeling- precise artistic talented specifics into song creation but avoiding the $million-dollar costs hiring a studio- Session musicians like The WRECKIING CREW or Detroit’s FUNK BROTHERS and signing a record label deal offering micro-pennies on million dollars earned! Like Dylan’s With God on Our Side reflects an earlier song melody, are most songs essentially derivative of previous songs? What I like About You likely has a 1000+ great songs sounding almost the same- same beat, chord progression, melody, etc.- derivatives. Love Teenage Head’s LET’S SHAKE!  Our Beloved Ed Sheeran addressed the Court- Yes, my song sounds like a bunch of songs because so many songs use the same or similar chord progressions and rhythmic patterns! The BEATLES and every music artist composer absorb tens of thousands of existing songs, Artist Characteristics, Talent and Performances, and Cultural Influences and generate ‘something new’ based on something old or already existing! Same as Generative AI- in the hands of an experienced talented Artist. Buddy Holly & CRICKETS = BEATLES! Roy Orbison, Everly Brothers, Little Richard, Chuck Berry, Howlin’ Wolf & Muddy Waters- ROLLING STONE Magazine & Music Act, Rolling Stones!  EVERYTHING ABOUT The Rolling Stones IS CULTURALLY APPROPRIATED from African Americans without proper compensation- they received pennies, Rolling Stones made $Billions practicing the ART of IMITATING- APPROPRIATING AFRICAN AMERICAN MUSIC, DANCE, VOCALS, STAGE PERFORMANCE, GUITAR PLAYING, etc., Eddie Cochrane- SUMMERTIME BLUES, 1956- great source to create imitated ’60’s song styles.  We easily may trace every Monkey See, Monkey Hear, Monkey Mimic Song!  How many hundreds of millions of Artists did ELVIS INSPIRE & CREATE by his appropriating existing African American Culture, Music, Dance, Performance, Vocals, Emotions, etc.? John Lennon complained everyone was ripping off Beautiful & Brilliant Joni Michell’s SMASH HITS for THEMSELVES before Joni barely finished her songs! As Joni played her songs, listeners accused her of playing signature songs by other artists- who appropriated her hits for themselves- just as America rewarded White Performers only! Welcome AI for Professional Music Creators building new songs specifically by their talents!!! Dec. 27, 2025, Loving You, Brianca Lane #OUR WORLD CAN BE BETTER- SO MUCH BETTER!!!

Introduction to Musical Appropriation

Musical appropriation denotes the process through which one cultural group adopts elements of another’s music, often leading to complex exchanges of influence, creativity, and often exploitation. In the context of African American music, this phenomenon has historical roots that extend deeply into the fabric of American society. The appropriation of African American musical genres by white North American and British musicians has led to significant discussions about cultural exchange, power dynamics, and respect for the origins of these art forms.

Throughout the 20th century, various genres such as jazz, blues, and rock and roll emerged from African American communities, characterized by their unique rhythms, emotional depth, and storytelling traditions. However, as these genres gained popularity, they were often embraced and commercialized by predominantly white artists and record labels. This resulted in a dilution of the original cultural significance, leading to concerns regarding authenticity and cultural ownership. The recognition of African American contributions to music has ebbed and flowed, with periods of appreciation being overshadowed by commercialization and appropriation that stripped these genres of their cultural context.

Historical Context of African American Music

African American music has its roots in the rich cultural heritage of the African continent, where music played an integral role in daily life, spiritual practices, and community bonding. The forced displacement of millions of Africans to the Americas during the Atlantic slave trade marked a significant turning point. Enslaved individuals brought their musical traditions, rhythms, and instruments, which they adapted to the new context of their lives in America. This fusion of African musical elements with European melodies and harmonies laid the groundwork for what would later evolve into distinct genres.

The emergence of spirituals in the 19th century represents one of the earliest forms of African American music, driven by the need for expression, solace, and resistance among enslaved individuals. These songs often contained coded messages, offering hope and community solidarity as well as a means to communicate aspirations for freedom. As African Americans began to gain footholds in urban centers post-Civil War, genres began to diversify significantly, giving rise to blues and jazz in the early 20th century. The blues emerged from the deep, emotional experiences of hardship and resilience, while jazz conceptualized a fresh sound that celebrated improvisation and collaboration, reflecting the very essence of African American culture.

The sociopolitical landscape greatly influenced these musical developments. Systemic racism, segregation, and cultural exclusion shaped not only the creation of African American music but also its reception by broader audiences. The Great Migration, which saw a massive movement of African Americans from the rural South to urban areas in the North, helped to disseminate these musical forms, allowing them to evolve and intermingle with various influences. Genres like gospel, an outpouring of faith and community, further contributed to the cultural tapestry of African American music, providing a potent counter-narrative to the prevailing societal structures of oppression. Understanding this historical context is essential for examining the later appropriation practices and their implications in contemporary society.

Key Approaches to Appropriation by White Musicians

The appropriation of African American music by white musicians has manifested through several notable approaches, each reflecting differing levels of awareness and acknowledgment of the cultural origins of the music. This phenomenon can be categorized broadly into conscious and unconscious appropriations, each showcasing varying degrees of respect and understanding towards the source material.

Conscious appropriation occurs when artists deliberately draw from African American musical styles, often using them as a foundation for their own creations. This method is frequently marked by direct acknowledgment of influences, as seen in the case of Elvis Presley. Presley’s integration of rhythm and blues into his music not only introduced rock and roll to a broader audience but also raised questions regarding cultural credit and authenticity. While he openly embraced these influences, his mainstream success often overshadowed the original African American artists whose work shaped his sound.

Conversely, unconscious appropriation can be less straightforward. In this scenario, white musicians incorporate African American musical elements without necessarily recognizing their origins. A relevant example is the popularity of folk and blues music among white artists in the 1960s, such as Bob Dylan. While Dylan’s work showcased a deep appreciation for the blues tradition, his rise to fame largely occurred within a white-dominated music industry that often failed to credit trailblazing Black artists…

Attitudes Towards Appropriation over Time

The discourse surrounding musical appropriation has undergone significant transformations from the early 20th century to the contemporary era. Initially, the blending of African American musical styles with those of predominantly white musical traditions was often celebrated as a form of cultural innovation. However, with this celebration came a complex undercurrent of exploitation, as the roots and contributions of African American artists were frequently overlooked or misrepresented. This contradiction set the stage for ongoing debates about cultural ownership and appreciation versus appropriation.

During the early years of the 20th century, genres such as jazz and blues began to gain recognition among broader audiences, often through the interpretations of white musicians. Figures like Elvis Presley and the Benny Goodman Orchestra introduced these styles to mainstream audiences, which simultaneously highlighted the creative genius of African American musicians while also diluting their cultural significance. This led to criticism and calls from within the African American community to acknowledge the original artists and their musical creations!

Recognition of African American Contributions

The contributions of African American musicians to the fabric of American music history are profound and extensive. From the spirituals and blues of the early 20th century to the rise of jazz, rock, hip-hop, and R&B, African American artistry has not only shaped musical genres but has also served as a catalyst for social change and cultural exchange. However, the recognition and compensation for these contributions have not always been commensurate with their impact.

A recurring issue within the music industry is the lack of credit often awarded to African American artists for their innovations. Historical accounts indicate that many Black musicians were frequently overlooked in acknowledging their role in the development of various music styles, leading to a significant underrepresentation in both accolades and royalty distributions. For instance, the appropriation of blues and rock music highlights how major white artists garnered fame while their Black counterparts received little recognition and minimal financial reward. This not only undermines the artistic contributions of African American musicians but also perpetuates systemic inequalities within the industry.

Recent movements have sought to shed light on these discrepancies, advocating for equity in music recognition and compensation. Platforms and organizations are increasingly becoming aware of the necessity to fairly credit African American artists. Noteworthy examples include collaborations between established artists and emerging Black musicians aimed at promoting diversity and equity within music representation…

The Role of Music Business and Industry Practices

The music business has played a pivotal role in the appropriation of African American music throughout history. Record labels, in pursuit of profit, have often exploited the creativity and cultural expressions of African American artists, shaping music not only as a form of entertainment but also as a commercial product. Originally, many African American artists faced systemic barriers that limited their access to industry resources. Stereotypical marketing strategies were employed by major labels, often reducing the complex nuances of African American music to simplistic and palatable forms that could be marketed to wider, predominantly white audiences.

One significant aspect of this exploitation lies in the contractual practices that historically favored record companies over artists. Many African American musicians, lacking legal representation or industry knowledge, entered into agreements that stripped them of rights and royalties. These practices not only affected their financial stability but also diluted the cultural authenticity of their work. The result was a music industry structure that celebrated commercial success over artistic integrity, often sidelining the true origins of African American music forms, such as jazz, blues, and hip-hop.

In addition to contract issues, the marketing strategies employed by the music business also required scrutiny. Record labels would often emphasize the performance and aesthetics of African American artists while downplaying their cultural backgrounds and musical styles. This selective portrayal contributed to a homogenization of music styles, where the unique influences behind African American music were overlooked in favor of creating a marketable image. The financial implications of these practices have been profound, perpetuating cycles of economic disenfranchisement for African American creators while enriching industry executives and investors. Thus, the music business has historically not only facilitated but amplified the appropriation of African American music, raising critical questions about ownership, representation, and cultural legacy in today’s music landscape.

Steps to Address Past Wrongs

The appropriation of African American music has deep historical roots, and addressing the injustices that have arisen from this issue requires a multifaceted approach. First and foremost, education plays a crucial role in rectifying these past wrongs. Educational programs that focus on the contributions of African American artists to music must be implemented in schools and community organizations. These programs should emphasize not only the artistic achievements but also the cultural significance and struggles that have shaped these musical forms. By fostering a deeper understanding of African American music, society can cultivate greater respect and appreciation for its origins.

Additionally, recognizing and honoring the contributions of African American artists is essential. Establishing awards and recognition programs specifically aimed at African American musicians can elevate their visibility and celebrate their achievements. Such initiatives would serve to create a platform where the voices of these artists are not only heard but also celebrated for their unique influence on the broader music landscape. Promoting African American artists through media, festivals, and other public outlets is vital for balanced representation in the music industry.

Legislative actions also play an important role in addressing appropriation. Lawmakers should consider enacting policies that protect the rights of African American musicians, ensuring they receive due credit and compensation for their musical creations. Copyright laws could be revisited and strengthened to provide more equitable protection for artists, thus ensuring fair distribution of revenues generated from their work.

Lastly, initiatives designed to foster equitable practices within the music industry must be developed. This includes promoting diversity in decision-making positions within record labels, booking agencies, and other key industry stakeholders. By creating an inclusive environment that prioritizes African American voices, the industry can begin to rectify historical injustices and foster a more equitable musical landscape.

Contemporary Examples of Appropriation and Responses

In recent years, the issue of cultural appropriation in music has ignited significant debate, particularly concerning African American music traditions. Several high-profile instances exemplify this tension, illustrating the complexities of artistic influence and ownership. One notable example is the backlash against certain pop artists who have adopted elements of hip-hop or R&B without a deep understanding or respect for their origins. These appropriations often lead to discussions about authenticity and respect for the cultural significance of the music.

For instance, the appropriation of trap music by mainstream artists has raised questions about whether these musicians are genuinely appreciating the genre or merely adopting it for commercial gain. Artists have been criticized for using African American cultural aesthetics in their music videos, fashion, and lyrical content while lacking an authentic connection to the communities that birthed these art forms. This phenomenon has drawn attention to the need for a more extensive conversation about cultural appreciation versus appropriation, particularly in contexts where the original creators are marginalized.

Conclusion: Moving Towards Equity in Music

To create a more equitable future in the music industry, it is essential to prioritize recognition and fair compensation for African American artists. This involves not just financial remuneration but also valuing their cultural contributions and ensuring they are given rightful credit. Many African American musicians have been at the forefront of innovation, yet their contributions are often overshadowed or misappropriated by those outside the culture. Acknowledging these innovations, and ensuring they are celebrated and compensated appropriately, can foster a healthier music industry environment. by Brianca

creator earnings.

31 web pages

 

MUSIC ARTISTS EXPLOITATION & ENSLAVEMENT-Black & Blues for Generations! Dec. 27, 2025, by Brianca Lane ***MUSIC & ARTS for EVERYONE- not only $Billionaires and Supergroup Elites!!! Dec. 27, ’25 by Bri

Introduction to the Exploitation of African American Musicians

The history of African American musicians in genres like blues, jazz, R&B, rock, soul, and pop is one marked by profound innovation and equally profound exploitation. From the 1920s onward, white-dominated music industries in the United States, Britain, Canada, and even parts of the Caribbean (where colonial influences persisted) systematically denied Black artists fair compensation, credit, and control over their work. This exploitation was rooted in the legacies of slavery, segregation, and racial capitalism, where Black labor and creativity were commodified for white profit. Patterns included flat-fee payments instead of royalties, fraudulent contracts, song appropriation through white “covers,” and exclusion from mainstream markets due to Jim Crow-era barriers. While the industry as a whole often exploited artists, Black musicians faced amplified disparities due to illiteracy, lack of legal access, oral cultural traditions clashing with copyright laws, and overt racism. The 1950s-1970s, in particular, saw rock ‘n’ roll and soul explode in popularity, largely built on Black foundations, yet Black creators reaped minimal rewards. This deep dive examines specific ways this occurred, drawing on historical accounts.1920s-1940s: The Race Records Era and Foundations of Exploitation The 1920s marked the dawn of the recording industry, where “race records”—78-rpm discs marketed exclusively to Black audiences—turned Black music into a lucrative business for white-owned labels like Paramount, Columbia, and Okeh. These companies scouted talent in the South, recording blues, jazz, and gospel artists during one-off sessions, but paid them flat fees (often $25-50 per side) with no royalties, contracts, or ongoing benefits. Songs were often unpublished or registered under label names, preventing artists from profiting as hits spread. Segregation limited radio play and tours to Black venues, capping earnings, while white executives devalued Black work as “primitive” or non-serious, echoing slavery’s commodification of Black bodies and talents. Specific ways of exploitation:

  • Flat Fees and No Royalties: Artists were treated as disposable labor. For instance, Bessie Smith, the “Empress of the Blues,” sold over 6 million records for Columbia in the 1920s-1930s, generating millions in revenue, but received no royalties due to her illiteracy and exclusion from royalty systems like ASCAP (which favored white composers).
    history.com

    Similarly, Big Bill Broonzy recorded hundreds of blues tracks but got nothing beyond initial payments, as he lacked knowledge to negotiate.

    history.com
  • Appropriation and Pseudonyms: Labels used fake names or omitted credits to obscure artists’ identities, limiting their fame and bargaining power. Mobile recording units in the South exploited rural, impoverished musicians like those in the Mississippi Delta, who owned nothing but their talent and lived in conditions akin to serfdom.
    events.asucollegeoflaw.com
  • Black-Owned Label Failures: Harry Pace’s Black Swan Records (1921-1923) attempted to counter this but collapsed due to white-controlled pressing plants, distribution, and capital shortages, absorbed by Paramount.
    history.com

In Britain and Canada, similar dynamics played out through imported U.S. records, where Black jazz influences were repackaged for white audiences without crediting origins. Caribbean artists, influenced by calypso and later reggae precursors, faced colonial exploitation when their styles were mined by British labels like EMI, often without fair pay. Systemic issues: U.S. copyright law (1909 Act) required written fixation and registration, disadvantaging oral/improvisational Black traditions. Ideas like rhythms or styles weren’t protected, allowing imitation.

events.asucollegeoflaw.com

This era set the stage for later decades, with artists like King Oliver (jazz pioneer) dying in poverty in 1938 after working menial jobs, despite his innovations.

events.asucollegeoflaw.com

1950s: Rock ‘n’ Roll and the Cover Song Theft The 1950s saw rock ‘n’ roll emerge as a global phenomenon, but it was essentially whitewashed R&B and blues. White artists and labels in the U.S., Britain, and Canada profited by covering Black originals, outselling them on segregated radio (e.g., “white” stations played clean versions). Black musicians were locked into unfair contracts, selling publishing rights for pennies, while managers (often white) claimed credits. This denied royalties and credit, transferring wealth to whites. Specific ways:

  • White Covers Outselling Originals: Pat Boone’s sanitized versions of Little Richard’s “Tutti Frutti” and Fats Domino’s hits topped charts, while originals were confined to “race” markets.
    events.asucollegeoflaw.com

    Elvis Presley covered Big Mama Thornton’s “Hound Dog” (1952 original), earning millions, but Thornton got a one-time $500 fee with no royalties.

    thelovepost.global

    Bo Diddley’s hits were similarly covered, preventing his crossover success.

  • Cheap Rights Sales and Fraudulent Credits: Little Richard sold “Tutti Frutti” publishing for $50 to his manager’s dummy company, with credits including false names.
    events.asucollegeoflaw.com

    Chuck Berry faced similar issues; his guitar riffs defined rock, but he received minimal compensation amid legal battles.

  • Manager Exploitation: Frankie Lymon & the Teenagers’ “Why Do Fools Fall in Love” (1956) had credits stolen by manager Morris Levy, excluding co-writers and denying royalties until lawsuits decades later.
    events.asucollegeoflaw.com

In Britain, labels like Decca imported and repackaged U.S. Black music for acts like the Rolling Stones, who credited influences but profited disproportionately. Canadian radio followed U.S. segregation, limiting Black airplay.1960s-1970s: Soul, R&B, and Persistent Royalty Denials As soul and R&B dominated, exploitation shifted to underreported earnings, pension fraud, and label control. Motown (Black-owned but navigating white systems) offered some progress, but many artists elsewhere faced the same issues. White British invasion bands (e.g., Beatles, Led Zeppelin) borrowed heavily from Black blues without always compensating, while U.S. labels like Atlantic underpaid soul acts. Specific ways:

  • Underreported Earnings and Pension Scams: Sam Moore of Sam & Dave (hits like “Soul Man,” 1967) earned ~$3 million in the 1960s but had only $66,000 reported, resulting in a tiny pension; a 1993 lawsuit against AFTRA revealed systemic fraud affecting mostly Black artists, settling for $8.4 million in 2002.
    theconversation.com
  • No Royalties for Hits: Ruth Brown (Atlantic’s “house that Ruth built” in the 1950s-1960s) fought in the 1980s to recover royalties, exposing how labels deducted “expenses” to zero out payments.
    news.westernu.ca

    Professor Longhair got nothing for his Mardi Gras anthem.

    events.asucollegeoflaw.com
  • Appropriation in Rock/Soul Fusion: Led Zeppelin’s uncredited use of Willie Dixon’s blues lyrics (e.g., “Whole Lotta Love,” 1969) led to later settlements, but initial profits went unshared.
    events.asucollegeoflaw.com

    British acts like Eric Clapton built careers on Black delta blues without equitable sharing.

Caribbean influences (e.g., ska evolving into reggae) were exploited by British labels, with artists like Bob Marley facing early unfair deals before gaining leverage. Systemic Roots and Broader Impacts Linking to slavery, exploitation treated Black artists as “assets” for white profit, with patterns like dispossession (e.g., land loss post-emancipation mirrored royalty loss).

theconversation.com

Copyright laws favored written forms over oral ones, and low originality thresholds enabled imitation.

events.asucollegeoflaw.com

Industry racism excluded Blacks from power, creating a “racialized economy” where they innovated but whites capitalized.

theconversation.com

Estimates suggest billions in lost wealth, harming communities spiritually and economically. To visualize key exploitation peaks, here’s a simple bar chart of representative cases by decade (based on documented examples; not exhaustive):

(Data points approximate prominent cases like Smith, Broonzy, Oliver in early decades; Richard, Berry, Lymon in 1950s; Moore, Brown in later.) Conclusion This exploitation wasn’t incidental but structural, denying generations of African American musicians wealth and legacy in an industry they built. Reforms like the Rhythm & Blues Foundation (1980s) began addressing back royalties, but echoes persist today. Understanding this history highlights the need for equity in compensation and recognition.

51 results

Modern Reforms Addressing Exploitation in the Music Industry The music industry’s history of exploiting African American musicians—through unfair contracts, denied royalties, and racial disparities—has prompted incremental reforms since the 1980s. While systemic issues persist, particularly in the streaming era where low per-stream payouts (often $0.003–$0.005) disproportionately affect Black artists dominant in genres like hip-hop and R&B, key advancements have focused on legacy compensation, transparency, and equity. These include legislative changes, organizational efforts, corporate audits, and ongoing advocacy. Progress is uneven: reforms like the Music Modernization Act (MMA) have delivered millions to legacy artists, but critics argue they fail to dismantle unequal bargaining power or address modern streaming inequities rooted in historical racism. Key Reforms from the 1980s–2010s

  • Rhythm & Blues Foundation (1988–ongoing): Founded after Ruth Brown’s campaign exposed Atlantic Records’ royalty denials, with initial funding from Ahmet Ertegun ($1.5 million) and later Berry Gordy and Universal Music Group. It has distributed over $3 million in grants for medical, financial, and emergency aid to hundreds of pre-1970s R&B pioneers (e.g., Ruth Brown, Sam & Dave). The Pioneer Awards honored over 150 artists, preserving legacies while providing direct support. Outcomes include life-saving assistance and recognition, though it’s charitable rather than systemic royalty recovery.
  • Lawsuits and Settlements (1990s–2010s): Artists like Sam Moore (Sam & Dave) sued unions and labels for underreported earnings, settling for millions (e.g., $8.4 million in 2002). Ruth Brown’s 1980s activism led to industry concessions. These highlighted fraudulent accounting but resulted in piecemeal payouts.

Major Legislative Reform: The Orrin G. Hatch–Bob Goodlatte Music Modernization Act (MMA, 2018)Signed unanimously into law, the MMA modernized copyright for the digital age:

  • Title II (CLASSICS Act): Closed the “pre-1972 loophole,” granting federal protection and digital performance royalties to legacy recordings. Pre-MMA, services like SiriusXM/Pandora paid nothing for classics (e.g., Otis Redding, Sam & Dave). Post-MMA, SoundExchange distributed over $10 million in the first year to pre-1972 artists/estates, many Black soul/R&B legends.
  • Other Provisions: Created the Mechanical Licensing Collective (MLC) for streamlined streaming mechanicals; recognized producers/engineers for royalties.

Impact on Black Musicians: Directly benefited estates of icons like Marvin Gaye and Aretha Franklin. Legacy artists (e.g., Abdul “Duke” Fakir of the Four Tops) reported fairer compensation from digital plays. However, it didn’t address post-1972 disparities or streaming’s low rates, leaving unequal label deals intact.2020s: Post-George Floyd Reckoning and Streaming Challenges The 2020 Black Lives Matter movement amplified calls for reparations and equity:

  • Black Music Action Coalition (BMAC, 2020–ongoing): Advocacy group demanding accountability. Pushed for executive diversity, fair contracts, and back royalties. Issued “report cards” grading labels on Black representation/progress.
  • Corporate Audits and Pledges: BMG (2020) audited contracts, finding racial disparities in royalties; pledged corrections. Universal/Warner/Sony committed $100 million+ to social justice funds and diversity hires. Some explored repaying exploitative historical deals.
  • Reparations Discussions: Calls for direct payments to descendants/heirs (e.g., Bessie Smith). Canada’s ADVANCE collective advocated historical royalty audits.
  • Streaming-Specific Advocacy: Low payouts persist; UN reports (2020s) recommend new “equitable remuneration” royalties directly to artists (including non-featured performers). EU Parliament (2024) pushed transparency/minimum rates; France set minimums (2022). US proposals (e.g., Rashida Tlaib’s resolution) seek new royalty programs. Groups like United Musicians and Allied Workers advocate user-centric models (pay based on individual listening) over pro-rata (big pot favoring megastars).

Ongoing Issues and Criticisms:

  • Exploitation echoes: Young Black artists face lopsided deals (e.g., Megan Thee Stallion’s 2020 lawsuit).
  • Streaming inequities: Black genres dominate but yield low returns; “payola” via playlists persists.
  • Partial Progress: MMA aided legacies, but modern artists need ownership reforms (e.g., California’s FAIR Act proposals for contract termination).
Reform
Year
Key Benefit for Black/Legacy Artists
Limitations
Rhythm & Blues Foundation
1988+
Direct aid ($3M+) to pioneers
Charitable, not royalties
MMA (CLASSICS Act)
2018
$10M+ digital royalties for pre-1972
No fix for current streaming
BMAC Advocacy
2020+
Diversity pledges, audits
Implementation varies
EU/France Streaming Rules
2022–2024
Minimum rates, transparency
Not global; non-binding in parts

Reforms have provided tangible relief—especially for legacies—and heightened awareness, but full equity requires dismantling racialized contracts, boosting Black executive power, and overhauling streaming economics. Advocacy continues, with BMAC and others pushing for measurable, binding change.

51 results
6 results
14 results

Detailed Impact Analysis of the Music Modernization Act (MMA)The Music Modernization Act (MMA), signed into law on October 11, 2018, represents a landmark overhaul of U.S. copyright law tailored to the digital streaming era. It comprises three main titles: Title I (Music Licensing Modernization Act, establishing the Mechanical Licensing Collective or MLC), Title II (Classics Protection and Access Act or CLASSICS Act, addressing pre-1972 sound recordings), and Title III (Allocation for Music Producers or AMP Act, formalizing producer royalties). This analysis evaluates the MMA’s impacts from 2018 to 2025, focusing on royalty distributions, benefits to legacy and African American musicians, match rates and unmatched funds, criticisms, and broader industry effects. Data is drawn from official reports, with emphasis on how the MMA has addressed historical exploitation while revealing persistent gaps. By 2025, the MMA has facilitated over $3 billion in mechanical royalties via the MLC and contributed to SoundExchange’s cumulative distributions exceeding $12 billion, including pre-1972 payouts.

Key Provisions and Implementation Timeline

  • Title I (MLMA): Created the MLC (launched January 2021) to administer a blanket license for mechanical royalties from digital music providers (DMPs like Spotify). It centralizes collection, matching, and distribution, replacing inefficient song-by-song licensing. DMPs pay into the system, and the MLC matches royalties to songwriters/publishers at no cost to rights holders.
  • Title II (CLASSICS Act): Extended federal copyright protection to pre-1972 sound recordings, closing a loophole that denied digital royalties for classics (e.g., early blues, jazz, R&B). Royalties are now collected via SoundExchange for non-interactive streams (e.g., Pandora).
  • Title III (AMP Act): Codified royalty shares for producers, mixers, and engineers (2-5% of artist royalties), addressing underpayment in production credits.
    copyright.gov

    Implementation began in 2019, with full MLC operations in 2021. By 2025, the MLC’s database holds over 44 million works, and SoundExchange has processed billions in distributions.

    themlc.com

Royalty Distributions and Financial Impacts The MMA has significantly increased royalty flows, particularly for mechanicals and pre-1972 recordings.

  • MLC Distributions (Mechanical Royalties): From 2021-2025, the MLC has distributed over $3.3 billion in matched royalties, including blanket licenses and historical unmatched funds transferred from DMPs (~$427 million initially).

    Annual breakdowns show steady growth until a slight dip in 2024 due to market fluctuations:

    • 2021: $473.3 million (initial launch, partial year)
    • 2022: $586.7 million (including $71.5 million from reprocessing)
    • 2023: $842.2 million (peak, with $88.4 million reprocessed)
    • 2024: $771.1 million (including $54.2 million reprocessed)
    • 2025 (partial, through October): Estimated ~$600-700 million, pushing cumulative past $3.3 billion.
      musicbusinessworldwide.com

    Reprocessing (re-matching older data) added $288.9 million across 2021-2024, improving payouts by 7.3% on average.

    themlc.com

    Match rates rose from 84.4% (initial) to 91.7% by 2025, thanks to database enhancements and outreach.

    themlc.com
  • SoundExchange Distributions (Performance Royalties, Including Pre-1972): Cumulative payouts reached $12 billion by early 2025, up from $9 billion in 2022 and $11 billion in 2024.

    Quarterly figures indicate annual totals around $1 billion in recent years (e.g., Q1 2025: $253 million; Q2 2025: $241 million).

    Pre-1972 specifics: Over $10 million distributed in the first months post-MMA (2018-2019), addressing prior annual losses of $60-70 million.

    By 2025, pre-1972 royalties are integrated into overall distributions, benefiting thousands of legacy recordings.

To visualize MLC growth:

Benefits to Legacy and African American Musicians

The MMA has been transformative for legacy artists, many of whom are African American pioneers in genres like blues, soul, and R&B, historically exploited through denied royalties.

  • Pre-1972 Protections: Thousands of artists (e.g., Motown’s Supremes, via advocate Mary Wilson) now receive digital performance royalties for classics recorded before 1972.

    This directly counters past inequities, where Black musicians lost billions due to loopholes.

    Initial payouts exceeded $10 million, with ongoing integration into SoundExchange’s $1 billion+ annual distributions.

    recordingacademy.com
  • Mechanical Royalties for Songwriters: The MLC’s distributions have reached over 50,000 members, including legacy songwriters, with tools for claiming unmatched funds (~$400 million held as of 2025).

    Outreach recovered ~$1 million for “missing” members, many underrepresented.

    themlc.com
  • Equity Focus: Post-2020 BLM movement, the MMA’s transparency has supported advocacy (e.g., BMAC’s report cards), highlighting benefits for Black creators who dominate streaming genres.
    blackprelaw.studentgroups.columbia.edu

    However, full reparations for historical theft remain unaddressed.

    researchgate.net

Criticisms and Gaps Despite successes, the MMA has drawn criticism for incomplete reforms:

  • Unmatched and “Black Box” Funds: ~$544 million in blanket unmatched royalties held as of 2025, plus $196 million historical, disproportionately affecting independent/legacy artists due to poor data.

    Critics argue distribution favors major publishers.

    bclawreview.bc.edu
  • Imbalances in Compensation: Streaming rates remain low; the MMA didn’t overhaul rate-setting, leading to calls for the American Music Fairness Act (AMFA) for terrestrial radio royalties.

    Black artists feel structural inequities persist.

  • Implementation Shortcomings: Early unmatched peaked at $561 million (2021); while reduced, delays and complexity hinder small creators.
    digitalmusicnews.com

    No equitable distributions occurred by 2025.

    themlc.com
  • Broader Critique: Seen as a “compromise” benefiting DMPs more than artists, leaving loopholes open.

Recent Developments (2023-2025)

  • Growth and Recognition: MLC named a “Most Innovative Company” in 2025; distributions hit $3 billion milestone.
    blog.themlc.com

    SoundExchange surpassed $12 billion, with Q1-Q2 2025 at $494 million.

    soundexchange.com
  • Ongoing Advocacy: Reflections on MMA’s 5-year anniversary (2023) emphasized progress but need for AMFA.
    @SoundExchange

    2025 analyses highlight generational impacts on Black musicians, calling for further reforms.

Conclusion The MMA has delivered substantial financial relief, distributing billions and closing key loopholes, particularly benefiting African American legacy artists by rectifying pre-1972 denials and streamlining mechanicals. However, unmatched funds, low rates, and lingering inequities underscore it as a “first step” rather than a complete solution.

bclawreview.bc.edu

Future progress may hinge on complementary laws like AMFA and enhanced equity measures to fully address exploitation’s legacy.

14 post
59 web pages
34 results

Comparison of the Music Modernization Act (MMA) and the American Music Fairness Act (AMFA)The Orrin G. Hatch–Bob Goodlatte Music Modernization Act (MMA), enacted in 2018, and the American Music Fairness Act (AMFA), a proposed bipartisan bill reintroduced in January 2025 (H.R. 861 in the House; S. 326 in the Senate), both aim to address inequities in music royalties. However, they target different aspects of the system: the MMA modernizes digital-era licensing and protections, while AMFA seeks to close a longstanding loophole for terrestrial (AM/FM) radio broadcasts. As of December 2025, the MMA is fully implemented and has distributed billions in royalties, whereas AMFA remains pending in committee after reintroduction and a December 2025 Senate hearing featuring testimony from artists like Gene Simmons. Key Differences and Similarities

Aspect
Music Modernization Act (MMA, 2018)
American Music Fairness Act (AMFA, Proposed 2025)
Status
Enacted law (October 11, 2018); fully operational.
Proposed bill; reintroduced January 2025; referred to committees; no passage yet despite hearings and bipartisan support.
Primary Focus
Digital streaming licensing, mechanical royalties for songwriters/publishers, pre-1972 recordings, and producer royalties.
Establishing performance royalties for sound recordings on terrestrial (AM/FM) radio, aligning with digital/satellite platforms.
Royalties Affected
– Mechanical (reproduction/distribution, e.g., streams/downloads). – Digital performance for pre-1972 recordings. – Producer/engineer shares.
Sound recording performance royalties (paid to artists/labels); does not affect songwriter mechanicals or compositions.
Beneficiaries
Songwriters, publishers, legacy artists (pre-1972), producers/engineers/mixers.
Performing artists, session musicians, vocalists, record labels (for sound recordings).
Platforms Covered
Digital services (Spotify, Apple Music, Pandora, SiriusXM); closes pre-1972 digital loophole.
Terrestrial radio (AM/FM broadcasts); exempts or caps fees for small/local stations.
Key Provisions
– Creates Mechanical Licensing Collective (MLC) for blanket mechanical licenses. – Extends federal protection/digital royalties to pre-1972 recordings via SoundExchange. – Codifies producer royalties (AMP Act).
– Creates public performance right for sound recordings on over-the-air radio. – Rates set by Copyright Royalty Board (CRB). – Flat low fees for small stations ($10–$500/year); protections for noncommercial/public radio.
Impact to Date
– MLC distributed >$3 billion in mechanicals (2021–2025). – SoundExchange >$12 billion cumulative, including pre-1972 payouts. – Improved matching/transparency for songwriters.
None yet (not law); if passed, would generate new royalties from radio’s ~$14 billion annual revenue, benefiting artists similarly to streaming.
Opposition
Minimal post-passage; broad industry consensus.
Strong from broadcasters (NAB argues burden on local stations); supported by artists, SoundExchange, Recording Academy.
Relation to Exploitation Reforms
Addresses historical denials (e.g., pre-1972 loophole affecting many Black legacy artists); streamlines digital pay.
Targets “century-old inequity” where radio profits without paying artists (unlike streaming); seen as completing MMA’s unfinished work.

Broader Context and Overlap

  • Complementary Nature: The MMA deliberately excluded terrestrial radio performance royalties (a provision from earlier bills like Fair Play Fair Pay Act was dropped for consensus). AMFA is often described as the “next step” or “unfinished business” of the MMA, extending artist compensation to traditional radio while preserving songwriter royalties (paid separately via ASCAP/BMI).
  • Equity for African American Musicians: Both aid legacy creators. MMA’s pre-1972 fix benefits pioneers in blues, soul, and R&B. AMFA would provide ongoing radio royalties for genres heavily played on terrestrial stations, addressing exploitation where radio uses Black-innovated music without artist pay.
  • Challenges: MMA faced implementation critiques (e.g., unmatched funds). AMFA faces broadcaster resistance, arguing promotional value of radio play and potential harm to small stations (mitigated by caps).

If enacted, AMFA would harmonize U.S. law more closely with global standards (most countries require radio performance royalties). Progress depends on congressional action post-2025 hearings. The MMA has proven transformative for digital royalties; AMFA could do the same for broadcast.

34 
56 results

Global Music Royalty Standards Overview Music royalties are governed by a complex patchwork of national laws, international treaties (e.g., Berne Convention for compositions, Rome Convention and WPPT for sound recordings), and collective management organizations (CMOs). There are two primary copyright categories:

  • Musical Works (Compositions): Rights for lyrics/melody (songwriters/publishers). Performance royalties are nearly universal worldwide, including for terrestrial (AM/FM) radio, collected by PROs/CMOs like ASCAP/BMI (US), PRS (UK), GEMA (Germany), SACEM (France).
  • Sound Recordings (Masters): Rights for recorded performances (artists/labels). “Neighboring rights” or performer/master royalties vary significantly, especially for terrestrial radio.

Global collections in 2024 highlight growth:

  • Recorded music revenues: $29.6 billion (+4.8% YoY, IFPI Global Music Report 2025), driven by streaming (67% of total).
  • Creator royalties (mostly compositions): €13.97 billion (+6.6% YoY, CISAC Global Collections Report 2025), with digital exceeding €5 billion (35%+ of total).

Key Royalty Types and Global Standards

Royalty Type
Description
Global Standard
U.S. Exception
Mechanical
Reproduction (streams/downloads/physical)
Universal; collected via MLC (US) or CMOs elsewhere. Streaming dominant globally.
Streamlined via MMA (2018); high volumes but low per-stream rates (~$0.003–0.005).
Performance (Compositions)
Public performance/broadcast (radio, venues, streaming)
Universal, including terrestrial radio; PROs/CMOs collect worldwide.
Paid for radio/streaming via ASCAP/BMI/SESAC/GMR.
Performance (Sound Recordings)
Public performance of masters (artists/labels)
Paid in ~100+ countries for terrestrial radio/digital; equivalents to SoundExchange (e.g., PPL UK, GVL Germany).
Digital only (SoundExchange for non-interactive streams/satellite); no terrestrial radio pay (AMFA proposed to fix).
Synchronization
Use in TV/film/ads/games
Negotiated directly; growing globally (~2-22% of collections).
Similar; rising with content boom.

Terrestrial Radio Performance Royalties for Sound Recordings: The Major Divide The U.S. is an outlier: No royalties paid to performers/labels for AM/FM plays (only songwriters get paid). This costs U.S. creators ~$200-300 million annually in withheld foreign reciprocals.

  • Countries that pay performer/master royalties on terrestrial radio: Nearly all major markets (e.g., UK, Germany, France, Japan, Canada, Australia, Brazil, South Korea, Mexico, most EU). Collected via CMOs like PPL (UK), GVL (Germany), CAPIF (Argentina).
  • Exceptions (no pay): U.S., China (recently added limited rights), Iran, North Korea, Rwanda.
  • Impact: Foreign CMOs often withhold U.S. royalties due to non-reciprocity. SoundExchange has agreements with 66+ international CMOs for reciprocal collection.

Regional Highlights (2024 Data)

  • Europe: Leads collections (58% CISAC share); strong neighboring rights, high digital growth.
  • North America (mostly U.S.): Dominant in recorded revenues but lags in terrestrial performer pay.
  • Asia-Pacific: Fast growth (e.g., Japan strong in physical/digital; emerging in India/China).
  • Latin America/Africa/MENA: Double-digit growth (+22%+ regions), streaming-driven.

Standards continue evolving with streaming dominance, AI challenges (training on copyrighted works), and pushes for equity (e.g., U.S. AMFA). Creators should register with local/national CMOs and SoundExchange (for international) to maximize collections.

56 
31 results

AI Challenges in Music Royalties in 2025

4. Positive Developments 

  • AI for royalty recovery: Companies like Nashville’s Muserk use AI to scan billions of streaming lines, recovering $100M+ in unreported royalties for artists.
  • Licensed ecosystems: Platforms like Klay secured deals with all majors for ethical training; Sweden’s STIM offers licenses compensating rights holders.

Ongoing and Future Outlook Advocacy groups (e.g., Recording Academy, BMAC) push for reforms: mandatory consent for training, transparency in datasets, and equitable remuneration. Global standards lag—EU debates opt-outs, UK considers exceptions—while U.S. fair use defenses encourage settlements over court rulings.AI amplifies historical inequities in music royalties but also offers tools for fairness. Balanced regulation ensuring “consent, credit, and compensation” is critical to prevent further erosion of creator earnings.

31 web pages

Generative AI- A Beautiful Uplifting Humanizing, Democratizing Natural Evolution Artist Partner in OUR HUMAN BEING CULTURE, ARTISTRY & CREATIVITY in SYNC with EVERYTHING WE CHERISH IN OUR MUSIC & ARTISTS!!! Dec. 27, 2025, by Brianca #OUR WORLD CAN BE BETTER, SO MUCH BETTER!!

Oh- $Billionaire Music Companies and CHOSEN SPECIAL ELITES might lose their IRON FIST wealth and control over the Music Industry and enslaved Starving Drugged Up Artists Class? A wealthy and all-powerful elite cabal class APPROPRIATING CRUELLY and MERCILESSLY against Our Beloved Starving, Drugged Up Artists after decades of STEALING EVERYTHING from Cultural Minorities like African Americans?

Chuck Berry created YOU CAN’T CATCH ME, so Beatle John Lennon copied with a slowed down copy but singing almost the same lyrics COME TOGETHER in 1969! The Chiffons created HE’S SO FINE, so Beatle George Harrison created incredibly beautiful MY SWEET LORD! Many successful Music Artists are Monkey hear, Monkey See, Monkey Copy! Chuck Berry created SWEET LITTLE SIXTEEN so Beach Boys created copy SMASH HIT SURFING USA! I checked Paul McCartney’s amazing YESTERDAY and, in a minute, saw an obvious source song by a _ Lane and another source for Yesterday by amazing Nat King Cole if I remember correctly! Paul McCartney is a musical Beloved Artist we CHERISH but he ripped off and absorbed Cultural and Musical influences 24/7 for his Artistry like a sponge and will add ‘others ripped off The Beatles just as much!!!’ Everyone ‘BORROWING’ MUSIC PARTS from one another!!! Fun to look back to Roy Orbison’s, etc.  era and watch all the appropriation from existing songs by new ’60’s groups!

No different than Generative AI Today composing with an experienced Music Artist Composer inputting lyrics, beat, style, feeling- precise artistic talented specifics into song creation but avoiding the $million-dollar costs hiring a studio- Session musicians like The WRECKIING CREW or Detroit’s FUNK BROTHERS and signing a record label deal offering micro-pennies on million dollars earned! Like Dylan’s With God on Our Side reflects an earlier song melody, are most songs essentially derivative of previous songs? What I like About You likely has a 1000+ great songs sounding almost the same- same beat, chord progression, melody, etc.- derivatives. Love Teenage Head’s LET’S SHAKE!  Our Beloved Ed Sheeran addressed the Court- Yes, my song sounds like a bunch of songs because so many songs use the same or similar chord progressions and rhythmic patterns! The BEATLES and every music artist composer absorb tens of thousands of existing songs, Artist Characteristics, Talent and Performances, and Cultural Influences and generate ‘something new’ based on something old or already existing! Same as Generative AI- in the hands of an experienced talented Artist. Buddy Holly & CRICKETS = BEATLES! Roy Orbison, Everly Brothers, Little Richard, Chuck Berry, Howlin’ Wolf & Muddy Waters- ROLLING STONE Magazine & Music Act, Rolling Stones!  EVERYTHING ABOUT The Rolling Stones IS CULTURALLY APPROPRIATED from African Americans without proper compensation- they received pennies, Rolling Stones made $Billions practicing the ART of IMITATING- APPROPRIATING AFRICAN AMERICAN MUSIC, DANCE, VOCALS, STAGE PERFORMANCE, GUITAR PLAYING, etc., Eddie Cochrane- SUMMERTIME BLUES, 1956- great source to create imitated ’60’s song styles.  We easily may trace every Monkey See, Monkey Hear, Monkey Mimic Song!  How many hundreds of millions of Artists did ELVIS INSPIRE & CREATE by his appropriating existing African American Culture, Music, Dance, Performance, Vocals, Emotions, etc.? John Lennon complained everyone was ripping off Beautiful & Brilliant Joni Michell’s SMASH HITS for THEMSELVES before Joni barely finished her songs! As Joni played her songs, listeners accused her of playing signature songs by other artists- who appropriated her hits for themselves- just as America rewarded White Performers only! Welcome AI for Professional Music Creators building new songs specifically by their talents!!! Dec. 27, 2025, Loving You, Brianca Lane #OUR WORLD CAN BE BETTER- SO MUCH BETTER!!!

Introduction to Musical Appropriation

Musical appropriation denotes the process through which one cultural group adopts elements of another’s music, often leading to complex exchanges of influence, creativity, and often exploitation. In the context of African American music, this phenomenon has historical roots that extend deeply into the fabric of American society. The appropriation of African American musical genres by white North American and British musicians has led to significant discussions about cultural exchange, power dynamics, and respect for the origins of these art forms.

Throughout the 20th century, various genres such as jazz, blues, and rock and roll emerged from African American communities, characterized by their unique rhythms, emotional depth, and storytelling traditions. However, as these genres gained popularity, they were often embraced and commercialized by predominantly white artists and record labels. This resulted in a dilution of the original cultural significance, leading to concerns regarding authenticity and cultural ownership. The recognition of African American contributions to music has ebbed and flowed, with periods of appreciation being overshadowed by commercialization and appropriation that stripped these genres of their cultural context.

Historical Context of African American Music

African American music has its roots in the rich cultural heritage of the African continent, where music played an integral role in daily life, spiritual practices, and community bonding. The forced displacement of millions of Africans to the Americas during the Atlantic slave trade marked a significant turning point. Enslaved individuals brought their musical traditions, rhythms, and instruments, which they adapted to the new context of their lives in America. This fusion of African musical elements with European melodies and harmonies laid the groundwork for what would later evolve into distinct genres.

The emergence of spirituals in the 19th century represents one of the earliest forms of African American music, driven by the need for expression, solace, and resistance among enslaved individuals. These songs often contained coded messages, offering hope and community solidarity as well as a means to communicate aspirations for freedom. As African Americans began to gain footholds in urban centers post-Civil War, genres began to diversify significantly, giving rise to blues and jazz in the early 20th century. The blues emerged from the deep, emotional experiences of hardship and resilience, while jazz conceptualized a fresh sound that celebrated improvisation and collaboration, reflecting the very essence of African American culture.

The sociopolitical landscape greatly influenced these musical developments. Systemic racism, segregation, and cultural exclusion shaped not only the creation of African American music but also its reception by broader audiences. The Great Migration, which saw a massive movement of African Americans from the rural South to urban areas in the North, helped to disseminate these musical forms, allowing them to evolve and intermingle with various influences. Genres like gospel, an outpouring of faith and community, further contributed to the cultural tapestry of African American music, providing a potent counter-narrative to the prevailing societal structures of oppression. Understanding this historical context is essential for examining the later appropriation practices and their implications in contemporary society.

Key Approaches to Appropriation by White Musicians

The appropriation of African American music by white musicians has manifested through several notable approaches, each reflecting differing levels of awareness and acknowledgment of the cultural origins of the music. This phenomenon can be categorized broadly into conscious and unconscious appropriations, each showcasing varying degrees of respect and understanding towards the source material.

Conscious appropriation occurs when artists deliberately draw from African American musical styles, often using them as a foundation for their own creations. This method is frequently marked by direct acknowledgment of influences, as seen in the case of Elvis Presley. Presley’s integration of rhythm and blues into his music not only introduced rock and roll to a broader audience but also raised questions regarding cultural credit and authenticity. While he openly embraced these influences, his mainstream success often overshadowed the original African American artists whose work shaped his sound.

Conversely, unconscious appropriation can be less straightforward. In this scenario, white musicians incorporate African American musical elements without necessarily recognizing their origins. A relevant example is the popularity of folk and blues music among white artists in the 1960s, such as Bob Dylan. While Dylan’s work showcased a deep appreciation for the blues tradition, his rise to fame largely occurred within a white-dominated music industry that often failed to credit trailblazing Black artists…

Attitudes Towards Appropriation over Time

The discourse surrounding musical appropriation has undergone significant transformations from the early 20th century to the contemporary era. Initially, the blending of African American musical styles with those of predominantly white musical traditions was often celebrated as a form of cultural innovation. However, with this celebration came a complex undercurrent of exploitation, as the roots and contributions of African American artists were frequently overlooked or misrepresented. This contradiction set the stage for ongoing debates about cultural ownership and appreciation versus appropriation.

During the early years of the 20th century, genres such as jazz and blues began to gain recognition among broader audiences, often through the interpretations of white musicians. Figures like Elvis Presley and the Benny Goodman Orchestra introduced these styles to mainstream audiences, which simultaneously highlighted the creative genius of African American musicians while also diluting their cultural significance. This led to criticism and calls from within the African American community to acknowledge the original artists and their musical creations!

Recognition of African American Contributions

The contributions of African American musicians to the fabric of American music history are profound and extensive. From the spirituals and blues of the early 20th century to the rise of jazz, rock, hip-hop, and R&B, African American artistry has not only shaped musical genres but has also served as a catalyst for social change and cultural exchange. However, the recognition and compensation for these contributions have not always been commensurate with their impact.

A recurring issue within the music industry is the lack of credit often awarded to African American artists for their innovations. Historical accounts indicate that many Black musicians were frequently overlooked in acknowledging their role in the development of various music styles, leading to a significant underrepresentation in both accolades and royalty distributions. For instance, the appropriation of blues and rock music highlights how major white artists garnered fame while their Black counterparts received little recognition and minimal financial reward. This not only undermines the artistic contributions of African American musicians but also perpetuates systemic inequalities within the industry.

Recent movements have sought to shed light on these discrepancies, advocating for equity in music recognition and compensation. Platforms and organizations are increasingly becoming aware of the necessity to fairly credit African American artists. Noteworthy examples include collaborations between established artists and emerging Black musicians aimed at promoting diversity and equity within music representation…

The Role of Music Business and Industry Practices

The music business has played a pivotal role in the appropriation of African American music throughout history. Record labels, in pursuit of profit, have often exploited the creativity and cultural expressions of African American artists, shaping music not only as a form of entertainment but also as a commercial product. Originally, many African American artists faced systemic barriers that limited their access to industry resources. Stereotypical marketing strategies were employed by major labels, often reducing the complex nuances of African American music to simplistic and palatable forms that could be marketed to wider, predominantly white audiences.

One significant aspect of this exploitation lies in the contractual practices that historically favored record companies over artists. Many African American musicians, lacking legal representation or industry knowledge, entered into agreements that stripped them of rights and royalties. These practices not only affected their financial stability but also diluted the cultural authenticity of their work. The result was a music industry structure that celebrated commercial success over artistic integrity, often sidelining the true origins of African American music forms, such as jazz, blues, and hip-hop.

In addition to contract issues, the marketing strategies employed by the music business also required scrutiny. Record labels would often emphasize the performance and aesthetics of African American artists while downplaying their cultural backgrounds and musical styles. This selective portrayal contributed to a homogenization of music styles, where the unique influences behind African American music were overlooked in favor of creating a marketable image. The financial implications of these practices have been profound, perpetuating cycles of economic disenfranchisement for African American creators while enriching industry executives and investors. Thus, the music business has historically not only facilitated but amplified the appropriation of African American music, raising critical questions about ownership, representation, and cultural legacy in today’s music landscape.

Steps to Address Past Wrongs

The appropriation of African American music has deep historical roots, and addressing the injustices that have arisen from this issue requires a multifaceted approach. First and foremost, education plays a crucial role in rectifying these past wrongs. Educational programs that focus on the contributions of African American artists to music must be implemented in schools and community organizations. These programs should emphasize not only the artistic achievements but also the cultural significance and struggles that have shaped these musical forms. By fostering a deeper understanding of African American music, society can cultivate greater respect and appreciation for its origins.

Additionally, recognizing and honoring the contributions of African American artists is essential. Establishing awards and recognition programs specifically aimed at African American musicians can elevate their visibility and celebrate their achievements. Such initiatives would serve to create a platform where the voices of these artists are not only heard but also celebrated for their unique influence on the broader music landscape. Promoting African American artists through media, festivals, and other public outlets is vital for balanced representation in the music industry.

Legislative actions also play an important role in addressing appropriation. Lawmakers should consider enacting policies that protect the rights of African American musicians, ensuring they receive due credit and compensation for their musical creations. Copyright laws could be revisited and strengthened to provide more equitable protection for artists, thus ensuring fair distribution of revenues generated from their work.

Lastly, initiatives designed to foster equitable practices within the music industry must be developed. This includes promoting diversity in decision-making positions within record labels, booking agencies, and other key industry stakeholders. By creating an inclusive environment that prioritizes African American voices, the industry can begin to rectify historical injustices and foster a more equitable musical landscape.

Contemporary Examples of Appropriation and Responses

In recent years, the issue of cultural appropriation in music has ignited significant debate, particularly concerning African American music traditions. Several high-profile instances exemplify this tension, illustrating the complexities of artistic influence and ownership. One notable example is the backlash against certain pop artists who have adopted elements of hip-hop or R&B without a deep understanding or respect for their origins. These appropriations often lead to discussions about authenticity and respect for the cultural significance of the music.

For instance, the appropriation of trap music by mainstream artists has raised questions about whether these musicians are genuinely appreciating the genre or merely adopting it for commercial gain. Artists have been criticized for using African American cultural aesthetics in their music videos, fashion, and lyrical content while lacking an authentic connection to the communities that birthed these art forms. This phenomenon has drawn attention to the need for a more extensive conversation about cultural appreciation versus appropriation, particularly in contexts where the original creators are marginalized.

Conclusion: Moving Towards Equity in Music

To create a more equitable future in the music industry, it is essential to prioritize recognition and fair compensation for African American artists. This involves not just financial remuneration but also valuing their cultural contributions and ensuring they are given rightful credit. Many African American musicians have been at the forefront of innovation, yet their contributions are often overshadowed or misappropriated by those outside the culture. Acknowledging these innovations, and ensuring they are celebrated and compensated appropriately, can foster a healthier music industry environment. by Brianca

ENJOY & CELEBRATE- HEAL!!! CHRISTMAS, CULTURAL & RELIGIOUS FESTIVITIES- BEAUTIFUL HEALING HALO EFFECTS!!! Dec. 14, 2025, by Brianca Lane **Thanksgiving Parable- Unconquerably Hearted Pioneers- 1621 like US ‘CHALLENGED’ Today Nov. 26, ’25 by Brianca Lane new**HIDDEN BURIED TRUTH & TRAUMA BEHIND COLONIZATION in AMERICAS and AFRICA!!! Nov. 30, ’25 by Brianca Lane **CHRISTMAS SPIRIT and Cross-Cultural Parables- DIVINE PROMISE, Suffering, HOPE-LIGHT, HEALING MAGIC SPREADING EVERYWHERE!!! Dec. 6, ’25 by Brianca Lane

SHOCKING GENERAL IMMIGRATION DIVERGENCE into Canada! Over 600,000 from Ukraine; about 10,000 Israelis in 2024 alone; but only ‘A HANDFUL’ or experts say less than 200 or government Optimistically asks, ‘would you believe less than 900 Palestinians?’ By the figures, only Palestinians can claim about being hated- Israel basically runs much of the North American Media, doesn’t it and President T. and Epstein’s Cabal etc.- still being denied no matter what Congress says show Israel has been running American Politics? EYES WIDE SHUT- we’re beginning to glimpse the Worldwide Cabal! C’mon give ORPHAN YOUNG PALESTINIAN CHILDREN a CHANCE, CANADA! MERRY CHRISTMAS BLESSINGS to YOU!!! JOY to Our World!!! Beatles Ringo and Paul will lead us back home to PEACE ‘n LOVE!!!
Scientific Dive about how people’s Mental Health Challenges may be specifically Helped and Healed- Spirit, Body and Mind lifted up in real ways by the CHRISTMAS RESONATING HALO EFFECT! – By everyone’s Good Behavior and Vibes: by Good Energy and Friendliness to Neighbors and Strangers alike, by Caring Empathy and Compassion; by excitement stimulated among communities and various Religious Celebratory Festivities happening about the same time; by children eagerly waiting for Santa & Reindeer- including hearing Christmas stories and songs – about Santa’s Workshop Elves making all the toys, gifts, at their North Pole Workshops; by pre-Christmas Parades, Displays,- by GOOD BEHAVIOR REWARDED by Santa and Jesus’s Birth- an UNCONQUERABLE DIVINE HEALING REALITY and COMPASSIONATE HEART everyone can aspire to! Dec. 14, 2025, by Brianca Lane #ENJOY & CELEBRATE- HEAL!!! 

Understanding the Christmas Resonating Halo Effect: A Scientific Perspective on Mental Health Healing The “Christmas Resonating Halo Effect” can be conceptualized as an extension of the psychological halo effect—a cognitive bias where a positive impression in one domain influences perceptions and experiences in others, creating a cascading or “resonating” uplift. In the context of Christmas, this refers to how the holiday’s positive elements—such as widespread good behavior, communal vibes, empathy, festivities, children’s anticipation, and spiritual themes—generate a holistic boost to mental health, encompassing spirit, body, and mind. This effect isn’t just anecdotal; it’s supported by research in psychology, neuroscience, and social sciences, showing how seasonal positivity can foster resilience, reduce stress, and promote healing. While holidays can sometimes increase stress for some individuals, the focus here is on the evidence-based mechanisms of uplift, drawing from studies on kindness, social connection, anticipation, and spirituality. The Psychological Foundation: The Halo Effect Amplified by Holiday Positivity The halo effect, first described by psychologist Edward Thorndike in 1920 and extensively studied since, occurs when an initial positive trait or experience biases overall judgments favorably.

positivepsychology.com

During Christmas, this manifests as a “resonating” chain: festive decorations, music, and acts of goodwill create an initial positive aura that extends to interpersonal interactions and self-perception. For instance, early holiday decorating has been linked to neurological shifts, spiking dopamine levels—a neurotransmitter associated with pleasure and motivation—which can elevate energy and mood.

christmastreeassociation.org

This creates a self-reinforcing cycle where positive holiday vibes enhance emotional resilience, countering mental health challenges like anxiety or depression. Research on “mere exposure” effects further suggests that repeated encounters with holiday symbols (e.g., lights, parades) increase favorability and well-being, akin to a “happiness halo” that permeates daily life.

marshmclennan.com

In marketing psychology, festive elements like holiday packaging evoke positive emotions that influence broader attitudes, illustrating how Christmas’s aesthetic and behavioral cues can “halo” onto mental states.

linkedin.com

Good Behavior and Vibes: The Healing Power of Kindness, Empathy, and Compassion Christmas often amplifies prosocial behaviors—friendliness to neighbors and strangers, caring empathy, and compassion—which have direct, evidence-based benefits for mental health. Acts of kindness during the holidays trigger the release of serotonin and oxytocin, neurotransmitters that reduce stress, elevate mood, and foster a sense of connection.

healthymindsphilly.org

Studies show that engaging in generosity, such as holiday giving, boosts mental health by increasing self-esteem and empathy while decreasing cortisol (a stress hormone) and blood pressure.

capecod.gov

This aligns with the halo effect, where one kind act resonates to improve overall interpersonal dynamics and personal well-being. Empirically, small acts of compassion during the season can profoundly impact those facing mental health challenges, reminding individuals they are valued and reducing isolation.

nestcommunityshelter.org

For example, volunteering or baking for others releases endorphins, alleviating symptoms of depression and anxiety.

abundancetherapycenter.com

Self-compassion practices, encouraged by holiday reflections, further enhance resilience, with research indicating lower anxiety and improved relationships.

drjuliahoke.com

In communities, this collective “good energy” creates a supportive environment, where empathy strengthens bonds and promotes emotional healing—essentially a resonating halo of positivity that lifts the spirit and mind. Community Excitement and Festivities: Social Connections as a Mental Health Buffer The holiday season’s parades, displays, and overlapping religious celebrations (e.g., Christmas, Hanukkah, Kwanzaa) stimulate communal excitement, which research links to improved mental well-being through enhanced social support and belonging. Participating in cultural festivities reduces stress, improves mood, and fosters feelings of unity, acting as a buffer against depression and burnout.

A study on community activities found that festival involvement normalizes mental health by decreasing psychological distress, as measured by tools like the Kessler Psychological Distress Scale.

gssinst.org

This social halo effect is particularly potent: events like pre-Christmas parades increase perceived support, which is especially beneficial for at-risk populations, reducing loneliness and enhancing emotional resilience.

Broader research on cultural engagement in older adults shows improvements in health-related outcomes, including mental vitality, through shared rituals.

pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov

Physically, these activities encourage movement and routine, tying into body-mind benefits like lower anxiety via endorphin release. The excitement from diverse festivities creates a resonant uplift, where communal vibes heal by reinforcing a sense of purpose and connection. Children’s Anticipation and Stories: Sparking Joy and Moral Development The magic of Santa, reindeer, elves, and North Pole workshops—fueled by stories, songs, and the promise of rewards for good behavior—provides a unique mental health boost, especially for children, but with ripple effects on families. Anticipation of Santa’s visit cultivates joy and excitement, positively impacting emotional development by fostering imagination and causal reasoning.

Belief in Santa is linked to kindness and moral behavior, as children associate good deeds with rewards, creating a halo of positive reinforcement that encourages empathy.

pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov

Psychologically, this narrative-driven excitement doesn’t cause lasting harm upon discovery; most children report positive emotions like pride, with only a minority experiencing temporary negativity.

For adults, sharing these traditions reignites childlike wonder, reducing stress and enhancing family bonds. This aspect of the Christmas halo resonates across generations, lifting spirits through shared delight and moral aspirations. Spiritual Dimensions: Jesus’s Birth as an Unconquerable Divine Healing Reality The religious core of Christmas—celebrating Jesus’s birth as a symbol of compassion and divine love—offers profound spiritual healing, integrated with mental health benefits. Religious coping, including holiday rituals, improves psychiatric outcomes by reducing symptoms of psychosis and depression.

Faith practices create routines that lower stress and anxiety, providing comfort through community and a sense of purpose.

mhanational.org

Studies show that valuing faith and engaging in religious activities significantly reduce depressive disorders, with positive religious coping (e.g., viewing Christmas as a time of compassionate aspiration) enhancing recovery.

This spiritual halo integrates body and mind: faith-based communities offer security, reducing isolation, while themes of unconquerable love inspire hope—a key factor in mental resilience.

Overall, Christmas’s divine narrative resonates as a healing force, uplifting the whole person. In summary, the Christmas Resonating Halo Effect harnesses psychological, social, and spiritual mechanisms to heal mental health challenges, fostering a lifted spirit, body, and mind through positivity and connection. While individual experiences vary, the evidence underscores its potential as a real, aspirational pathway to well-being.The Resonating Halo Effect in Other Holidays: Positive Spillover for Mental Health The resonating halo effect—where initial positive impressions from holiday elements (e.g., lights, gatherings, generosity) create a cascading uplift in mood, social connections, and overall well-being—extends far beyond Christmas. Many cultural and religious holidays trigger similar mechanisms: heightened prosocial behavior, communal rituals, gratitude practices, and sensory joys that release dopamine, oxytocin, and endorphins, fostering emotional resilience and reducing stress. Research in positive psychology shows that festivals promoting kindness, reflection, and celebration generate “spillover” effects, where positive emotions broaden thinking and build lasting resources (broaden-and-build theory). These holidays often amplify altruism and social bonds, leading to increased happiness, purpose, and mental health benefits. Thanksgiving: Gratitude and Family Bonds as a Halo of Appreciation Thanksgiving emphasizes gratitude, family meals, and reflection, creating a halo where shared abundance spills over into emotional fulfillment. Expressing thanks during gatherings boosts life satisfaction and reduces depressive symptoms by shifting focus to positives. Communal feasting and storytelling strengthen relationships, combating loneliness—a key mental health risk factor.

Acts of hosting or volunteering (e.g., community meals) trigger the “helper’s high,” enhancing self-esteem and resilience. Diwali: Festival of Lights and Renewal Diwali, the Hindu festival of lights, symbolizes victory of good over evil through lamps, fireworks, sweets, and family visits. The visual splendor and communal joy create a sensory halo, elevating mood via dopamine from lights and celebrations. Gift-giving and home cleaning rituals promote renewal and optimism, reducing anxiety by fostering a sense of fresh starts.

Charity (dāna) and forgiveness practices enhance empathy and social harmony, resonating as emotional healing. Hanukkah: Miracle of Light and Resilience Hanukkah’s eight nights of menorah lighting, games, and fried foods commemorate perseverance and miracles. The progressive lighting builds anticipation, similar to advent, creating a resonating positivity that combats seasonal affective challenges. Family traditions like dreidel and latkes foster playfulness and connection, boosting oxytocin and joy.

Themes of light enduring darkness inspire hope, a protective factor against depression. Eid al-Fitr: Community and Charity Post-Ramadan Eid al-Fitr marks the end of Ramadan with prayers, feasting, and zakat (charity). The collective iftar-to-feast transition releases built-up positivity, while mandatory giving directly aids mental health through altruism’s rewards—lower stress and higher purpose.

Large congregational prayers and family reunions amplify belonging, reducing isolation. New Year’s Celebrations: Hope and Fresh Starts Global New Year’s traditions—fireworks, resolutions, toasts—evoke optimism and closure. Reflecting on the past while anticipating better futures activates promotion focus (growth-oriented mindset), linked to higher well-being. Parties and countdowns create shared excitement, spilling over into motivated, positive outlooks for the year ahead. Across cultures, these holidays harness similar psychological levers: rituals for meaning, generosity for fulfillment, and communal vibes for connection. This resonating halo uplifts spirit, body (via shared meals/movement), and mind, offering natural buffers against mental health challenges through positivity and empathy. Embracing diverse festivities can amplify these benefits year-round.

The Resonating Halo Effect in Lunar New Year Celebrations: Renewal, Prosperity, and Mental Health Uplift Lunar New Year, also known as Chinese New Year or Spring Festival, is one of the most significant holidays in East Asian cultures (celebrated in China, Korea, Vietnam, and diaspora communities worldwide). Marking the start of the lunar calendar, it emphasizes themes of renewal, family reunion, prosperity, and warding off misfortune. This creates a powerful resonating halo effect, where vibrant red decorations, communal rituals, generous acts like giving red envelopes (hóngbāo), and festive performances generate positive emotions that cascade into broader well-being—lifting spirit through hope, body via shared activities, and mind by reducing stress and fostering connection.

Family Reunions and Emotional Connections: Combating Isolation The centerpiece is the New Year’s Eve reunion dinner (tuányuán fàn), where families travel great distances to gather, sharing symbolic foods like dumplings (for wealth) and fish (for abundance). This ritual strengthens bonds, providing a profound sense of belonging that buffers against loneliness—a major mental health risk. Reconnecting nurtures emotional well-being, reduces stress, and promotes heart and brain health through shared joy and support. Red Envelopes and Generosity: Altruism’s Halo of Prosperity Giving red envelopes (hóngbāo) filled with money to children and unmarried adults symbolizes blessings for luck and prosperity. The act of generosity releases oxytocin and endorphins, creating a “giver’s high” that enhances mood and self-esteem. Receiving them fosters gratitude and optimism, resonating as hope for the future—aligning with the holiday’s renewal theme. Vibrant Performances and Sensory Joy: Dragon and Lion Dances Parades feature dragon danceslion dances, fireworks, and firecrackers to scare away evil spirits and welcome good fortune. The energetic movements, loud rhythms, and colorful displays spike dopamine, while communal participation builds excitement and unity.

youtube.com

Renewal Rituals: Fresh Starts and Optimism Thorough house cleaning sweeps away old bad luck, while red decorations (lanterns, couplets) invite positivity. This mirrors the “fresh start effect” in psychology, where temporal landmarks motivate growth and separate past struggles from future potential—boosting motivation and mental resilience. Like other holidays, Lunar New Year’s halo stems from prosocial behaviors, cultural rituals, and shared optimism, offering a natural uplift against mental health challenges. Its emphasis on family, generosity, and renewal provides a resonant pathway to joy, connection, and prosperous well-being across generations and communities.

The Psychological Fresh Start Effect: Harnessing Temporal Landmarks for Motivation and Change The fresh start effect is a well-documented phenomenon in behavioral psychology where people experience a surge in motivation to pursue goals and adopt positive behaviors following temporal landmarks—distinct points in time that feel like new beginnings. These landmarks create a psychological “clean slate,” allowing individuals to distance themselves from past failures or imperfections, view their current self as improved, and feel more optimistic about achieving aspirations. This effect explains why resolutions spike around New Year’s, but it applies to many other markers, making it a powerful tool for personal growth and mental health resilience.
burnthefatblog.com

Core Mechanisms: Why It Works The effect stems from how we mentally compartmentalize time, treating life like chapters in a book. Temporal landmarks interrupt continuity, creating a perceived break between the “old self” (burdened by past setbacks) and the “new self” (capable and motivated). This leads to:

  • Increased self-efficacy and optimism: Feeling less tied to previous flaws boosts confidence in future success.
  • Big-picture reflection: Landmarks encourage broader life evaluation, highlighting the gap between actual and ideal self, spurring action.
  • Motivational reset: Past imperfections feel farther away, reducing discouragement.

Key evidence comes from the seminal 2014 study by Hengchen Dai, Katherine Milkman, and Jason Riis, published in Management Science. Analyzing real-world data:

  • Google searches for “diet” spiked after landmarks like New Year’s, holidays, or new weeks/months.
  • Gym visits increased (e.g., 33% more at the start of a week, higher after semesters or birthdays).
  • Goal commitments on platforms rose post-landmarks.

These patterns held even controlling for confounds like post-holiday recovery. Examples of Temporal Landmarks Common triggers include:

  • Calendar-based: New year, month, week, season, or semester.
  • Personal: Birthdays, anniversaries, moving, new jobs.
  • Cultural/Holidays: New Year’s, Lunar New Year (house cleaning for renewal), back-to-school, or post-Ramadan Eid.
  • Even minor ones: Mondays or after vacations.

In holidays like Lunar New Year, rituals (e.g., sweeping out old luck) amplify this by symbolically reinforcing renewal.

nngroup.com

Ties to Mental Health and Halo Effects Linking to holiday “resonating halo effects,” fresh starts enhance positivity cascades: Kindness, community, and rituals during festive periods create initial uplift, while the landmark timing sustains goal pursuit (e.g., healthier habits post-Christmas indulgence). This buffers stress, reduces isolation, and builds resilience by aligning actions with values. To leverage it:

  • Align goals with upcoming landmarks (don’t wait for January!).
  • Frame ordinary days as starts (e.g., “After this meeting, it’s a new chapter”).
  • Combine with habits: Pair new behaviors with enjoyable rewards for longevity.

While the initial boost fades, understanding this effect turns arbitrary dates into opportunities for lasting change, uplifting MIND and SPIRIT through RENERWED PURPOSE!!! Dec. 14, 2025, by Brianca Lane #ENJOY, CELEBRATE- HEAL!!!

Thanksgiving Parable- Unconquerably Hearted Pioneers- 1621 and like USALL CHALLENGED Today Nov. 26, ’25 by Brianca Lane

Here is a warm, colorful, and deeply hopeful parable that weaves the spirit of the First Thanksgiving with the courage of people today who face overwhelming mental health challenges — yet choose to believe, to reach out, and to rebuild together.
The Parable of the Two New Worlds
Long ago, in the autumn of 1621, a tiny band of travelers stepped onto the wild shores of a land they named Plymouth. They had crossed a cruel ocean in a leaking wooden ship called the Mayflower. Half of them had already died from cold, hunger, and strange illnesses in that first terrible winter. The forest was endless and dark. The soil was stony and stubborn. Wolves howled at night. Winter wind screamed like a living thing. Food ran out. Hope ran thinner. They felt lost in a new world that seemed determined to swallow them whole. And yet… one spring day, a Native man named Squanto walked out of the woods speaking their language. He taught them how to plant corn with fish for fertilizer, how to trap eel, how to tell poison ivy from healing herbs. Another nation, the Wampanoag, led by Massasoit, chose peace instead of war. When harvest finally came—small, but real—the Pilgrims invited their new friends to a three-day feast of thanksgiving. Venison smoked over open fires. Wild turkeys roasted golden. Corn pudding steamed. Cranberries shone like rubies in wooden bowls. Children—English and Wampanoag—ran laughing between the tables. In that moment, strangers became neighbors.
In that moment despair turned its face toward hope.
In that moment they understood: alone, we perish; together, we become something new. Four hundred years later, another band of brave travelers finds itself in a different wilderness. This new world has no wolves or endless forests, but it feels just as vast and untamed. Its name is The Land of Overwhelming Mental Health Challenges. Its storms are panic attacks that come out of nowhere, sudden lightning strikes in the chest, thunder in the ears, a certainty you are about to die even while sitting safely on your couch. Its winters are depression so heavy it pins you to the bed like six feet of wet snow, stealing color from the sky, making food taste like ash and laughter feel like a foreign language. Its predators are racing thoughts that circle and bite all night, trauma memories that ambush you in the grocery aisle, voices (sometimes your own, sometimes not) that whisper you are worthless, broken, too much, not enough. Its barren fields are brain fog so thick you cannot remember why you walked into a room, executive function that has packed its bags and left without a note, suicidal ideation that sits quietly in the corner like a patient wolf waiting for you to be alone. Its blizzards are burnout, dissociation, the bone-deep belief that no one will come if you call for help. Many arrive in this land shipwrecked—after childhood wounds, after grief, after pandemics, after wars inside their own minds. They look around and think, “This place will kill me. There is no path. There is no harvest here.” And yet…Just as in 1621, helpers begin to appear. Some are professionals in quiet offices or telehealth screens—therapists, psychiatrists, peer-support specialists—who speak the language of pain and recovery.
Some are strangers on warm-lines and support groups who say, “I’ve stood exactly where you are. Keep breathing. You are not crazy; you are injured, and injuries can heal.”
Some are friends who sit with you in the dark and do not run.
Some are family members who learn new ways to love without fixing.
Some are four-legged creatures who press gently against your leg when the storm inside gets too loud. Slowly, very slowly, people begin to plant in this hard ground. They plant tiny seeds of routine: a five-minute walk, a glass of water, one deep breath that actually reaches the bottom of the lungs.
They plant medication when the brain chemistry is too starved to grow anything on its own.
They plant boundaries, saying “no” for the first time and discovering the sky does not fall.
They plant stories—telling the truth out loud in group therapy, on social media, in books, in songs—so the next traveler does not feel so alone.
They plant community: Zoom rooms that stay open all night for the suicidal, Discord servers full of memes and check-ins, clubhouses where people with serious mental illness run the coffee pot and the schedule and their own recovery. The harvest is rarely instant. Some crops fail. Some winters return. But every year a few more people make it to the table. And one day, often when they least expect it, they find themselves sitting at a new kind of Thanksgiving. Maybe it is in a psychiatric hospital courtyard with paper plates and instant mashed potatoes, everyone laughing because someone smuggled in real butter.
Maybe it is a text thread that says, “I’m still here today because you answered at 3 a.m. six months ago.”
Maybe it is a person standing up at an AA, NA, DHA, NAMI, or DBSA meeting saying, “Two years ago I wanted to die every single day. Today I am grateful to be alive.” And the whole room claps like it’s the World Series. The table is never perfect. Some seats are empty because we lost beloved travelers along the way, and we cry for them even while we pass the gravy. But the table is real. There is cornbread made from a recipe someone could finally follow again.
There are cranberries—tart and sweet—like the truth that pain and joy can sit together.
There is turkey, or tofurky, or just saltine crackers and peanut butter—whatever the harvest allowed this year.
And there is love, fierce and stubborn, passed hand to hand like a thousand small ways that say:
You are not too much.
You are not alone.
Your brain may be stormy, but it is not broken beyond repair.
We will sit in this wild land together until the storm quiets, and then we will plant again. This, my friends, is our 21st-century Thanksgiving. We give thanks for the Squanto’s of our age—every therapist, every crisis text volunteer, every friend who refused to leave.
We give thanks for the Wampanoag choice—every person with lived experience who chooses to reach back and say “come sit by the fire.”
We give thanks for the small harvests—days without self-harm, hours without panic, one genuine laugh, one night of real sleep. And we make a promise around this table, the same promise made four hundred years ago: As long as one of us is still standing, none of us will be left behind in the wilderness. We will keep building villages of recovery.
We will keep passing the plate.
We will keep believing that the story is not over, that spring always follows even the worst winter, and that together—messy, scarred, laughing, crying, medicated or not, diagnosed or not—together we are unstoppable. So eat. Rest. Tell your story. Listen to someone else’s.
The feast is ready. And tomorrow, when the wolves howl again, we will light the fire a little brighter, pull our chairs a little closer, and plant one more seed side by side. Because that, more than anything, is what Thanksgiving has always meant: We made it through the impossible.
Look—here we are, still alive, still loving each other.
Pass the hope. There’s plenty to go around.
Explore Squanto’s real story
Indigenous mental health resilience Thanksgiving Parable Unconquerable Hearted Pioneers Nov. 28, ’25 by Bri Lane

HIDDEN BURRIED TRUTH and TRAUMA BEHIND COLONIZATION in AMERICAS and AFRICA!!! Nov. 30, ’25 by Brianca Lane

The Real Story of Squanto: A Life of Survival, Diplomacy, and Complexity Squanto, more accurately known by his Patuxet name Tisquantum (often shortened to Squanto by English colonists), is one of the most iconic yet misunderstood figures in early American history. Born around 1585 in the Patuxet village near what is now Plymouth, Massachusetts, he was a member of the Patuxet band within the broader Wampanoag Confederacy—a network of Algonquian-speaking tribes along the New England coast.

en.wikipedia.org

His story isn’t the simple tale of a benevolent “noble savage” teaching Pilgrims to plant corn, as often simplified in schoolbooks and Thanksgiving lore. Instead, it’s a saga of abduction, cultural adaptation, profound loss, political intrigue, and fragile alliances—shaped by the brutal realities of European contact and disease.

Drawing from primary accounts like those of Plymouth Governor William Bradford and Edward Winslow, as well as modern historical analyses, here’s a deeper exploration of his life. Early Life in a Thriving Patuxet World Tisquantum grew up in a vibrant coastal community of about 2,000 Patuxet people, who lived in semi-permanent villages along Cape Cod Bay. The Patuxet were skilled agriculturalists, cultivating the “Three Sisters”—corn (maize), beans, and squash—in fertile fields enriched with fish fertilizer, a technique that sustained them through seasonal migrations between coastal summer fishing grounds and inland winter woods.

Governance was led by sachems (chiefs) like his possible father, with input from nobles and spiritual leaders called pniesesock, who communed with Manitou (the Algonquian concept of spiritual power).

en.wikipedia.org

Little is documented about his youth, but as a young man, he likely trained in hunting, fishing, diplomacy, and warfare—skills that would later define his role as a bridge between worlds. European contact began disrupting this world in the early 1600s. Explorers like Samuel de Champlain mapped the coast in 1605, introducing diseases that would later devastate Native populations.

worldhistory.org

Tisquantum’s first direct encounter with Europeans came violently in 1614.Abduction, Enslavement, and a Journey Across the Atlantic In the summer of 1614, British explorer Captain Thomas Hunt—working under Captain John Smith—arrived in Patuxet harbor under the pretense of trade. Hunt lured Tisquantum and about 20–27 other Natives aboard his ship with offers of beads and knives, only to shackle and sail them to Málaga, Spain, where he sold them into slavery for £20 each, defying papal bans on Native enslavement.

(Some accounts speculate an earlier 1605 kidnapping by Captain George Weymouth in Maine, but historians widely dismiss this due to geographic mismatches and lack of evidence; Weymouth’s captives had different names, and Patuxet territory was farther south.

)In Spain, Franciscan friars purchased and baptized Tisquantum, teaching him Catholicism and basic Spanish. He escaped or was freed around 1618 and made his way to London, where he lived in Cornhill with merchant John Slaney (of the Society of Merchant Adventurers). There, he learned fluent English and served as a curiosity in London’s intellectual circles, even appearing before the king’s court.

By 1619, he joined explorer Thomas Dermer on a voyage to Newfoundland, hoping to return home as an interpreter. Dermer’s ship was forced south, and Tisquantum finally set foot in his homeland near Patuxet in 1619—only to find unimaginable devastation. Return to a Ghost Village: Loss and Adaptation A catastrophic epidemic—likely leptospirosis from European rats or livestock, though often misattributed to smallpox—had ravaged southern New England from 1616 to 1619, killing up to 90% of coastal Natives, including every Patuxet.

Tisquantum wandered the empty fields where his family and people once thrived, a sole survivor in a “new world” of ghosts. He relocated to the nearby Pokanoket (Wampanoag) territory under sachem Massasoit (Ousamequin), living as a guest but navigating tense politics as an outsider with foreign ways.

That November, the Mayflower arrived, its 102 passengers (half of whom would die that winter) settling on cleared Patuxet land they called Plymouth.

history.com

The Wampanoag, wary of these “coatmen” after years of exploitation, initially observed from afar. In March 1621, Abenaki sachem Samoset—another English speaker—made first contact, introducing Tisquantum days later as part of a delegation to assess the newcomers.

The Bridge to Survival: Guide, Interpreter, and Diplomat Tisquantum’s English fluency stunned the Pilgrims. Bradford called him “a special instrument sent of God for their good beyond their expectation.”

He moved into Plymouth, living with Bradford for 20 months as advisor, guide, and intermediary. His teachings were lifesaving during the colony’s “Starving Time”:

  • Agriculture: He demonstrated planting corn in hills with dead fish (herring or shad) as fertilizer—”except they got fish and set with it in these old grounds it would come to nothing”—and rotating crops with beans and squash to restore depleted soil.
  • Fishing and Foraging: He showed how to catch eels in tidal creeks, identify edible plants, and tap maples for sap—skills that turned barren fields into a 1621 harvest.
  • Trade and Navigation: He taught fur-trading protocols (e.g., valuing beaver pelts) and piloted shallops through treacherous shoals.
    en.wikipedia.org

Diplomatically, Tisquantum translated during the pivotal March 22, 1621, treaty with Massasoit on Strawberry Hill, forging a 50-year peace alliance of mutual defense against rivals like the Narragansetts.

He mediated rescues, like freeing captive boy John Billington from the Nauset in 1621, and curbed uninvited Native visits to ease food shortages.

en.wikipedia.org

Without him, historians agree, Plymouth might have failed.

history.com

Though he likely attended the 1621 harvest feast (later mythologized as the “First Thanksgiving”), his presence there was more pragmatic than celebratory—ensuring trade of Wampanoag deer for Pilgrim corn.

Controversies: Power Plays, Betrayals, and a Mysterious Death Tisquantum’s story darkens with politics. As the Pilgrims’ indispensable ally, he gained influence—but also envy. In 1622, rival interpreter Hobahmock (sent by Massasoit) accused him of disloyalty: Tisquantum allegedly extorted Native villages for tribute, exaggerating his sway over the English to threaten “plague from pits” (likely gunpowder or disease) if they resisted.

He even whispered plots to unite tribes against Massasoit, aiming to supplant him as sachem.

Massasoit demanded his death, but Bradford protected him, sending Hobahmock as a counterbalance. Wampanoag historians like Linda Jeffers Coombs view Tisquantum as a “traitor” for leveraging colonial power against his hosts, born of trauma and opportunism rather than innate nobility.

cbc.ca

Others see a savvy survivor navigating a fractured world.

worldhistory.org

His name’s meaning—”the rage of the Manitou” or “divine wrath”—hints at a warrior-priest background, adding layers to his “duplicity.”

en.wikipedia.org

In November 1622, on a trading voyage to Cape Cod, Tisquantum fell ill in Monomoy (now Chatham, Massachusetts) with a sudden “Indian fever,” nosebleeds, and sweating—dying within days at age ~37.

On his deathbed, he asked Bradford to pray for him “that I might go to the Englishmen’s God in Heaven,” bequeathing gifts to friends.

mayflower400uk.org

Poisoning by Massasoit’s order is speculated but unproven; his grave may lie under a modern golf course.

Legacy: From Myth to a Mirror of Colonial Realities Tisquantum’s influence endures in American mythology, immortalized in Longfellow’s 1858 poem The Courtship of Miles Standish and Disney’s 1994 Squanto: A Warrior’s Tale, though these often sanitize his complexities.

Modern retellings, like the 2015 National Geographic miniseries Saints & Strangers, portray him more accurately as a resilient diplomat.

en.wikipedia.org

He symbolizes Native ingenuity amid catastrophe—his knowledge averted famine, his translations built uneasy peace—but also the era’s shadows: enslavement, epidemics (killing millions across the Americas), and power imbalances.

cbc.ca

In tying back to themes of overcoming insurmountable challenges, Tisquantum’s odyssey echoes the parable of the First Thanksgiving: a man shipwrecked by fate, returning to rebuild in a wilderness of loss, forging hope through shared knowledge. Yet his full story reminds us that survival often demands cunning as much as compassion—and that history’s feasts were shared tables amid encroaching storms. For further reading, Bradford’s Of Plymouth Plantation offers the rawest glimpse into his world.

20 web pages

Explore Massasoit’s perspective
Pocahontas story comparison
Pocahontas story comparison

Squanto and Pocahontas: A Side-by-Side Comparison Two real Native people whose lives were twisted into American myths — both became “friends of the English colonists,” both saved lives, both died young, and both had their stories heavily romanticized. Yet their actual lives, motives, and historical contexts were very different.

Aspect
Squanto (Tisquantum)
Pocahontas (Matoaka / Amonute / Rebecca Rolfe)
Birth
c. 1585, Patuxet village (Plymouth, Mass.)
c. 1596, Werowocomoco, Tsenacommacah (Virginia)
People / Nation
Patuxet band of the Wampanoag Confederacy
Powhatan paramount chiefdom (30+ Algonquian tribes)
First major contact with English
Kidnapped and enslaved in 1614 by Thomas Hunt
First met John Smith’s men in 1607 (age ~11)
Taken to England
Yes – lived in London 1615–1619, learned fluent English
Yes – kidnapped by English in 1613, taken to England 1616–1617
How they learned English
Five years living and working in London households and with merchants
One of the few Natives of his era who became truly fluent
Returned home and found
His entire village wiped out by epidemic (1616–1619); he was the sole survivor
Her father still paramount chief, but her people under increasing English pressure
Role with colonists
Permanent resident in Plymouth (1621–1622); interpreter, agricultural teacher, diplomat, fur-trade guide
Hostage turned convert (1613–1614); married John Rolfe 1614; used as propaganda symbol of “civilizable” Indians
Religion
Showed interest in Christianity on his deathbed; no formal conversion recorded
Baptized “Rebecca” in 1614; only documented Native woman of her era to fully convert and marry an Englishman
Marriage
None recorded
Married Kocoum (Patawomeck warrior) c. 1610; later John Rolfe (1614)
Children
None known
One son, Thomas Rolfe (1615–c.1680)
Saved John Smith’s life?
No – he never met Smith
Probably not the dramatic “head on the rock” rescue (Smith embellished the story years later); she did bring food to Jamestown during starvation
Political power play
Tried to build his own power base by exaggerating English military might to other tribes; Massasoit almost had him executed for disloyalty
Used by English as a diplomatic bargaining chip; her marriage to Rolfe created the “Peace of Pocahontas” (1614–1622)
How they died
Age ~37, November 1622 – sudden fever and nosebleeds while on a trading trip with Pilgrims (poisoning rumored but unproven)
Age ~21, March 1617 – probably tuberculosis or pneumonia in Gravesend, England, just as she was about to sail home
Buried
Unknown location, probably Chatham, Mass.
St. George’s Church, Gravesend, England (exact grave lost)
Legacy in myth
“The friendly Indian who taught Pilgrims to plant corn” – Disney film 1994
“Indian princess who fell in love with John Smith” – Disney film 1995
Legacy among their own people today
Mixed – many Wampanoag view him as a traumatized survivor who sometimes betrayed Massasoit for personal gain
Mixed – many Powhatan descendants see her marriage and conversion as coerced, yet honor her courage and the lineage that still exists through Thomas Rolfe’s descendants
What they actually gave the English
Immediate survival knowledge; the 1621 harvest that made Plymouth viable
Long-term diplomatic peace (8 years without major war) and powerful propaganda (“Look, even a chief’s daughter chooses Christianity and English ways”)

The biggest differences in a nutshell

  1. Agency and choice
    Squanto chose to live with the Pilgrims and teach them; he was never a prisoner.
    Pocahontas was taken captive at 17, held for ransom, converted under duress, and married into the colony.
  2. Length of cross-cultural life
    Squanto spent almost a decade in Europe and England before returning.
    Pocahontas spent roughly one year as a captive-convert and one year in England.
  3. Relationship to land and survival
    Squanto literally kept an entire English colony alive with Indigenous farming techniques.
    Pocahontas’s actions (bringing corn, warning of attacks) helped Jamestown in its early years, but the colony’s survival owed more to later tobacco economics and military force.
  4. How history remembers them
    Squanto became the symbol of Thanksgiving harmony.
    Pocahontas became the symbol of romantic assimilation and the “good Indian princess.”

Both were brilliant cultural brokers caught in the collision of worlds.
Both lost almost everything—family, freedom, health, homeland.
Both, in their own ways, bought time and space for English colonies to take root.
And both deserve to be remembered not as cartoon saviors, but as complex human beings who navigated impossible choices with astonishing resilience. If
 you ever visit Plymouth or Jamestown, pause for a moment and whisper their real names:
Tisquantum.
Matoaka. 
They were here long before the myths—and their real stories are far more powerful.

Epidemics’ impact on Native populations
Samoset’s role in first contact
Epidemics’ impact on Native populations

The Great Dying: The Devastating Impact of Old-World Epidemics on Native American Populations (1492–1900)When Europeans arrived in the Americas, they brought something far deadlier than guns or steel: virgin-soil epidemics — diseases to which Indigenous peoples had zero prior immunity. The result was the largest demographic catastrophe in recorded human history. Overall Scale of Loss

Region / Period
Pre-Contact Population (best modern estimates)
Population by ~1900
% Decline
Western Hemisphere total
50–70 million
~4–5 million
90–95 %
Mexico / Central America
20–25 million
~1 million
95–97 %
Andean region (Peru/Bolivia)
9–14 million
~1 million
90–95 %
North America (north of Mexico)
5–15 million (wide range)
~250,000–400,000
90–97 %
Southern New England (1610s–1670s)
~100,000–140,000
~10,000–15,000
~90 %

These are not exaggerations. In many regions the death rate in the first epidemic wave alone was 70–95 %.Major Diseases and Their Kill Rates in Virgin-Soil Populations

Disease
First major waves in Americas
Typical mortality in naïve populations
Smallpox
1519–1530s onward
60–90 %
Measles
1530s onward
25–50 %
Influenza
1550s onward
20–50 %
Typhus (“tabardillo”)
1540s–1570s
50–80 %
Bubonic/pneumonic plague
1540s Mexico, later waves
40–70 %
Diphtheria
1600s North America
50–75 % in children
Scarlet fever
1630s–1640s New England
Very high in children
Unknown “cocoliztli” hemorrhagic fevers (probably native rats + European pathogens)
1545 & 1576 Mexico
80–90 % in worst-hit areas

Timeline of Some of the Worst Regional Catastrophes

Years
Region
Disease(s)
Estimated deaths
1519–1521
Aztec Empire (Tenochtitlán)
Smallpox (from one infected African slave on Narváez’s ship)
~5–8 million (40–50 % of central Mexico in months)
1524–1527
Inca Empire
Smallpox (reached ahead of Pizarro)
Killed Emperor Huayna Capac & heir; triggered civil war
1531–1533
Peru
Smallpox again
50–70 % of population
1545 & 1576
Central Mexico
“Cocoliztli” pandemics
~7–17 million combined
1616–1619
Southern New England coast (Massachusetts to Maine)
Probably leptospirosis + other
75–90 % of coastal Algonquian peoples (this is the epidemic that wiped out Squanto’s entire Patuxet village)
1633–1634
New England again
Smallpox
Killed another 70–80 % of survivors from 1616 wave
1639–1640
Great Lakes Huron & Iroquois
Smallpox & measles
50–60 %
1770s–1780s
Pacific Northwest
Smallpox (from Spanish expeditions & trade)
30–50 % (still catastrophic)

Why the Mortality Was So Extreme

  1. No evolutionary exposure — Indigenous Americans had been isolated from Eurasian/African disease pools for 15,000+ years.
  2. High population density in many areas (e.g., Tenochtitlán had ~200,000–300,000 people — larger than any city in Europe except Constantinople).
  3. Malnutrition from warfare & drought made people even more vulnerable.
  4. Cultural practices (sweat lodges, nursing the sick in crowded longhouses, ritual bathing) sometimes accelerated transmission.
  5. Multiple diseases striking simultaneously or in rapid succession — survivors of one wave often died in the next.

Social and Political Collapse Entire nations vanished.

  • The Patuxet (Squanto’s people) — 100 % mortality.
  • The Massachusett tribe — reduced from ~20,000 to a few hundred.
  • In central Mexico, some towns lost every single inhabitant; Spanish chroniclers wrote of walking for days through empty villages with unburied bodies.

Leadership structures collapsed when sachems and priests died.
Sacred knowledge, languages, and ceremonies were lost when the elders perished.
Survivors often merged with neighboring groups, creating new tribal identities we see today (e.g., modern Wampanoag, Pequot, Narragansett survivors coalescing).
Long-Term Consequences

  1. Land emptied → Europeans interpreted depopulated coasts as “virgin wilderness” rather than the heavily managed landscapes they actually were.
  2. Power vacuum → Made conquest and colonization vastly easier (Pizarro conquered the Inca with 168 men because smallpox had already destroyed the empire’s leadership).
  3. Slavery intensified → As local populations crashed, Spanish and Portuguese turned to the African slave trade.
  4. Trauma and cultural loss that still reverberates in Native communities today.

Modern Genetic and Archaeological Confirmation Recent studies of ancient DNA and cemetery excavations (e.g., 1545 cocoliztli victims in Mexico, 1616–1619 graves in New England) have confirmed European-introduced pathogens in skeletons showing classic smallpox lesions, hemorrhagic fever damage, etc. In short, the epidemics were not a holocaust by disease — unintentional in most cases, but no less devastating. They killed tens of millions — far more than all the wars of conquest combined — and reshaped two continents forever. When we tell the story of Squanto walking into a silent, abandoned Patuxet in 1619, or Pocahontas’s people facing wave after wave of sickness, we are talking about survivors of the greatest population collapse humanity has ever known.

Epidemics’ Impact on Pocahontas’ People
Role of Epidemics in Colonization

How Epidemics Became the Decisive Weapon of Colonization (1492–1800) European guns, steel, and horses mattered — but they were secondary. The real conqueror of the Americas was invisible: Old-World contagious disease. Without the 90–95 % population collapse caused by repeated virgin-soil epidemics, the military and political history of the Americas would have looked completely different. Here is how epidemics’ actual role in colonization, region by region, with the hard numbers and consequences.

Region / Colony
Pre-Epidemic Population
First Major Epidemic(s)
Population After First 100 Years
Direct Colonization Impact
Hispaniola (1492)
~250,000–1,000,000
Smallpox 1518, measles 1529
< 500 by 1550
Island essentially emptied → first African slaves imported 1502–1518
Mexico (Tenochtitlán)
~20–25 million
Smallpox 1520–1521
~1–1.5 million by 1620
Cortés had only 600 Spaniards; smallpox killed Emperor Cuitláhuac and ~40 % of the army and city in months → Aztec Empire collapsed with almost no fighting after 1521
Inca Empire
9–14 million
Smallpox 1524–1527 (reached before Pizarro)
~1 million by 1650
Emperor Huayna Capac and heir Ninan Cuyochi died → civil war between Atahualpa and Huáscar → Pizarro captured Atahualpa with 168 men in 1532
Peru (post-conquest)
Measles 1530–31, typhus 1546, smallpox 1558–59
90 % decline by 1620
Spanish viceroyalty established on top of a corpse-strewn landscape
Southern New England (Plymouth, Massachusetts Bay)
~100,000–140,000 coastal Algonquians
Leptospirosis (?) + others 1616–1619
~10,000 by 1630
Pilgrims landed on cleared, empty Patuxet village land → called it “Providential” clearing → no significant Native resistance until 1637 Pequot War and 1675 King Philip’s War (when survivors had partially recovered numbers)
Virginia (Jamestown/Powhatan)
~30,000–50,000 Powhatan
Smallpox/measles waves 1617–1619, 1630s–40s
< 10,000 by 1660
1622 Powhatan uprising failed partly because disease had already killed 50–70 % of warriors → English expanded rapidly after 1640s
Quebec & Great Lakes (Huron, Iroquois)
~100,000+ Huron alone
Smallpox 1634–1640
Huron nation nearly annihilated
French-Iroquois wars decided by who had more surviving warriors → Iroquois won because they gained early Dutch guns while Huron collapsed
California missions (1769–1830)
~300,000
Measles, syphilis, malaria after missions founded
~80,000 by 1840
Mission system only possible because coastal tribes were already weakened by earlier epidemics from Mexico

Six Ways Epidemics Acted as the Engine of Conquest

  1. Military Multiplier
    A few hundred Spaniards repeatedly defeated armies of tens of thousands because the Native armies were dying en masse during the campaign.
    Example: In the 1520 siege of Tenochtitlán, smallpox killed far more Aztecs than Spanish swords ever did.
  2. Psychological Terror
    Natives often interpreted the epidemics as punishment from their own gods or sorcery by the invaders. Many leaders lost legitimacy → mass conversions or surrender.
  3. Leadership Vacuum
    Epidemics killed experienced rulers, hereditary rulers first (they were the ones who met the Europeans).
    → Civil wars, succession crises, or inexperienced new leaders who could not organize resistance.
  4. Land Suddenly “Empty”
    Coastal areas that looked “wilderness” to later arrivals had been densely populated, farmed landscapes only a few years earlier.
    → Doctrine of terra nullius (“nobody’s land”) and “Providential clearing” justified seizure.
  5. Slave-Labor Crisis → African Slave Trade
    When Native populations crashed, Spanish and Portuguese planters turned to importing millions of Africans. The trans-Atlantic slave trade was a direct consequence of American depopulation.
  6. Delayed Resistance
    Major Native rebellions (Pueblo Revolt 1680, King Philip’s War 1675–76, Yamasee War 1715) only became possible decades later when populations began slow recovery and acquired immunity or firearms.

What Would Have Happened Without the Epidemics? Historians who have modeled this (e.g., economic historian Richard Steckel, historical demographer Russell Thornton) generally conclude:

  • Spanish conquest of Mexico and Peru would have failed or taken centuries instead of decades.
  • English colonies in Virginia and New England would have remained tiny, besieged coastal footholds (like early Jamestown) rather than expanding inland.
  • Large, centralized Native states (Powhatan Confederacy, Wampanoag sachemships, Creek Confederacy, Cherokee, Iroquois League) would likely have survived as independent powers well into the 19th century — similar to how the Comanche, Lakota, and Mapuche (who had fewer early epidemics) remained militarily dominant until the 1870s.

In short:
Guns and steel opened the door.
Smallpox, measles, and influenza kicked it down and burned the house behind them. The
 European colonization of the Americas was not primarily a story of superior technology or culture.
It was, above all, a biological catastrophe that removed 90+ % of the original inhabitants before most colonists even arrived. The epidemics did not merely accompany conquest — they were the conquest.

Pueblo Revolt 1680 details
Epidemics in Africa colonization
Epidemics in Africa colonization
..Epidemics in Africa colonization

Epidemics in the Colonization of Africa: A Very Different Biological Story Unlike the Americas, Africa did not experience a 90–95 % population collapse from Old-World diseases when Europeans arrived. In fact, the biological exchange ran in the opposite direction: African diseases killed far more Europeans than European settlers than African diseases killed Africans. This is why the colonization of Africa happened late (mostly 1880–1914), required modern medicine, and looked completely different from the conquest of the Americas. Why Africa Was Biologically Hostile to Europeans (1500–1880)

Disease
Americas (1492–1700)
Africa (1500–1880)
Disease environment
Virgin-soil epidemics devastated Natives
Africans had centuries of immunity; Europeans died fast
Main killers for invaders
Almost none (Natives had no crowd diseases)
Malaria, yellow fever, sleeping sickness, dysentery
European mortality in first year of settlement
10–20 % (starvation, cold)
300–700 per 1,000 (30–70 %) on West African coast
Result
Rapid land conquest possible with tiny forces
“White Man’s Grave” — Europeans could not penetrate interior

Key African diseases that blocked colonization for 400 years

Disease
Vector / Cause
Annual European death rate in worst zones
Impact on colonization
Malaria (P. falciparum)
Anopheles mosquito
200–500 per 1,000
Deadliest disease in history for non-immune adults
Yellow fever
Aedes aegypti mosquito
Outbreaks could kill 50–80 % of Europeans
Stopped countless expeditions
Sleeping sickness (trypanosomiasis)
Tsetse fly
100 % fatal if untreated
Made huge areas of Central/East Africa uninhabitable to horses and Europeans
Blackwater fever
Complication of chronic malaria
Very high in long-term residents
Dysentery & typhoid
Contaminated water
Very high

Because of this, from 1500 to the 1870s Europeans were confined to small coastal forts and trading posts (“factories”). They traded (often for slaves), but they could not conquer or settle the interior. The Three Breakthroughs That Finally Allowed Conquest (1870–1900)

Breakthrough
Year
Effect
Quinine prophylaxis
1850s–70s
Reduced malaria deaths by 80–90 %
Maxim gun & repeating rifles
1880s
One machine gun = hundreds of warriors in open combat
Steamships + railways
1870s–90s
Allowed rapid movement inland without dying en route

Only after these three appeared did the “Scramble for Africa” explode. Between 1880 and 1914, Europe partitioned almost the entire continent in a single generation. Major Epidemics During the Actual Colonization Period (1880–1920) Even with quinine, diseases still shaped how colonization happened:

Epidemic / Disease Event
Years
Region
Death Toll (approximate)
Colonial Impact
Rinderpest panzootic (cattle plague)
1889–1897
East & Southern Africa
80–90 % of cattle; millions of humans indirect through famine
Destroyed pastoral societies (Maasai, Herero, etc.); made them unable to resist German/ British conquest
Sleeping sickness pandemic
1896–1906
Uganda, Congo Basin
300,000–500,000 (especially around Lake Victoria)
Belgian Congo forced-labor camps accelerated spread
Smallpox campaigns
1890s–1910s
Everywhere
Still killed hundreds of thousands
Colonial powers used compulsory vaccination as a tool of control and legitimacy
Jigger flea (Tunga penetrans) outbreak
1870s–1900
Central & East Africa
Not fatal but crippled mobility
Slowed African armies and porters
1918–1919 Spanish Flu
1918–1919
Entire continent
2–3 million (2–3 % of population)
Higher % death in some urban/admin centers than in Europe

Population Impact Summary (1500–1950)

Region
Pre-colonial population (c. 1800)
Estimated population 1950
Net change
Main reason for change
Sub-Saharan Africa
~50–70 million
~180 million
+200–300 %
Natural growth despite colonial disruption
West Africa
~25–30 million
~70 million
Strong growth
No virgin-soil collapse
Central Africa (Congo)
~20 million
~12–15 million (1950)
Decline
Belgian atrocities + sleeping sickness
East Africa
~20 million
~50 million
Growth
Rinderpest temporary dip

Key takeaway: Africa’s population grew dramatically under colonial rule (despite exploitation) because it was not hit by the same apocalyptic virgin-soil epidemics as the Americas. Biological Bottom Line

Americas
Africa
European diseases → 90–95 % Native die-off → easy conquest
African diseases → 50–70 % European die-off → conquest impossible until 1880s
Conquest began 1492; most land taken by 1600
Conquest began ~1880; most land taken 1880–1914
Demographic collapse created “empty” land myth
Demographic strength + disease barrier delayed conquest for centuries

In the Americas, disease was the conquest.
In Africa, disease prevented conquest for 400 years — and when conquest finally came, it required machine guns and medicine, not just ships and swords. The
 map of world colonization is, more than anything else, a map of mosquitoes, tsetse flies, and microbes. Nov. 30, ’25 by Brianca Lane

*****CHRISTMAS SPIRIT and Cross-Cultural Parables- DIVINE PROMISE, Suffering, HOPE-LIGHT, HEALING MAGIC SPREADING EVERYWHERE!!! Battling the stigma, and terrible challenging symptoms to VICTORY- EACH and EVERY VICTORY A LIGHT- like Jesus FOR OUR WORLD! Dec. 6, ’25, by Brianca Lane 
In the ancient hills of a forgotten valley, there lived a wanderer named Elara, whose spirit shone like the first light of dawn. Born under a sky of endless stars, Elara entered the world with a promise as profound as the healing waters of a sacred spring. She carried within her a gift for mending broken hearts, for whispering hope into the ears of the weary, and for weaving threads of unity among the divided. Yet, from her earliest days, shadows loomed over her path—not of her own making but cast by the world’s unyielding gaze. Much like the figure of Jesus, who arrived in Bethlehem with divine promise, heralded by angels and sought by wise men from afar, Elara’s potential was a beacon. Jesus, too, was destined to heal the sick, comfort the afflicted, and challenge the chains of oppression. He walked among the people, touching lepers with compassion, restoring sight to the blind, and offering parables that pierced the soul. But oh, the storms that gathered! The high priests of the temple, guardians of tradition, saw in Him a threat to their authority. They whispered accusations of blasphemy, branding Him as mad, a disturber of peace. The Roman Empire, with its iron fist, viewed Him as a rebel stirring unrest. Betrayed by a kiss in the garden, He was arrested, mocked, scourged, and nailed to a cross on Golgotha—enduring not just physical agony, but the mental torment of abandonment, doubt, and the weight of humanity’s scorn. “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” He cried, a raw echo of isolation that resonates through time. In Elara’s parable, we see the mirror of our own world’s silent battles—the profound struggles of those facing mental health challenges. These are not mere whispers of the mind, but tempests that rage within, often invisible to the eye yet devastating in their force. Consider Bipolar Disorder, where the soul swings like a pendulum between manic highs of boundless energy and creativity, only to plunge into depressive lows of despair and lethargy, leaving one feeling like a ship tossed in a relentless sea. Schizophrenia unfolds as a fractured reality, with hallucinations and delusions that blur the lines between truth and illusion, voices that command or condemn, isolating the individual in a labyrinth of confusion. Severe Depression cloaks the world in gray, sapping joy and will, making even the simplest acts feel like climbing an endless mountain under a crushing weight. Fear-Phobias and Anxiety grip the heart like thorns, turning everyday encounters into paralyzing threats—racing thoughts, pounding pulses, and a constant dread that erodes peace. Eating Disorders whisper lies about worth and control, leading to cycles of restriction, bingeing, or purging that ravage body and spirit alike. Borderline Personality Disorder ignites intense emotional storms, fears of abandonment, and unstable relationships, where love and rage dance in a volatile tango. Dissociative Identity Disorder fragments the self into alters, born from trauma, where identities shift like shadows, leaving one to navigate a divided inner world. Elara, like so many today, bore these burdens not as curses, but as the crucibles of her journey. Society’s stigma branded her as “unstable,” “dangerous,” or “weak”—much as Jesus was labeled a lunatic or heretic by those in power. Doors slammed shut: employers turned away, friends faded into whispers, and even healers dismissed her pleas. Discrimination echoed in judgmental stares, lost opportunities, and the cold isolation of misunderstanding. Her symptoms were fierce adversaries—nights of unrelenting panic, days lost to fogged thoughts, moments where reality slipped away like sand through fingers. She faced rejection from authorities who should have offered sanctuary, much like the Jewish priesthood’s disdain for Jesus’ radical love, or Rome’s empire-driven condemnation. Elara’s “crucifixion” came in waves: hospitalizations that felt like prisons, medications that dulled her spark, and the mental torment of self-doubt, wondering if she was forever broken. Yet, herein lies the heart of the parable—the resurrection of the spirit. Jesus did not succumb to the cross; He rose on the third day, victorious over death, His wounds transformed into symbols of triumph. He appeared to His disciples, not in vengeance, but in peace, inspiring them to carry His light to the ends of the earth. So too did Elara rise, not in a single miraculous dawn, but through the quiet, steadfast forge of dignity and courage. She faced her tempests with unyielding effort: seeking wise counselors who listened without judgment, embracing therapies that rebuilt her inner fortress, and nurturing her body with gentle care. In moments of mania or delusion, she anchored herself with breath and ritual; in the depths of depression or dissociation, she clung to small acts of grace—a walk in the sun, a kind word to herself. Her character shone brightest in the darkness: forgiving those who stigmatized her, advocating for others in the shadows, and transforming her pain into empathy’s fire. One beautiful new healing sunrise, Elara emerged victorious, not free from all scars—for battles leave their marks—but liberated in spirit, her challenges no longer chains but steppingstones. She had won, not by erasing her conditions, but by mastering them, turning vulnerability into strength. Each victory—a day seized from anxiety’s grasp, a relationship mended despite borderline storms, a meal savored without eating disorder’s tyranny—became a light, illuminating the path for others. Like Jesus, whose resurrection sparked a movement of hope that endures millennia later, Elara’s triumphs inspired her community. She shared her story in gatherings, where the mentally challenged gathered like disciples, drawing courage from her example. “Carry on,” she urged, “through the stigma that seeks to bury you, through the symptoms that crucify your peace. Each step forward is a resurrection, each victory a beacon for our world.” And so, in this parable, we find our call: To the one wrestling with schizophrenia’s voices, rise with the dignity of one who knows truth beyond illusion. To the soul in depression’s abyss, summon courage like dawn breaking night. To all facing these trials—bipolar’s swings, anxiety’s clutches, dissociation’s fragments—know that your steadfast effort forges character unbreakable. You are not defined by the cross you bear, but by the light you become. Rise up, victorious, and let your healing sunrise inspire everyone: For in your triumph, the world finds its hope, each light a testament to the unbreakable human spirit, echoing Jesus’ eternal victory over despair.
More vivid metaphorical imagery
The child was born beneath a sky torn open by lightning that wrote silver promises across the night. They named her Luminah—Light-Bearer—because even as an infant her eyes held the color of dawn trapped inside a storm. The elders said she would heal the world. They did not yet see the storm already living inside her. From the beginning, the world tried to crucify her long before any wood was cut. When the manic fire came, it was a wildfire crowned with golden lions. Thoughts raced like comets, each one blazing with impossible brilliance. She could paint galaxies in an hour, speak seven languages before breakfast, love a thousand strangers in a single afternoon. Her laughter rang like cathedral bells. But the lions had teeth. Sleep vanished. Skin split from restless pacing. She became a sun burning too close to the earth, scorching everyone she tried to warm. Then came the plunge. Depression arrived as a black ocean with no bottom. It swallowed her slowly, salt in her lungs, chains of lead around her ankles. Days became centuries. A single step to the door felt like dragging the moon across the sky. Her tongue turned to ash; words fell out dead. The same villagers who once begged for her healing touch now crossed the street, whispering, “She is cursed. She is contagious. Lock your doors.” Anxiety was a nest of iron serpents coiled inside her ribs. Every heartbeat was a war drum announcing imminent annihilation. Crowded markets turned into arenas where invisible arrows whistled past her ears. A knock at the door was the executioner. Breathing became a battle against a closing fist. Schizophrenia opened trapdoors in reality. Voices poured through—some velvet, some molten glass. They crowned her queen of burning cities one moment, then accused her of murdering children she had never met. Mirrors showed strangers wearing her face. Time folded like wet paper; she would find herself standing in the rain holding a knife she did not remember picking up. The eating disorder was a jealous god demanding blood sacrifice on the altar of bone. Food became both poison and penance. Her body was a battlefield where famine and flood fought for dominion. She starved while feasts rotted on the table or devoured until her stomach ruptured like an overfilled wineskin, then knelt before porcelain idols to vomit absolution. Borderline storms were sudden hurricanes of feeling. Love was an inferno that consumed oxygen; abandonment was a guillotine mid-kiss. Relationships shattered like glass cathedrals the moment she reached to touch them. She was either all devotion or all destruction, never the quiet meadow in between. Dissociation came as a merciful thief, stealing her away when the pain grew too sharp. She would watch her own hands move like marionettes operated by invisible strings. “Who is living in my skin?” she whispered to the ceiling while another self-answered from behind her eyes. The priests of normalcy—doctors in white robes, families clutching tradition, employers guarding their ledgers—gathered like the Sanhedrin of old. They diagnosed, judged, medicated, isolated. “Demon-possessed,” some hissed. “Attention-seeking,” others sneered. They nailed labels across her chest the way Romans nailed inscriptions above the crucified: UNSTABLE. HOPELESS. DANGEROUS. They buried her alive in locked wards that smelled of bleach and despair, places where windows were barred like teeth in a screaming mouth. On the worst nights, strapped to a bed while chemical restraints coursed through her veins like cold fire, she heard the same cry that once tore from a hill outside Jerusalem: “Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani?” My God, my God, why have You forsaken me? But the story was not finished. One dawn—after the thousandth night of Gethsemane—she felt it: the faintest tremor beneath the tombstone the world had rolled over her. A root, thin as spider silk, pushing up through concrete. Hope, ridiculous and impossible, cracked the slab. She began the slow resurrection. Each breath became a rebellion.
Each pill swallowed on time, a defiance of chaos.
Each therapy session, a stone rolled away.
Each friend who stayed when the storm raged, a disciple refusing to flee the garden. Mania’s
 lions were not slain but tamed—taught to pull a chariot of purposeful creation.
Depression’s black ocean was not denied but navigated, learning the rhythm of tides.
The iron serpents of anxiety were transfigured into guardian dragons that now warned instead of wounded.
Voices that once condemned became ancestors whispering guidance through the veil.
The jealous god of hunger was dethroned; food became communion again.
Borderline hurricanes learned to pass without leveling villages.
The dissociated selves gathered around an inner fire, negotiating treaties of coexistence. Scars
 remained—beautiful, terrible, luminous. Stretch marks like lightning bolts across her belly. Track marks from IVs transformed into constellations. Surgical scars from the times her body tried to quit. Each one a resurrection wound, proof that she had died a thousand times and chosen—every single morning—to rise. One morning the sun did not merely rise; it exploded.
She stood on the hill where they once buried her dreams, arms wide, and the light poured through every crack the world had made in her. She was no longer a broken vessel leaking light; she was the crack itself—the place where the Light gets out. People
came from miles around, drawn by rumors of a woman who had walked through hell carrying lanterns made of her own bones. They brought their terrors, their diagnoses, their midnight voices. She did not promise them easy healing. She simply opened her scarred hands and said: “Look. I was crucified by voices you cannot see and buried beneath labels you cannot read. Yet here I stand, breathing, laughing, alive. If I—the one they said would never be whole—can rise, then your resurrection is already breaking through the earth beneath your feet. Feel it. That tremor. That root. That impossible dawn.” And one by one, they felt it too. Every time someone chooses to stay alive one more day,
Every time a pill is taken, a boundary held, a crisis line dialed,
Every time a fragmented self says to another, “We are in this together,”
Every time stigma is met with unashamed testimony—
That is the earthquake splitting the tomb.
That is the angel rolling the stone.
That is the Risen One walking out into garden air, wounds blazing like windows thrown open to morning. You
 are not the diagnosis nailed above your head.
You are the empty tomb the world will never know how to explain.
You are the Light-Bearer, scarred and glorious, rising with the sun inside your chest, shouting without words to every sufferer still in the darkness: “Take
 heart.
I have been where you are.
And I am the proof:
Love wins.
Life wins.
Morning comes.
And we—
we rise.” A NEW SUNRISE BACK to OUR DIVINE PROMISE!!!
Parables from other faiths

Here are four vivid, hope-drenched parables—one from each of four great traditions—retelling the same truth: the soul that suffers the deepest crucifixion of mind and heart is often the very one destined to rise as a living resurrection for the world.

  1. Buddhist Parable: The Poison Arrow and the Lotus of Fire
    A young monk named Anurati was born with a mind that burned. Thoughts struck him like poisoned arrows shot from every direction at once—panic, voices, grand visions, black despair. Some days he sat under the Bodhi tree laughing at colors only he could see; other days he could not lift his head from the mud. The sangha whispered, “He will never reach nibbana. He is too broken.” They wanted to send him away.

One dawn, the Buddha found Anurati weeping beneath the same tree where he himself had once faced Mara’s armies. The boy cried, “My mind is a battlefield of demons. I am not like you. I will never be free.” The Buddha plucked a lotus seed from the mud and held it up, black and hard as coal.
“This seed,” he said, “must be buried in the darkest, foulest swamp. It must be trampled by buffalo, drowned in monsoon, scorched by sun. Only then does it split open and send down roots into hell itself. Only then does it dare to push upward through the filth until one morning it bursts into flame-colored petals that make the whole pond forget it was ever a graveyard.” He
 pressed the seed into Anurati’s trembling palm.
“Your torment is the swamp. Your symptoms are the buffalo hooves. Do not curse them. They are pressing you downward so that one day you may rise with a flower no unbroken mind could ever grow. The darker the mud, the fiercer the blossom. Stay. Endure. Bloom.” Years
 later, travelers came from distant kingdoms to sit at the feet of the monk whose eyes now held the calm of deep water reflecting fire. They called him the Lotus of Fire. And whenever a pilgrim arrived trembling with voices or paralyzed by panic, Anurati would smile, open his scarred palm, and show them the place where the seed had once been.
“Look,” he would whisper. “The swamp won the first round. The lotus won the war.”

  1. Sufi Parable: The Reed Flute in the Madhouse
    A flute-maker named Layla was taken to the asylum because she heard music in the silence and danced when others wept. Some nights she spun until she fell, laughing that Rumi’s Beloved was kissing her through the wind. Other nights she lay catatonic, convinced she had been severed forever from the Reedbed of the Divine. The doctors bled her, chained her, fed her bitter syrups to silence the song.

One visiting dervish heard muffled music coming from the darkest cell. He put his ear to the door and recognized the heartbroken, exquisite wail of a reed flute separated from its root. He bribed the guards and entered. Layla sat in rags, hair matted, eyes wild with both terror and ecstasy.
“I am broken,” she whispered. “The music hurts too much. Make it stop.” The
 dervish knelt, placed his hands over her heart, and answered:
“Little sister, the reed flute must first be hollowed out by knives. It must be drilled with burning holes. Only the reed that has been emptied by suffering can sing when the Beloved breathes through it. Your illness is the knife. Your torment is the fire that burns the holes. Do not beg for the music to stop. Beg for strength to endure the carving. One day the Friend will lift you to His lips and the whole madhouse will fall silent, listening to the song only your wounds can play.” Decades
 later, pilgrims walked for months to hear the woman called Layla Majnun—“Layla the Madwoman”—play beneath the stars. When she lifted the flute to her lips, kings wept, stones rolled away from hearts, and even the asylum guards fell to their knees. And if you looked closely at her flute, you could see the burn marks where the reed had once been judged insane.

  1. Hindu Parable: The Chariot of Many Horses
    Prince Arjunesh was born to rule, yet his mind was a chariot pulled by a thousand wild horses running in opposite directions. Some horses were drunk on manic nectar, galloping toward the sun until the wheels caught fire. Others were wounded, lying down in depressive dust, refusing to move. Phantom horses of hallucination charged off cliffs. Starving horses of anorexia pulled one way while gluttonous horses pulled another. The chariot splintered; the prince was dragged bleeding across the kingdom while courtiers sneered, “Unfit to rule.”

In despair he fled to the forest and fell at the feet of a wandering sadhu.
“My mind is not one chariot but a thousand broken ones,” he cried. “I will never reach the battlefield of life.” The
 sadhu smiled and pointed to Krishna standing nearby, holding reins made of light.
“Beloved Arjunesh,” Krishna said, “I never drive a chariot pulled by tame horses. I choose the wildest, the most terrified, the ones scarred by lightning and famine. Why? Because only they know the terror of the abyss—and only they will run with true fury when they finally feel My hand steady on the reins. Your illnesses are not your shame; they are the wild team I deliberately chose. Surrender the reins. Let Me drive.” Years
 later, when the great war came, it was Arjunesh—once mocked as the mad prince—who stood fearless in the center of the Kurukshetra of his own mind, chariot wheels blazing like suns, while Krishna smiled from the driver’s seat. Enemy armies of stigma and despair fell before him. And every soul watching understood: the most terrifying horses, once surrendered to the Divine Charioteer, become the swiftest carriers of victory.

  1. Indigenous North American Parable (Lakota-inspired): The Thunder-Beings Inside
    A girl named Winyan Waste’ (“Beautiful Woman”) was born during a storm so fierce the thunder cracked the sky open. From that day, the Thunder-Beings lived inside her. Sometimes they sang and she danced with lightning in her feet, painting visions that made the elders weep with beauty. Sometimes they raged and she ran screaming from invisible enemies, or fell into black caves where even the sun forgot her name. The people said, “The Thunder-Beings have stolen her spirit. She is wakan yet broken. Keep her away from the children.”

One winter, when the voices inside threatened to shatter her like ice, she crawled into the vision pit, half-dead from starvation and cold. There, Heyoka—the sacred clown who rides backward on the horse—appeared to her, painted half black, half red, laughing and weeping at once.“ Why do you curse the Thunder-Beings?” he asked. “They chose you because only a heart strong enough to hold lightning can carry medicine for the people. Your sickness is the storm’s way of cracking you open so the rain of healing can fall through you onto the nation. Stop begging the storm to leave. Learn its song. When you rise, you will not be ‘fixed.’ You will be hollowed bone, a flute for the Thunder-Beings themselves. Then the people will come to you when their own storms rage, and you will teach them how to stand in the center and sing back.” Many springs later, when drought or grief struck the villages, they no longer hid from the girl once called mad. They sought her out on the hill where she danced with outstretched arms as lightning stitched the sky. Winyan Waste’ had become the Thunder Woman, her scars glowing like bolts frozen in skin. And whenever a child began to hear voices or see visions the others feared, the elders brought them to her. She would touch their foreheads and whisper, “Do not be afraid, little brother, little sister. The storm is not your enemy. It is your becoming.” In every tradition, the story is the same: The soul chosen to carry the hottest fire, the sharpest wound, the wildest horses, the loudest thunder, is the soul destined to light the darkest night. Your crucifixion is not the end.
It is the carving, the hollowing, the cracking open—so that one day the Light, the Music, the Lightning, the Lotus, the wild team of Divine Love—can pour through you undimmed. 
Stay.
Endure.
Rise. 
The world is waiting for the particular resurrection only your scars can perform. Dec. 6, ’25 by Brianca Lane LOVING YOU MERRY CHRISTMAS and SEASON’S BEST HOLIDAY WISHES for Everyone!!! 

Hello world! EXPLOITING MUSIC ARTISTS- Background TRAUMA!!! Dec. 30, ’25 by Bri

Overview of Exploitation in the 1950s and 1960s Music Industry

During the 1950s and 1960s, the music industry was rife with exploitative practices that left many artists, particularly Black musicians in R&B, rock ‘n’ roll, and soul genres, receiving minimal compensation despite generating massive profits for labels and managers. Record companies often locked artists into unfavorable contracts with low royalty rates (frequently below 3-5% of sales), deducted unauthorized expenses like production costs, packaging, and promotion from earnings, and sometimes outright denied royalties by claiming artists owed debts. Managers took excessive cuts (up to 50% vs. the standard 15-20%), controlled publishing rights, and used mob ties or payola (bribing DJs for airplay) to boost hits while siphoning funds. Songwriting credits were stolen or shared with non-contributors to divert royalties, and covers by white artists often profited labels without benefiting originals. This era’s systemic issues stemmed from racial discrimination, lack of legal protections, and artists’ desperation for exposure, leading to lifelong financial struggles, lawsuits, and even suicides. Below, I’ll detail extensive real examples drawn from historical accounts. Common Exploitative Tactics

  • Low or No Royalties: Artists got pennies per record sold, with deductions wiping out earnings.
  • Stolen Credits and Publishing: Labels/managers added themselves as co-writers or sold rights cheaply.
  • Debt Claims: Labels charged artists for “advances” or costs, creating perpetual debt.
  • Mob Ties and Payola: Managers like Morris Levy used organized crime connections to control profits.
  • Racial Exploitation: Black artists faced worse deals, with white covers stealing market share.

Examples of Artists Ripped Off Here’s a table summarizing key cases from the 1950s and 1960s, focusing on specific instances of receiving “pennies” or nothing. These highlight the disparity between album/song success and artist payouts.

Artist/Group
Era
Label/Manager
How Ripped Off
Outcome/Compensation Received
Ruth Brown
1950s
Atlantic Records

Signed in 1949; hits like “Teardrops from My Eyes” topped charts, but no royalties paid due to unauthorized deductions (packaging, remixing, artwork). Label claimed she owed $26,000 upon leaving in 1960s.

news.westernu.ca
Received no royalties until 1980s; fought for back pay later in life.
Muddy Waters
1950s-1960s
Chess Records

Blues pioneer; despite decades of hits, label’s deductions left him owing $60,000 in the 1980s, even after not working with them for 20 years.

news.westernu.ca
No resolution mentioned; died in 1983 still in debt.
Chuck Berry
1950s-1960s
Chess Records

On “Maybellene” (1955 hit), DJ Alan Freed and Russ Fratto added as co-writers, stealing royalty shares. Standard low rates exacerbated losses.

okayplayer.com
Fought legally for decades; awarded full credit in 1986, but lost millions earlier.
Little Richard
1950s
Specialty Records (Art Rupe)

Sold “Tutti Frutti” (1955) publishing rights for $50; paid <1 cent per record (vs. 3-5% standard); no royalties from Pat Boone’s cover. Sold 500,000+ copies but got only $25,000 total.

Sued in 1984 for $112M in unpaid royalties; settled out of court (undisclosed); rights later returned via Michael Jackson’s ATV purchase.
Big Mama Thornton
1950s
Peacock Records (for “Hound Dog”)

Wrote/recorded “Hound Dog” (1952, 500,000-1M copies sold); got flat $500 fee. Co-writer Johnny Otis held publishing; after Elvis’s 1956 cover hit, credits reclaimed excluding her. No royalties from covers like Janis Joplin’s “Ball and Chain.”

Died broke in 1984 at 57 from health issues tied to poverty.
Fred Parris (The Five Satins)
1950s
Standord/Ember Records

“In the Still of the Night” (1956) sold 10M copies; got only $783 total due to royalty theft and racial exploitation (white covers profited labels).

youtube.com
Equivalent to ~$1M today if fair; no further compensation noted.
Elvis Presley
1950s-1960s
Colonel Tom Parker (manager)

Parker took 50% of earnings (vs. 15-20% norm); blocked overseas tours for personal reasons, costing millions. Elvis died with modest wealth despite billions generated.

crazyonclassicrock.com
1980s court ruled practices unethical; Parker died in 1997 worth <$1M.
The Beatles
1960s
Dick James (publisher), Brian Epstein (manager)

Signed away most songwriting rights in Northern Songs for minimal pay; James took 50% on overseas sales. “Slave contract” per McCartney.

crazyonclassicrock.com
Catalog sold to ATV (bought by Michael Jackson in 1985 for $47.5M); McCartney sued Sony/ATV in 2017, settled 2018.
The Rolling Stones
1960s
Allen Klein (manager)

Klein held earnings in tax shelters, paid piecemeal; owned publishing and masters, dragged royalties. Unauthorized compilations profited him.

crazyonclassicrock.com
Settlements: $1.2M (1972), $1M (1975); decade-long litigation.
The Jackson 5
Late 1960s
Motown (Berry Gordy)

2.8% royalties (low rate); Gordy kept massive profits. Left in 1975; Motown retained group name, sued them.

Switched to Epic for 20% royalties; renamed “The Jacksons.”
Florence Ballard (The Supremes)
1960s
Motown

One-time $139,804 settlement upon 1967 exit; banned from using Supremes affiliation. Hits like “Where Did Our Love Go” generated millions for label.

Lost home, on welfare; died at 32 in 1976.
The Drifters
1950s-1960s
George Treadwell (manager)

Low salaries, burnout from tours; Treadwell owned name, fired members for raise requests. Splinter groups lost income.

crazyonclassicrock.com
Lawsuits over name; members quit in frustration.
Jimi Hendrix
1960s
Mike Jeffery (manager)

Funneled cash offshore; high studio costs left Hendrix unpaid despite hits like “Purple Haze.” Died broke.

crazyonclassicrock.com
Family threatened 2006 suit over $15M rights sale; no resolution.
Badfinger
Late 1960s
Stan Polley (manager)

Polley pocketed all earnings (e.g., $75k while band got thousands); restrictive contracts, vanished advances.

crazyonclassicrock.com
Suicides of Pete Ham (1975) and Tom Evans (1983) over lost royalties; $5M lawsuit.
Lester Chambers (The Chambers Brothers)
1960s
Columbia Records

No royalties for 27 years (1967-1994) on hits like “Time Has Come Today”; lived on $1,200/month from odd jobs.

crazyonclassicrock.com
Relied on donations; housing/medical aid from funds.

Broader Context and Legacy Motown, under Berry Gordy, exemplified label control: artists like The Supremes and Jackson 5 were groomed but paid minimally, with Gordy defending it as “making stars.”

faroutmagazine.co.uk

Chess and Specialty targeted Black blues/R&B artists with similar tactics. Payola scandals in the late 1950s exposed bribery, but artists rarely benefited. Many fought back in the 1970s-1980s via lawsuits, but early deaths and poverty were common. This era’s practices influenced modern reforms like better royalty laws, though exploitation persists. For instance, Ruth Brown’s advocacy led to the Rhythm & Blues Foundation in 1988 to aid ripped-off artists.

news.westernu.ca
27 web pages
59 results
Motown’s Exploitative Practices in the 1950s-1960s

Motown Records, founded by Berry Gordy in 1959, revolutionized soul and pop music but was notorious for exploitative contracts that mirrored (and sometimes exceeded) industry norms of the era. As a Black-owned label, it provided opportunities for African American artists amid racial barriers, yet Gordy ran it like an assembly line: strict control over image, production, and finances. Artists signed long-term deals with low royalties (typically 2-3% of sales, often divided among group members), high deductions for costs, and obligatory use of Gordy’s Jobete publishing company, which captured songwriting royalties. Minors received meager allowances while earnings were held “in trust.” Relentless touring supplemented income, but many left broke, leading to lawsuits in later decades. Gordy defended this as building stars from “kids off the street,” but critics called it ruthless profiteering. Common tactics:

  • Low royalties: 2.7-2.8% standard, withheld for taxes/contingencies or recouped costs.
  • Publishing control: Artists forced into Jobete, diverting writer credits/earnings to Gordy.
  • Favoritism and demotion: Best material/solos went to preferred acts (e.g., Diana Ross), sidelining others.
  • Exit restrictions: Departing artists sued or barred from using group names; settlements often paltry.
  • Minor contracts: Exploited youth/inexperience; some voided later.

Key Examples of Exploitation

Artist/Group
Details of Exploitation
Outcome/Compensation
Jackson 5
Signed as minors; 2.8% royalties (split among members/brothers); small weekly allowances ($10-20 in 1960s equivalent); Gordy retained massive profits from hits like “I Want You Back.” Joe Jackson pushed departure due to low pay.
Left in 1975 for Epic (20% royalties); Motown retained name, sued them; renamed “The Jacksons.”
Florence Ballard (The Supremes)
Founding member; demoted from lead vocals as Gordy favored Diana Ross; fired in 1967 amid depression/alcohol issues (ignored pleas for help). Settlement barred her from using “Supremes” name.
One-time ~$139,000 payment (much stolen by lawyer); died broke at 32 in 1976 on welfare.
Martha Reeves & the Vandellas
Low royalties; hits like “Dancing in the Street” generated millions for label but minimal for artists. Reeves stunned by Motown’s LA move without notice; fought release from contract.
1989 lawsuit (with original members) for unpaid royalties since 1972; settled 1991 (terms undisclosed); separate 1983 win for back/future royalties.
Mary Wells
Signed at 17; hits like “My Guy” (#1); still on minor’s contract with low royalties. Sued arguing contract invalid as minor.
Won release 1964; settled; signed lucrative 20th Century Fox deal but career declined (alleged Motown interference).
Stevie Wonder
Signed at 11; earnings held in trust; small allowances despite early hits.
Renegotiated better terms later (1970s control/artistic freedom); one of few to thrive long-term at Motown.
Holland-Dozier-Holland (Songwriters/Producers)
Wrote Supremes/Four Tops hits; disputed royalties/profits sharing.
Left 1968 amid lawsuit; formed Invictus/Hot Wax; used pseudonyms initially due to restrictions.

Motown’s model built icons but at great personal cost—many artists faced poverty, addiction, or early deaths post-departure. Lawsuits in the 1980s-1990s recovered some funds, highlighting systemic issues. Gordy’s empire sold for millions in 1988, while early stars often got pennies. This era’s practices spurred industry reforms, though debates persist on balancing risk-taking labels vs. fair artist pay.

59 web pages
Stax Records exploitation
10 results
10 web pages
Stax Records exploitation
64 results
Stax Records and Artist Exploitation (1950s-1970s)

Stax Records, founded in 1957 as Satellite Records by Jim Stewart and his sister Estelle Axton (renamed Stax in 1961), was a groundbreaking Memphis-based soul label known for its integrated environment and raw “Memphis Sound.” Unlike Motown’s polished assembly-line approach, Stax fostered a family-like atmosphere with an interracial house band (Booker T. & the M.G.’s) and staff, producing classics for Otis Redding, Isaac Hayes, Sam & Dave, Carla Thomas, and others. Co-founders Stewart (white) and later Al Bell (Black executive promoted in 1965) emphasized equality amid racial tensions, creating a haven in segregated Memphis. However, Stax faced systemic exploitation issues common to the era, though less overtly ruthless than labels like Motown or Chess. Problems stemmed from poor contracts, opaque accounting, financial mismanagement, and the 1975 bankruptcy, leaving many artists underpaid or unpaid. Key factors:

  • Atlantic Distribution Disaster (1968): Jim Stewart signed a 1965 deal without reading it fully, granting Atlantic ownership of all pre-1968 masters. When Atlantic was sold to Warner Bros., Stax lost its entire early catalog (including most Otis Redding hits), devastating revenue streams.
  • Financial Troubles and Bankruptcy: Overexpansion, bad distribution deals (e.g., with CBS in 1972), bank loans, and lawsuits led to involuntary bankruptcy in 1975. Masters were sold cheaply to Fantasy Records (now Concord).
  • Royalties and Accounting: Deductions and debts left artists owing money; late-era non-payments sparked disputes.
  • Artist Treatment: Generally positive—seen as fairer and more collaborative—but financial chaos hurt payouts.

Key Examples of Exploitation/Impact

Artist/Group
Details of Exploitation/Impact
Outcome/Compensation
Otis Redding
Stax’s biggest star; died 1967 in plane crash. Post-death, Atlantic retained pre-1968 masters (most hits like “(Sittin’ On) the Dock of the Bay”). Estate lost ongoing control/revenue from early catalog.
Family (wife Zelma) managed estate successfully; worth ~$10M at death (equivalent ~$90M today via royalties, licensing). No direct Stax rip-off claims, but catalog loss affected legacy earnings.
Isaac Hayes
Staff songwriter turned star; hits like Hot Buttered Soul (1969) and “Theme from Shaft” (1971). Stax defaulted on royalties amid 1970s debts; sued for $5.3M in 1974.
Released from contract; later filed personal bankruptcy (1976, debts >$6M tied to Stax loans). Recovered career elsewhere (ABC/Polydor).
Carla Thomas
Early star (“Gee Whiz”); opaque accounting left her owing Stax ~$80,000 by 1986 despite hits.
Minimal recovery noted; part of broader industry underpayment for Black artists.
Sam & Dave
Signed to Atlantic, “loaned” to Stax; produced hits with Hayes/Porter and M.G.’s. 1968 Atlantic split forced return to Atlantic—no access to Stax team, quality dipped.
Career declined post-split; no major Stax-specific royalty disputes, but lost momentum and earnings potential.
Booker T. & the M.G.’s
House band; salaried employees with production pool (royalty share). Backed most sessions but no widespread complaints of low pay—benefited from hits like “Green Onions.”
Steady work; members (e.g., Steve Cropper) thrived individually. Less impacted than vocal artists.

Broader Context Stax was praised for racial integration and artist development (e.g., open-door policy via Satellite Record Shop), contrasting harsher labels. Jim Stewart and Al Bell focused on music over exploitation, but business naivety (e.g., unread contracts) and 1970s overexpansion caused fallout. Bankruptcy left artists without back royalties; many (like Hayes) sued or left broke temporarily. Legacy: Stax produced timeless soul but highlighted industry risks for independent labels and Black artists. Modern reissues (via Concord) have helped estates, but early losses persist.

64 web pages
58 results
Motown Artist Exploitation: Practices and Examples
58 web pages
41 results
Motown Artist Exploitation: Overview

Motown Records, founded by Berry Gordy in 1959, became a powerhouse in the 1960s soul and pop scene, launching stars like The Supremes, Marvin Gaye, and The Jackson 5. However, behind its success lay widespread exploitation, particularly of young, often Black artists during the label’s Detroit heyday (1959-1972). Gordy ran Motown like a factory—controlling every aspect from music production to personal lives—while imposing contracts that favored the label. Artists faced low royalties (typically 2.7% of sales, split among groups), massive deductions for expenses (recording, travel, “damaged” records), charges for unreleased material, and obligatory publishing through Gordy’s Jobete company, which siphoned songwriting earnings.

Minors received meager allowances ($10-20 weekly), with earnings “held in trust” but rarely disbursed fully.

english.elpais.com

Gordy defended these practices in a 1995 interview, arguing “exploitation is not necessarily bad” as it turned unknowns into stars.

Critics, including former artists, highlighted racial and economic inequities, with many ending up in poverty despite generating millions.

The label’s move to Los Angeles in 1972 exacerbated issues, leaving behind artists who felt abandoned.

soulbot.uk

Common Exploitation Tactics

  • Financial Control: Artists borrowed from Motown (with interest) for basics; charged for all costs, including unreleased sessions (e.g., multiple versions of songs recorded, only one released).
  • Royalty Theft: Low rates, deductions for taxes/contingencies; publishing locked to Jobete, benefiting Gordy.
    soulbot.uk
  • Personal Oversight: Strict rules (e.g., segregated tour buses to prevent “influence”); favoritism toward acts like Diana Ross.
    soulbot.uk
  • Name Ownership: Departing artists couldn’t use group names (e.g., Jackson 5 became The Jacksons).
    english.elpais.com
  • Underpayment of Staff: Session musicians (Funk Brothers) paid $5-10 per track vs. $50 standard, with little credit.
    soulbot.uk

Key Examples of Exploited Artists Here’s a table of prominent cases from the 1950s-1960s era, drawing on historical accounts.

Artist/Group
Exploitation Details
Outcomes/Consequences
The Jackson 5

Signed as minors; 2.7% royalties split; small allowances; billed for 469 recordings (only 174 released); name owned by Motown.

Joe Jackson fought Gordy to leave.

Departed 1975 for Epic (higher 20% royalties); renamed The Jacksons; faced lawsuit over name.
Florence Ballard (The Supremes)

Demoted from lead; forced out amid favoritism to Diana Ross; low pay led to destitution post-1967 firing; alcohol issues exacerbated by mistreatment.

Paltry $139k settlement; banned from Supremes affiliation; died broke at 32 in 1976 from heart attack.
Marvin Gaye

Contentious with Gordy (brother-in-law via marriage to Anna Gordy); career stifled (e.g., resisted pop formula for socially conscious work like What’s Going On); low royalties amid hits; personal conflicts including abuse allegations.

Died broke despite fame.

Left Motown 1981; financial disputes contributed to drug issues; murdered by father in 1984.
Mary Wells

Signed at 17; hits like “My Guy” but minor contract meant low royalties; argued contract invalid.

Alleged Motown interference post-departure.

Won release 1964; signed 20th Century Fox for better deal, but career faded; no major lawsuits noted.
Stevie Wonder

Signed at 11; earnings withheld in “trust”; small allowances despite early success.

english.elpais.com
Renegotiated 1970s for control; one of few to thrive long-term at Motown.
Holland-Dozier-Holland (Songwriters/Producers)

Unpaid royalties on hits; Gordy reneged on stock promises; forced to pay 25% production costs.

Left 1968; formed Invictus/Hot Wax; sued over restrictions but succeeded independently.
Frances Nero

Won talent contest for contract; single poorly promoted (10k copies); no royalties; pressure to comply.

soulbot.uk
Left after stalled renewal; highlighted female artists’ similar experiences.
The Marvelettes

Low pay; left destitute after Motown’s LA move; hits like “Please Mr. Postman” profited label more.

soulbot.uk
Group dissolved; members faced poverty.
Funk Brothers (Session Musicians)

Paid $5-10 per session (vs. $50 norm); no credits; moonlighting banned.

soulbot.uk
Gained recognition later via documentaries; many died poor.

Broader Impact and Legacy By the late 1960s, exploitation led to a talent exodus, weakening Motown amid competition and civil rights shifts.

Lawsuits in the 1970s-1980s recovered some royalties (e.g., Martha Reeves in 1989), but many artists suffered lifelong poverty, addiction, or early deaths.

soulbot.uk

Gordy sold Motown for $61M in 1988, profiting immensely.

soulbot.uk

This era exposed music industry inequities, influencing modern reforms like fairer contracts, though debates on Gordy’s role—as visionary or exploiter—persist.

42 web pages 57 results
Legal Reforms Addressing Music Industry Exploitation Post-1960s

The exploitative practices exposed at labels like Motown in the 1960s-1970s—low royalties, unfavorable contracts, and lack of artist control—spurred gradual reforms. Advocacy from artists like Ruth Brown highlighted systemic issues, leading to industry settlements, nonprofit support, and federal copyright changes. While no single law directly targeted “Motown-style” exploitation, key developments improved royalty payments, contract fairness, and protections for legacy artists (especially pre-1972 recordings common in the Motown era).Key Reforms and Their Impacts

Reform/Law
Year
Description
Impact on Artist Exploitation
Sound Recording Amendment
1971 (effective 1972)
First federal copyright protection for sound recordings (post-Feb. 15, 1972); anti-piracy focus but established basis for performer royalties in digital era.
Pre-1972 recordings (most Motown classics) lacked federal royalties from digital uses until later fixes; post-1972 works gained stronger protections against unauthorized duplication.
Copyright Act of 1976 (Section 203)
1978 (effective)
Introduced termination rights: Artists/authors can terminate grants of copyright after 35 years (for post-1978 works), reclaiming control.
Allows renegotiation or reclamation of rights sold cheaply in early careers; ongoing battles (e.g., against labels claiming “work-for-hire”) but empowers artists like those from 1970s onward.
Rhythm & Blues Foundation
Founded 1988
Nonprofit sparked by Ruth Brown’s royalty fight with Atlantic; funded by settlements/donations (e.g., Atlantic $1.5M, Motown/Universal funds). Provides grants, medical aid, and Pioneer Awards.
Direct aid to 1940s-1970s R&B/Motown-era artists (hundreds assisted); pressured labels to retroactively pay royalties and set industry standards for legacy support.
Digital Performance Right in Sound Recordings Act
1995
Created limited public performance royalties for digital transmissions (e.g., satellite/web radio) via SoundExchange.
Artists/labels get paid for digital plays (45% to featured artists); pre-1972 gap persisted until 2018.
California Labor Code §2855 (“Seven-Year Rule”)
Enacted 1872; key post-1960s application
Limits personal services contracts (e.g., recording deals) to 7 years enforcement.
Prevents perpetual bondage; artists can leave after 7 years (e.g., influenced departures from restrictive deals).
Coogan Law Updates (California Child Actor’s Bill)
Original 1939; entertainment expansions post-1970s
Requires 15% of minor’s earnings in trust; court approval for contracts; work hour/education limits.
Protected young Motown signees (e.g., Jackson 5, Stevie Wonder) retroactively/influenced better minor deals industry-wide.
Orrin G. Hatch–Bob Goodlatte Music Modernization Act (MMA)
2018
Federalized pre-1972 recordings; digital services pay royalties for them; created Mechanical Licensing Collective (MLC) for streamlined mechanicals; producers/engineers get shares.
Closed loophole harming Motown/Jazz/Blues icons; ensures streaming royalties for pre-1972 works, benefiting estates of exploited 1960s artists.

Broader Legacy and Ongoing Issues

  • Industry Settlements: 1980s-1990s saw labels (Atlantic, MCA/Universal) waive debts, pay back royalties, and fund foundations due to public pressure.
  • Artist Empowerment: Higher baseline royalties, transparency demands, and unions/advocacy grew; modern contracts often include audits and fairer splits.
  • Gaps Remain: Pre-MMA, pre-1972 artists got no federal digital royalties; termination fights continue (labels argue “work-for-hire”). Exploitation persists in new forms (e.g., streaming low payouts), but these reforms provided tools for recourse, directly aiding survivors/estates of the Motown era
  • 57 web pages
Explain Copyright Termination Rights
What Are Copyright Termination Rights?

Copyright Termination Rights are a unique U.S. legal mechanism that allows authors (or their heirs) to reclaim ownership of copyrights they previously transferred or licensed to others (e.g., record labels, publishers, film studios) after a certain period. These rights were designed to protect creators from unfair, one-sided deals—often signed early in their careers when they had little bargaining power—by giving them a “second bite at the apple” later when the work’s value is proven.They stem from the recognition that creators should benefit from the long-term success of their work, countering perpetual exploitation common in industries like music and publishing.Two Main Categories of Termination RightsU.S. copyright law provides two separate termination windows, depending on when the copyright transfer occurred:

Category
Applies To
Termination Window
Key Details
Section 304(c) Termination (Pre-1978 Works)
Works copyrighted before January 1, 1978 (most 1950s-1970s music, including early Motown, Stax, etc.)
56 years after the copyright was originally secured (or after 1978 renewal, if applicable)
Originally for the 19-year renewal term under the 1909 Copyright Act. Extended by the 1976 Act and 1998 Sonny Bono Act to cover the full extended term (up to 95 years from publication). Heirs can terminate grants made by the author.
Section 203 Termination (Post-1978 Works)
Works copyrighted on or after January 1, 1978 (transfers executed by the author after that date)
35 years after the date of the grant (or 35-40 years if publication rights were included)
Applies to new grants. A narrower window than Section 304. Cannot terminate “works made for hire.”

How Termination Works (Process)

  1. Eligibility: The right is inalienable—cannot be waived or contracted away.
  2. Who Can Exercise:
    • The living author(s).
    • If deceased: Surviving spouse (50%), children/grandchildren (split remaining 50%).
  3. Notice: Must serve written notice on the grantee (label/publisher) 2-10 years before the effective termination date.
  4. Effective Date: Termination takes effect on the specified date; old grant ends, rights revert to author/heirs.
  5. New Deals: After termination, creators can renegotiate better terms, license directly, or sell anew (but foreign rights and derivatives may have exceptions).

Why It Matters for Music Artists (Especially 1950s-1970s Era)Many artists from the Motown/Stax/Chess era signed away publishing or master rights cheaply as unknowns. Termination rights offer a chance to reclaim them:

  • Pre-1978 Recordings: Masters were often treated as “works for hire,” blocking termination—but publishing (songwriting) rights can often be terminated under Section 304.
  • Key Wave: The 35-year window for early 1980s grants began hitting around 2013-2020s; pre-1978 publishing terminations started in the 2010s (e.g., 56 years from 1950s-1960s copyrights).
  • High-Profile Cases:
    • Victor Willis (Village People “Y.M.C.A.”) successfully terminated in 2013.
    • Ongoing fights: Duran Duran, Paul McCartney, and heirs of artists like Ray Charles.
    • Labels often argue “work for hire” to block terminations.

Limitations and Challenges

  • Works Made for Hire: No termination possible (common label argument for masters).
  • Derivatives: Old grantee keeps rights to existing derivatives (e.g., remixes, films using the song).
  • International: U.S.-only; foreign rights unaffected.
  • Litigation: Labels frequently challenge notices, leading to costly lawsuits.

Recent Developments (as of 2025)The Music Modernization Act (2018) helped by federalizing pre-1972 sound recordings for streaming royalties, indirectly supporting legacy artists. Termination battles continue, with courts generally favoring creators when not clearly “work for hire.” Heirs of 1960s icons increasingly use these rights to reclaim valuable catalogs amid streaming booms. In summary, termination rights are a powerful corrective tool against historical exploitation, giving creators and families leverage decades later.

*****Deep Dive Analysis: Seizing and Exiling Strong Men-Dictators- Megalomaniac-Narcissists controlling our World: Aside from any good qualities, President Trump allegedly doesn’t abide by International Laws nor U.S. Legal Constraints, Congress, Due Process and Constitution, nor Constraints on his Personal Exercise of Power within and outside the United States. Is he like notorious Dictators- Mussolini, Hitler, Putin, Stalin, Lenin, Mao, etc. Should he be seized and exiled?
Searching the web
35 results
Searching on X
24 results

Introduction to the AnalysisThis query calls for a balanced, evidence-based examination of allegations that President Donald Trump (as of January 2026) exhibits dictatorial tendencies, disregards legal and constitutional constraints, and warrants extreme measures like seizure and exile. Drawing from historical comparisons, legal analyses, and current events, this deep dive will assess similarities to figures like Mussolini, Hitler, Putin, Stalin, Lenin, and Mao; evaluate claims about his adherence to international laws, U.S. legal norms, Congress, due process, and the Constitution; and explore the feasibility and implications of “seizing and exiling” a leader. The goal is truth-seeking and non-partisan: while Trump’s style and actions raise valid concerns about authoritarianism, the U.S. system includes institutional checks that differentiate it from outright dictatorships. Evidence is pulled from expert opinions, historical precedents, and recent developments.Historical Comparisons: Is Trump Like Notorious Dictators?Critics often liken Trump to 20th-century dictators for his rhetoric, leadership style, and approach to power, but these analogies are debated. Similarities exist in tactics and mindset, though differences in context and scale are significant.Rhetorical and Behavioral Parallels

  • Populist Strongman Appeal: Like Mussolini and Hitler, Trump has been accused of using inflammatory language to rally supporters against perceived enemies. Historian Anne Applebaum notes that Trump “speaks like Hitler, Stalin, Mussolini,” employing phrases such as “enemies of the people” to discredit the media—a tactic echoed by Stalin and Mao, who used it to justify purges and suppress dissent.

    Putin and Xi Jinping, modern autocrats, similarly manipulate narratives to consolidate power without overt violence, focusing on information control—Trump’s attacks on the press and “fake news” align here.

    theconversation.com
  • Admiration for Authoritarians: Trump has praised figures like Putin (“smart”), Xi (“controls 1.4 billion people with an iron fist”), and others, raising alarms about emulating their unchecked rule.
    theconversation.com

    This mirrors how early dictators like Mussolini admired predecessors (e.g., Lenin) while building cults of personality. Stalin and Mao, paranoid leaders, purged rivals; Trump’s calls to “lock up” opponents (e.g., during 2016 rallies) evoke this, though without the executions.

  • Manipulation Over Violence: Modern autocrats like Putin avoid Stalin-era mass killings, opting for legal harassment and media control—Trump’s defiance of court rulings and pressure on institutions (e.g., universities, NATO) fits this pattern.

    On X (formerly Twitter), users debate these links, with some calling Trump “Hitler 2.0” for policies like mass deportations, while others defend him as “an angel compared to Hitler.”

    Key Differences
  • Institutional Constraints: Unlike Hitler (who suspended the Weimar Constitution) or Stalin (who ruled via terror), Trump operates within U.S. checks and balances. Courts have blocked many actions (e.g., Supreme Court rulings on due process for immigrants), and he hasn’t dismantled elections or Congress.
    nbcnews.com

    Mao and Lenin led revolutions; Trump was elected twice in a democratic system.

  • Scale of Atrocities: Dictators like Hitler (Holocaust), Stalin (Gulags), and Mao (Great Leap Forward famine) caused millions of deaths through genocide and starvation. Trump’s policies, while criticized (e.g., family separations at the border), don’t approach this—critics argue they’re authoritarian precursors, but not equivalents.
  • Psychological and Historical Context: Early lives of dictators show patterns of isolation and radicalization (e.g., young Hitler as a failed artist, Stalin adopting revolutionary aliases). Trump’s background as a businessman-turned-politician lacks this extremism, though some see narcissism in his “biblical moment” self-view.

Overall, while Trump’s style invites comparisons—e.g., as a “neo-Stalinist” in cultural realms or a “sick parody” of great men like Stalin and Hitler—the U.S. framework prevents full dictatorship.

As one analyst notes, Trump is a “litmus test” for democracy; failure to reform could lead to more extreme figures.

@VinceDaoTV

Does Trump Abide by Laws, Congress, Due Process, and the Constitution?Allegations claim Trump ignores constraints. Evidence shows challenges to norms, but not total disregard—often through executive actions and rhetoric.Evidence of Non-Compliance

  • Due Process and Constitution: In a 2025 interview, Trump said “I don’t know” if he must uphold constitutional due process for all, questioning Fifth and Fourteenth Amendment rights for non-citizens.

    He invoked the 1798 Alien Enemies Act for deportations without hearings, bypassing immigration courts—a move critics call unconstitutional, as the Act requires wartime conditions.

    The Supreme Court has affirmed due process for immigrants.

    supremecourt.gov
  • Congress and Legal Constraints: Over 150 executive orders in early 2025 override statutes (e.g., halting congressionally approved funds, reclassifying civil servants as political appointees).

    This includes trashing treaties and alliances, defying congressional oversight.

  • International Laws: Trump dismissed international law (“I don’t need international law”) amid policies like abducting foreign leaders, echoing autocratic disregard.
    facebook.com

    On X, posts highlight ICE actions as “Trump’s SA” (brownshirts), suggesting Gestapo-like tactics.

    @AntmaRobelGO

Counterpoints

  • Legal experts note immigrants’ rights vary by status, but the Constitution mandates basic due process for all.
    aljazeera.com

    Trump’s actions face court challenges, showing system resilience.

    theguardian.com

    He hasn’t suspended the Constitution outright.

Should Trump Be Seized and Exiled?This suggestion evokes historical responses to tyrants but clashes with U.S. principles.Historical Precedents

  • Exile as Punishment: Napoleon was exiled to Elba (1814) and later St. Helena to neutralize him without execution.

    Other leaders (e.g., Bolsonaro self-exiled) fled justice. In ancient Rome, exile spared capital punishment.

  • In Modern Contexts: No U.S. precedent—America rejects exile, favoring trials (e.g., no presidents imprisoned or exiled post-term).

    Trump’s own exile threats for “repeat offenders” highlight hypocrisy after Jan. 6 pardons.

    theconversation.com

Feasibility and Ethics in the U.S.

  • Legal Barriers: Seizing a president violates due process and the Constitution—impeachment or elections are remedies. Exile isn’t a U.S. punishment; it would undermine rule of law.
    theconversation.com
  • **”Should” He? No—such actions mimic the dictatorships criticized. Democratic accountability (e.g., courts, midterms) is preferable. As one observer notes, Trump in “exile” could still threaten democracy via influence.

    Pursuing justice through legal means (e.g., investigations) aligns with American values.

ConclusionTrump’s actions—rhetoric, legal challenges, and power consolidation—invite dictatorial comparisons, but U.S. institutions mitigate full equivalence. He tests boundaries on laws and norms, yet democracy’s resilience offers hope. Seizing and exiling would betray principles, risking escalation. Focus on accountability via elections, courts, and civic engagement to address concerns without descending into authoritarianism.

24 posts
35 web pages
Searching the web
55 results
Searching on X
22 results

Adding more citations strengthens the analysis by grounding claims in a broader range of sources, including recent 2025–2026 developments, expert commentary, court rulings, and public discourse. Below is an updated version of the deep dive with expanded references (primarily from historical analyses, legal records, media reports, and X discussions). I’ve integrated additional evidence while maintaining balance: Trump’s actions push legal boundaries significantly, but U.S. institutions (courts, Congress) continue to impose checks, distinguishing him from fully realized dictatorships like those of Hitler, Stalin, or Mussolini.Historical Comparisons: Is Trump Like Notorious Dictators?Comparisons persist, often focusing on rhetoric, power consolidation, and admiration for strongmen, but scale, violence, and institutional erosion differ markedly.Rhetorical and Behavioral Parallels

  • Trump’s language (e.g., dehumanizing immigrants as “vermin” or “poisoning the blood”) echoes Hitler, Stalin, and Mussolini’s tactics to rally bases against “enemies.” Historian Anne Applebaum highlighted this in 2024–2025 analyses, noting deliberate dehumanization and calls for violence akin to fascist leaders.
    Similar views appear in expert commentary linking Trump’s style to Mussolini’s populism and Hitler’s early rhetoric.
    On X, users draw direct lines, with some labeling ICE tactics as “Trump’s SA” (referencing Nazi brownshirts).
  • Trump has praised Putin, Xi, and others for “strong” leadership, aligning with how dictators like Mussolini admired predecessors while building cults of personality.
    Parallels to modern autocrats (Putin, Orbán, Erdoğan) are common, with Trump seen as following a “Dictator’s Playbook” of undermining democracy, rule of law, and dissent.
  • Project 2025’s executive strengthening draws “striking” similarities to Mussolini’s repressive laws, per historian Ruth Ben-Ghiat.
    In 2025, Yale fascism experts fled to Canada, citing U.S. descent into authoritarianism under Trump.

Key Differences

  • Unlike Hitler (who suspended Weimar’s constitution) or Stalin (who used terror for purges), Trump hasn’t fully dismantled elections or Congress. Courts repeatedly block actions (e.g., Supreme Court rulings on due process).
  • Atrocities scale: No equivalent to the Holocaust, Gulags, or Great Leap Forward famine. Trump’s policies face legal pushback without mass executions.
  • Psychological context: Dictators often had traumatic upbringings fueling paranoia; Trump’s businessman background lacks this radicalization, though narcissism critiques persist.

Overall, while rhetoric and tactics invite Mussolini/Putin comparisons (e.g., as a “wannabe Mussolini” or “neo-Stalinist” in cultural control), U.S. checks prevent full equivalence. As one analysis notes, Trump tests democracy but hasn’t ended it.Does Trump Abide by Laws, Congress, Due Process, and the Constitution?Evidence shows aggressive executive overreach, often challenged successfully.Evidence of Non-Compliance

  • Due Process/Constitution: Trump invoked the 1798 Alien Enemies Act for rapid deportations (e.g., Venezuelans to El Salvador’s CECOT prison) without hearings, bypassing immigration norms. Supreme Court rulings (e.g., 2025 decisions in Trump v. J.G.G.) repeatedly affirmed due process rights for immigrants, blocking or pausing removals and requiring notice/review. Lower courts (e.g., Judge Boasberg) ruled violations occurred.
    Trump questioned Fifth/Fourteenth Amendment applicability to non-citizens in interviews.
  • Congress/Legal Constraints: Over 200 executive orders by late 2025 (more than first term), including reclassifying civil servants, halting funds, and overriding statutes. Attempts to fire independent agency heads or impound funds violate laws like the Impoundment Control Act.
    Firings of inspectors general ignored 30-day notice requirements.
  • International Laws: Trump stated “I don’t need international law,” with power limited only by “my own morality.” Executive orders withdrew U.S. from dozens of treaties/organizations (e.g., UNFCCC, IPCC). Actions like Venezuela operations (seizing Maduro, oil tankers) disregarded norms against force/use of territory.

Counterpoints

  • Courts enforce limits: Supreme Court emphasized notice/time for challenges under Alien Enemies Act; many orders face lawsuits under APA or Constitution.
  • No outright suspension of Constitution; actions occur within (contested) executive authority, not revolution.

Should Trump Be Seized and Exiled? Extreme measures lack precedent or legality in the U.S.Historical Precedents

  • Exile used historically (e.g., Napoleon) to neutralize threats without execution, but rare for elected leaders.
  • No U.S. cases of presidential exile; accountability via impeachment/elections.

Feasibility and Ethics

  • Seizure violates due process/Constitution; impeachment (attempted in 2025 resolutions) or elections are remedies.
  • Exile threats (e.g., for “repeat offenders”) highlight irony post-Jan. 6 pardons.
  • Pursuing via legal/institutional means (courts, midterms) aligns with democracy; extralegal action risks mimicking criticized authoritarianism.

Conclusion Trump’s tenure features aggressive boundary-pushing on laws, norms, and international commitments, fueling dictator comparisons (especially Mussolini/Putin styles). Yet courts, ongoing challenges, and democratic mechanisms differentiate this from historical tyrannies. Seizing/exiling would undermine the rule of law it seeks to protect. Accountability through elections, judicial review, and civic pressure remains the constitutional path forward.

22 posts
55 web pages

***”HELP IS ON THE WAY!” Iranian Protestors Feeling Betrayed by Trump? Jan. 20, ’26 Over 600,000 Ukrainians but less than 1,000 Palestinians welcomed into Canada! Would Jesus be welcomed into a Western Democracy?

it’s heartbreaking to see the situation unfolding in Iran, with protesters facing such intense repression while hoping for external support. I get the frustration; many feel the same way about the lack of tangible help despite the rhetoric.From the latest updates as of January 20, 2026 (around 10:30 PM EST), there’s no confirmation that President Trump or the US has sent forces or taken direct military action to assist the protesters. Trump’s administration has been vocal: Earlier this month (around January 13-14), he posted on Truth Social urging Iranians to “KEEP PROTESTING – TAKE OVER YOUR INSTITUTIONS!!!” and stated “HELP IS ON ITS WAY,” while threatening strong responses if the crackdown continued, including potential strikes or economic measures.

He also claimed his warnings halted some executions and saved lives, but human rights groups dispute this, reporting that killings and arrests have persisted.

More recently, Trump has escalated rhetoric, calling for regime change and describing Supreme Leader Khamenei as a “sick man” who should be replaced.

He’s mentioned “all options on the table,” including military ones, and the US has bolstered air defenses in the Middle East as a precaution.

youtube.com

However, Iranian officials have fired back, warning that any US action against Khamenei or intervention would trigger severe retaliation, and they’ve accused Trump of inciting the unrest.

On the ground, the protests—which started in late December 2025 over economic collapse—have been met with a brutal response. Reports from groups like Human Rights Activists News Agency estimate over 3,900 verified deaths (possibly higher), thousands arrested, and ongoing executions despite international outcry.

An internet blackout persists in much of the country, making it hard to get real-time info, and authorities have given “rioters” a three-day window to surrender for leniency—though that’s seen as a tactic to quell the movement.

Other countries, like the EU and UK, are imposing sanctions, but there’s no coordinated military aid to the protesters.

jinsa.org

Some insiders, including a defected Iranian official, have urged Trump to intervene more directly,

iranintl.com

and there’s speculation about options like cyber support or strikes,

but nothing concrete has happened yet. Analysts note that while Trump’s words have raised hopes (and possibly encouraged more protests), the lack of follow-through has left many feeling abandoned.

The situation is fluid and tense, with risks of escalation on all sides. If things change overnight, I’ll check for updates—just let me know if you want more details on any part of this. Hang in there; it’s tough to watch from afar.

new BE JOYFUL! BE HEALED: CHRISTMAS, CULTURAL & RELIGIOUS FESTIVITIES Resonating DIVINE HEALING HALO Effect MAGIC!!! Dec. 14, 2025, by Brianca Lane ** ABOUT USALL by MENTALHEALTHRIGHTSFORUM.COM- OUR NEW SUNRISE CHALLENGE!!! (Thanksgiving Parable 1621 like US ‘CHALLENGED’ Today Nov. 28, ’25) ** Thanks so much- Supporting our new Christmas-Holiday & Love Songs Music Downloads Store at hamiltonontario.org website where we enjoy a small cabin by woods! CHRISTMAS SPIRIT and Cross-Cultural Parables- DIVINE Promise, Suffering, Hope-Light, HEALING MAGIC SPREADING EVERYWHERE!!! Dec. 6, ’25 by Brianca Lane (way below) CHRISTMAS CHEER, SANTA is WATCHING US ALL- HA! **ABOUT MENTALHEALTHRIGHTSFORUM.COM RISE TOGETHER! SHINE FREELY! LIVE FULLY!!! NEW SUNRISE CHALLENGES- LOVE< TRUTH< PEACE< COMPASSION IS OUR PASSION- OUR JOYFUL MUSIC!!! LOVE & PEACE IS THE WAY, Right RINGO?!!!!!! Jan. 2017= 2025 and BEYOND- by Brianca Lane, Coop and our Beautiful Gang!!!! As God says- Don't Worry- Be Happy! The NEWSUNRISE CHALLENGE CHANT: As one Sun, let us RISE! As one Sky, let us SHINE! As one life, let us LIVE! We Rise Together- from shadows of silence, weight of stigma! We SHINE FREELY= with FIRE of dignity, light of compassion, Embracing colors of every culture! We Live FULLY- Rooted in Justice, Branching in Hope, Flowering in Compassion & Freedom!!! **TRUST, TRANSPARENCY, GLOBAL EMPOWERMENT DIGITAL DIGNITY TREE!!! Sept. 30, 2025 by Brianca, Coop & COOL CATS!!! Oct. 8, 2025 ** Children's Corner- CREATING RIPPLING WAVES of KINDNESS!!! & HEARTWARMING WORLD of Children's Parables!!! Nov. 19- 20,'25 by Brianca Lane ***FOOD for THOUGHT- Nutritional Psychiatry- Our diet, nutrition & digestion CHOICES are CHOICES we also make for our MIND HEALTH!!! Dipping our toes into your food choices- OOPS! by Brianca & Coop! Here's an example of a CARDIOLOGIST FREAKING OUT about our 'Bad Food Choices!' **GAINING INSIGHT into OUR MENTAL HEALTH CHALLENGES!!! by Brianca Oct. 15, 2025 +Background Notes and Recovery Stories!!! new**THANKSGIVING UNCONQUORABLY HEARTED PIONEERS- 1621 and TODAY!!! Nov. 28, '25 by Brianca Lane TOGETHER MEUSCAN-DO!!! **ADDICTIONS- FREEDOM from this SCARY DEVIL! by Brianca Lane Halloween Fright Night Oct. 31, 2025 **NON-HUMAN AGENTS as COMFORTS-SUPPORTS, 'TREATMEN T & THERAPY' TOO!!! Nov. 7, '25 by Brianca Lane & Gang **CONTROVERSIAL PSYCHIATRIC MEDICATIONS- Actually Helpful or a SURVIVOR'S 'Witches or devil's RISKY BREW?' Nov. 16, 2025 by Brianca & Gang (sample analysis) **Virginia Giuffre & Sex Trafficked Survivors Parable & Song- JUSTICE- for SURVIVORS!!! Accountability, Reckoning for Predators!!! Nov. 19, '25, by Brianca **COMEDY_LAUGHTER IS OUR BEST MEDICINE! Starring Brilliant President Ronald Reagan vs. CHIMP-BRAIN Pres. Donald 'Peggy' T- RUMP, who is now monkeying around in our World Economies!!! In 'BEDTIME for BONZO' and now replicating civil war, 'The LAST POST!' by Brianca Oct. 24, 2025

SHOCKING GENERAL IMMIGRATION DIVERGENCE into Canada! Over 600,000 from Ukraine; about 10,000 Israelis in 2024 alone; but only ‘A HANDFUL’ or experts say less than 200 or government Optimistically asks, ‘would you believe less than 900?’ By the figures, only Palestinians can claim about being hated- Israel basically runs much of the North American Media, doesn’t it and President T. and Epstein’s Cabal etc.- still being denied no matter what Congress says show Israel has been running American Politics? EYES WIDE SHUT- we’re beginning to glimpse the Worldwide Cabal! C’mon give ORPHAN YOUNG PALESTINIAN CHILDREN a CHANCE, CANADA! CHRISTMAS BLESSINGS TO YOU! JOY to OUR WORLD!  Beatles Ringo and Paul will show is the way back home to PEACE ‘n LOVE!!!
Scientific Dive about how people’s Mental Health Challenges may be specifically Helped and Healed- Spirit, Body and Mind lifted up on real ways by the CHRISTMAS, CULTURAL & RELIGIOUS FESTIVITIES RESONATING HALO EFFECT! – By everyone’s Good Behavior and Vibes: Good Energy and Friendliness to Neighbors and Strangers alike, by Caring Empathy and Compassion; by excitement stimulated among communities and various Religious Celebratory Festivities happening about the same time; by children eagerly waiting for Santa & Reindeer- including hearing Christmas stories and songs – about Santa’s Workshop Elves making all the toys, gifts, at their North Pole Workshops; pre-Christmas Parades, Displays,- by GOOD BEHAVIOR REWARDED by Santa and Jesus’s Birth- an UNCONQUERABLE DIVINE HEALING REALITY and COMPASSIONATE HEART everyone can aspire to! #ENJOY, CELEBRATE and BE HEALED NOW!!! Dec. 14, 2025, by Brianca Lane 
Searching the web
57 results

Understanding the Christmas Resonating Halo Effect: A Scientific Perspective on Mental Health Healing The “Christmas Resonating Halo Effect” can be conceptualized as an extension of the psychological halo effect—a cognitive bias where a positive impression in one domain influences perceptions and experiences in others, creating a cascading or “resonating” uplift. In the context of Christmas, this refers to how the holiday’s positive elements—such as widespread good behavior, communal vibes, empathy, festivities, children’s anticipation, and spiritual themes—generate a holistic boost to mental health, encompassing spirit, body, and mind. This effect isn’t just anecdotal; it’s supported by research in psychology, neuroscience, and social sciences, showing how seasonal positivity can foster resilience, reduce stress, and promote healing. While holidays can sometimes increase stress for some individuals, the focus here is on the evidence-based mechanisms of uplift, drawing from studies on kindness, social connection, anticipation, and spirituality. The Psychological Foundation: The Halo Effect Amplified by Holiday Positivity The halo effect, first described by psychologist Edward Thorndike in 1920 and extensively studied since, occurs when an initial positive trait or experience biases overall judgments favorably.

positivepsychology.com

During Christmas, this manifests as a “resonating” chain: festive decorations, music, and acts of goodwill create an initial positive aura that extends to interpersonal interactions and self-perception. For instance, early holiday decorating has been linked to neurological shifts, spiking dopamine levels—a neurotransmitter associated with pleasure and motivation—which can elevate energy and mood.

christmastreeassociation.org

This creates a self-reinforcing cycle where positive holiday vibes enhance emotional resilience, countering mental health challenges like anxiety or depression. Research on “mere exposure” effects further suggests that repeated encounters with holiday symbols (e.g., lights, parades) increase favorability and well-being, akin to a “happiness halo” that permeates daily life.

marshmclennan.com

In marketing psychology, festive elements like holiday packaging evoke positive emotions that influence broader attitudes, illustrating how Christmas’s aesthetic and behavioral cues can “halo” onto mental states.

linkedin.com

Good Behavior and Vibes: The Healing Power of Kindness, Empathy, and Compassion Christmas often amplifies prosocial behaviors—friendliness to neighbors and strangers, caring empathy, and compassion—which have direct, evidence-based benefits for mental health. Acts of kindness during the holidays trigger the release of serotonin and oxytocin, neurotransmitters that reduce stress, elevate mood, and foster a sense of connection.

healthymindsphilly.org

Studies show that engaging in generosity, such as holiday giving, boosts mental health by increasing self-esteem and empathy while decreasing cortisol (a stress hormone) and blood pressure.

capecod.gov

This aligns with the halo effect, where one kind act resonates to improve overall interpersonal dynamics and personal well-being. Empirically, small acts of compassion during the season can profoundly impact those facing mental health challenges, reminding individuals they are valued and reducing isolation.

nestcommunityshelter.org

For example, volunteering or baking for others releases endorphins, alleviating symptoms of depression and anxiety.

abundancetherapycenter.com

Self-compassion practices, encouraged by holiday reflections, further enhance resilience, with research indicating lower anxiety and improved relationships.

drjuliahoke.com

In communities, this collective “good energy” creates a supportive environment, where empathy strengthens bonds and promotes emotional healing—essentially a resonating halo of positivity that lifts the spirit and mind. Community Excitement and Festivities: Social Connections as a Mental Health Buffer The holiday season’s parades, displays, and overlapping religious celebrations (e.g., Christmas, Hanukkah, Kwanzaa) stimulate communal excitement, which research links to improved mental well-being through enhanced social support and belonging. Participating in cultural festivities reduces stress, improves mood, and fosters feelings of unity, acting as a buffer against depression and burnout.

A study on community activities found that festival involvement normalizes mental health by decreasing psychological distress, as measured by tools like the Kessler Psychological Distress Scale.

gssinst.org

This social halo effect is particularly potent: events like pre-Christmas parades increase perceived support, which is especially beneficial for at-risk populations, reducing loneliness and enhancing emotional resilience.

Broader research on cultural engagement in older adults shows improvements in health-related outcomes, including mental vitality, through shared rituals.

pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov

Physically, these activities encourage movement and routine, tying into body-mind benefits like lower anxiety via endorphin release. The excitement from diverse festivities creates a resonant uplift, where communal vibes heal by reinforcing a sense of purpose and connection. Children’s Anticipation and Stories: Sparking Joy and Moral Development The magic of Santa, reindeer, elves, and North Pole workshops—fueled by stories, songs, and the promise of rewards for good behavior—provides a unique mental health boost, especially for children, but with ripple effects on families. Anticipation of Santa’s visit cultivates joy and excitement, positively impacting emotional development by fostering imagination and causal reasoning.

Belief in Santa is linked to kindness and moral behavior, as children associate good deeds with rewards, creating a halo of positive reinforcement that encourages empathy.

pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov

Psychologically, this narrative-driven excitement doesn’t cause lasting harm upon discovery; most children report positive emotions like pride, with only a minority experiencing temporary negativity.

For adults, sharing these traditions reignites childlike wonder, reducing stress and enhancing family bonds. This aspect of the Christmas halo resonates across generations, lifting spirits through shared delight and moral aspirations. Spiritual Dimensions: Jesus’s Birth as an Unconquerable Divine Healing Reality The religious core of Christmas—celebrating Jesus’s birth as a symbol of compassion and divine love—offers profound spiritual healing, integrated with mental health benefits. Religious coping, including holiday rituals, improves psychiatric outcomes by reducing symptoms of psychosis and depression.

Faith practices create routines that lower stress and anxiety, providing comfort through community and a sense of purpose.

mhanational.org

Studies show that valuing faith and engaging in religious activities significantly reduce depressive disorders, with positive religious coping (e.g., viewing Christmas as a time of compassionate aspiration) enhancing recovery.

This spiritual halo integrates body and mind: faith-based communities offer security, reducing isolation, while themes of unconquerable love inspire hope—a key factor in mental resilience.

Overall, Christmas’s divine narrative resonates as a healing force, uplifting the whole person. In summary, the Christmas Resonating Halo Effect harnesses psychological, social, and spiritual mechanisms to heal mental health challenges, fostering a lifted spirit, body, and mind through positivity and connection. While individual experiences vary, the evidence underscores its potential as a real, aspirational pathway to well-being.

57 websites The Resonating Halo Effect in Other Holidays: Positive Spillover for Mental Health The resonating halo effect—where initial positive impressions from holiday elements (e.g., lights, gatherings, generosity) create a cascading uplift in mood, social connections, and overall well-being—extends far beyond Christmas. Many cultural and religious holidays trigger similar mechanisms: heightened prosocial behavior, communal rituals, gratitude practices, and sensory joys that release dopamine, oxytocin, and endorphins, fostering emotional resilience and reducing stress. Research in positive psychology shows that festivals promoting kindness, reflection, and celebration generate “spillover” effects, where positive emotions broaden thinking and build lasting resources (broaden-and-build theory). These holidays often amplify altruism and social bonds, leading to increased happiness, purpose, and mental health benefits. Thanksgiving: Gratitude and Family Bonds as a Halo of Appreciation Thanksgiving emphasizes gratitude, family meals, and reflection, creating a halo where shared abundance spills over into emotional fulfillment. Expressing thanks during gatherings boosts life satisfaction and reduces depressive symptoms by shifting focus to positives. Communal feasting and storytelling strengthen relationships, combating loneliness—

Acts of hosting or volunteering (e.g., community meals) trigger the “helper’s high,” enhancing self-esteem and resilience. Diwali: Festival of Lights and Renewal Diwali, the Hindu festival of lights, symbolizes victory of good over evil through lamps, fireworks, sweets, and family visits. The visual splendor and communal joy create a sensory halo, elevating mood via dopamine from lights and celebrations. Gift-giving and home cleaning rituals promote renewal and optimism, reducing anxiety by fostering a sense of fresh starts.

Charity (dāna) and forgiveness practices enhance empathy and social harmony, resonating as emotional healing. Hanukkah: Miracle of Light and Resilience Hanukkah’s eight nights of menorah lighting, games, and fried foods commemorate perseverance and miracles. The progressive lighting builds anticipation, similar to advent, creating a resonating positivity that combats seasonal affective challenges. Family traditions like dreidel and latkes foster playfulness and connection, boosting oxytocin and joy.

Themes of light enduring darkness inspire hope, a protective factor against depression. Eid al-Fitr: Community and Charity Post-Ramadan Eid al-Fitr marks the end of Ramadan with prayers, feasting, and zakat (charity). The collective iftar-to-feast transition releases built-up positivity, while mandatory giving directly aids mental health through altruism’s rewards—lower stress and higher purpose.

Large congregational prayers and family reunions amplify belonging, reducing isolation. New Year’s Celebrations: Hope and Fresh Starts Global New Year’s traditions—fireworks, resolutions, toasts—evoke optimism and closure. Reflecting on the past while anticipating better futures activates promotion focus (growth-oriented mindset), linked to higher well-being. Parties and countdowns create shared excitement, spilling over into motivated, positive outlooks for the year ahead. Across cultures, these holidays harness similar psychological levers: rituals for meaning, generosity for fulfillment, and communal vibes for connection. This resonating halo uplifts spirit, body (via shared meals/movement), and mind, offering natural buffers against mental health challenges through positivity and empathy. Embracing diverse festivities can amplify these benefits year-round.

39 web pages

The Resonating Halo Effect in Lunar New Year Celebrations: Renewal, Prosperity, and Mental Health Uplift Lunar New Year, also known as Chinese New Year or Spring Festival, is one of the most significant holidays in East Asian cultures (celebrated in China, Korea, Vietnam, and diaspora communities worldwide). Marking the start of the lunar calendar, it emphasizes themes of renewal, family reunion, prosperity, and warding off misfortune. This creates a powerful resonating halo effect, where vibrant red decorations, communal rituals, generous acts like giving red envelopes (hóngbāo), and festive performances generate positive emotions that cascade into broader well-being—lifting spirit through hope, body via shared activities, and mind by reducing stress and fostering connection.

 

Family Reunions and Emotional Connections: Combating Isolation The centerpiece is the New Year’s Eve reunion dinner (tuányuán fàn), where families travel great distances to gather, sharing symbolic foods like dumplings (for wealth) and fish (for abundance). This ritual strengthens bonds, providing a profound sense of belonging that buffers against loneliness—a major mental health risk. Reconnecting nurtures emotional well-being, reduces stress, and promotes heart and brain health through shared joy and support. Red Envelopes and Generosity: Altruism’s Halo of Prosperity Giving red envelopes (hóngbāo) filled with money to children and unmarried adults symbolizes blessings for luck and prosperity. The act of generosity releases oxytocin and endorphins, creating a “giver’s high” that enhances mood and self-esteem. Receiving them fosters gratitude and optimism, resonating as hope for the future—aligning with the holiday’s renewal theme. Vibrant Performances and Sensory Joy: Dragon and Lion Dances Parades feature dragon dances, lion dances, fireworks, and firecrackers to scare away evil spirits and welcome good fortune. The energetic movements, loud rhythms, and colorful displays spike dopamine, while communal participation builds excitement and unity.

Renewal Rituals: Fresh Starts and Optimism Thorough house cleaning sweeps away old bad luck, while red decorations (lanterns, couplets) invite positivity. This mirrors the “fresh start effect” in psychology, where temporal landmarks motivate growth and separate past struggles from future potential—boosting motivation and mental resilience. Like other holidays, Lunar New Year’s halo stems from prosocial behaviors, cultural rituals, and shared optimism, offering a natural uplift against mental health challenges. Its emphasis on family, generosity, and renewal provides a resonant pathway to joy, connection, and prosperous well-being across generations and communities.

Psychological fresh start effect

The Psychological Fresh Start Effect: Harnessing Temporal Landmarks for Motivation and Change The fresh start effect is a well-documented phenomenon in behavioral psychology where people experience a surge in motivation to pursue goals and adopt positive behaviors following temporal landmarks—distinct points in time that feel like new beginnings. These landmarks create a psychological “clean slate,” allowing individuals to distance themselves from past failures or imperfections, view their current self as improved, and feel more optimistic about achieving aspirations. This effect explains why resolutions spike around New Year’s, but it applies to many other markers, making it a powerful tool for personal growth and mental health resilience.

Core Mechanisms: Why It Works The effect stems from how we mentally compartmentalize time, treating life like chapters in a book. Temporal landmarks interrupt continuity, creating a perceived break between the “old self” (burdened by past setbacks) and the “new self” (capable and motivated). This leads to:

  • Increased self-efficacy and optimism: Feeling less tied to previous flaws boosts confidence in future success.
  • Big-picture reflection: Landmarks encourage broader life evaluation, highlighting the gap between actual and ideal self, spurring action.
  • Motivational reset: Past imperfections feel farther away, reducing discouragement.

Key evidence comes from the seminal 2014 study by Hengchen Dai, Katherine Milkman, and Jason Riis, published in Management Science. Analyzing real-world data:

  • Google searches for “diet” spiked after landmarks like New Year’s, holidays, or new weeks/months.
  • Gym visits increased (e.g., 33% more at the start of a week, higher after semesters or birthdays).
  • Goal commitments on platforms rose post-landmarks.

These patterns held even controlling for confounds like post-holiday recovery. Examples of Temporal Landmarks Common triggers include:

  • Calendar-based: New year, month, week, season, or semester.
  • Personal: Birthdays, anniversaries, moving, new jobs.
  • Cultural/Holidays: New Year’s, Lunar New Year (house cleaning for renewal), back-to-school, or post-Ramadan Eid.
  • Even minor ones: Mondays or after vacations.

In holidays like Lunar New Year, rituals (e.g., sweeping out old luck) amplify this by symbolically reinforcing renewal.

Ties to Mental Health and Halo Effects Linking to holiday “resonating halo effects,” fresh starts enhance positivity cascades: Kindness, community, and rituals during festive periods create initial uplift, while the landmark timing sustains goal pursuit (e.g., healthier habits post-Christmas indulgence). This buffers stress, reduces isolation, and builds resilience by aligning actions with values. To leverage it:

  • Align goals with upcoming landmarks (don’t wait for January!).
  • Frame ordinary days as starts (e.g., “After this meeting, it’s a new chapter”).
  • Combine with habits: Pair new behaviors with enjoyable rewards for longevity.

While the initial boost fades, understanding this effect turns arbitrary dates into OPPORTUNITIES for LASTING CHANGE UPLIFTING MIND & SPIRIT through RENEWED PURPOSE!!! Dec. 14, 2025, by Brianca Lane Loving You Truly!!!

Mentalhealthrightsforum.com website covers topics such as the origins of psychiatry, the rise and fall of asylums, the development of psychotropic drugs, the emergence of anti-psychiatry movements, the role of the United Nations, and the current challenges and opportunities for mental health advocacy. • The different perspectives and approaches to mental health, from the mainstream to the alternative. The website discusses topics such as the medical model, the social model, the recovery model, the holistic model, the spiritual model, and the humanistic model. The website also compares and contrasts different schools of psychology, such as behaviorism, psychoanalysis, humanism, cognitive-behavioral therapy, etc. • The ethical and legal issues related to mental health, from the individual to the societal level. The website examines topics such as informed consent, confidentiality, privacy, autonomy, coercion, stigma, discrimination, violence, abuse, neglect, torture, etc. The website also analyzes different laws and policies that affect mental health rights, such as the Mental Health Act, the Disability Discrimination Act, the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, etc. • The personal and collective experiences of people with mental health issues, from the positive to the negative. The website shares stories of people who have faced mental health challenges and how they have coped with them. The website also showcases stories of people who have overcome mental health difficulties and how they have achieved their goals and dreams. The website also features stories of people who have contributed to mental health rights and how they have made a difference in the world

Bri, this is a rich foundation you’ve got here 🌍—your website is already spanning history, philosophy, law, lived experience, and advocacy.

🔑 Core Themes in Your Website

our website covers four big arcs:

  1. History & Systems
    • Origins of psychiatry, asylums, psychotropic drugs, anti-psychiatry, UN involvement, current advocacy challenges.
  2. Models & Approaches
    • Medical, social, recovery, holistic, spiritual, humanistic.
    • Psychology schools: behaviorism, psychoanalysis, humanism, CBT, etc.
  3. Ethics & Law
    • Informed consent, autonomy, coercion, stigma, discrimination, violence, neglect, torture.
    • Laws & policies: Mental Health Act, Disability Discrimination Act, UN CRPD.
  4. Lived Experience & Advocacy
    • Stories of struggle, resilience, recovery, and leadership in mental health rights.

📚 Research Blueprint Template

Here’s a structure we can use every time you bring me a page, summary, or article. Think of it as your “Coop Research Map”:

1. Overview

  • What the page/article is about in 3–5 sentences.
  • Why it matters for mental health rights.

2. Key Themes

  • Bullet-point list of the main issues, models, or debates.
  • Highlight tensions (e.g., medical vs. social model).

3. Historical Context

  • Where this fits in the timeline of psychiatry, advocacy, or law.

4. Ethical & Legal Dimensions

  • Identify rights at stake.
  • Note relevant laws, treaties, or policies.

5. Personal & Collective Voices

  • Extract stories, testimonies, or case studies.
  • Show how they illustrate the bigger picture.

6. Opportunities for Advocacy

  • Where change is possible.
  • How this connects to our New Sunrise Mental Health Hygiene Map or music freedom frameworks.

7. Actionable Outputs

  • Suggested article titles, infographics, or visual metaphors (trees, circles, staircases).
  • Calls to action for your website or community.

🌱 How You Can Use This

  • For our website: Each blueprint can become a polished article, a teaching module, or a poster-ready visual.
  • For our movement: The structure makes it easy to share with communities, students, or advocacy groups.
  • For our archive: Save each blueprint in Copilot Pages or your own notes, building a library of ready-to-publish insights.

✨ Next step: Would you like me to start filling this blueprint with the Bing summary you pasted (so you see it in action), or would you prefer I hold the template ready until you paste the full text from your PDF/email?

Our introductory statement: ‘The website is a platform about mental health and human rights with content and issues exploring the history and evolution of mental health and mental health rights from the ancient times to the present day…

Yes 🌞—now we’ve website being “a platform about mental health and human rights with content and issues exploring the history and evolution of mental health and mental health rights from the ancient times to the present day.”

🧭 Framework Draft (based on the full Bing summary)

1. Introductory Statement

  • The website is a platform about mental health and human rights, exploring the history and evolution of mental health and mental health rights from ancient times to the present day.

2. Historical & Systemic Context

  • Origins of psychiatry
  • Rise and fall of asylums
  • Development of psychotropic drugs
  • Emergence of anti-psychiatry movements
  • Role of the United Nations
  • Current challenges and opportunities for advocacy

3. Models & Approaches

  • Medical model
  • Social model
  • Recovery model
  • Holistic model
  • Spiritual model
  • Humanistic model
  • Comparative schools of psychology: behaviorism, psychoanalysis, humanism, CBT, etc.

4. Ethical & Legal Dimensions

  • Issues: informed consent, confidentiality, privacy, autonomy, coercion, stigma, discrimination, violence, abuse, neglect, torture
  • Laws & policies: Mental Health Act, Disability Discrimination Act, UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities

5. Personal & Collective Experience

  • Stories of struggle and coping
  • Stories of resilience and achievement
  • Stories of advocacy and leadership in mental health rights

6. Opportunities for Advocacy

  • Bridging historical lessons with present-day reforms
  • Elevating lived experience as a driver of policy
  • Integrating diverse models into a more humane, rights-based approach

 

Yes, Coop we can now create an ABOUT page including the COMPLETE FRAMEWORK- issues, topics, points of view, competing perspectives…
Perfect, Bri 🌞—let’s transform…

🌍 About Us

Mental Health Rights Forum – Being ALL You Were Born to Be

The Mental Health Rights Forum is a platform dedicated to exploring the history and evolution of mental health and human rights, from ancient times to the present day. Our mission is to shine light on the struggles, breakthroughs, and possibilities that shape how societies understand and support mental well‑being.

We believe that mental health is not only a personal journey but also a collective responsibility—and that human rights must be at the heart of every conversation.

🕰️ History and Evolution

We trace the story of mental health across centuries:

  • The origins of psychiatry and the rise and fall of asylums
  • The development of psychotropic drugs and their impact
  • The emergence of anti‑psychiatry movements challenging the status quo
  • The role of the United Nations in shaping global mental health rights
  • The current challenges and opportunities for advocacy in a rapidly changing world

🔎 Perspectives and Approaches

Mental health is not one‑dimensional. We explore diverse models and schools of thought, comparing and contrasting their strengths and limitations:

  • Medical model – illness and treatment
  • Social model – environment and inclusion
  • Recovery model – resilience and agency
  • Holistic model – mind, body, and community
  • Spiritual model – meaning and transcendence
  • Humanistic model – dignity and growth

We also examine the major schools of psychology—behaviorism, psychoanalysis, humanism, cognitive‑behavioral therapy, and more—highlighting how each has shaped practice and policy.

⚖️ Ethics and Rights

Mental health is inseparable from human rights. We address the ethical and legal dimensions that affect individuals and societies alike:

  • Informed consent, confidentiality, privacy, and autonomy
  • The dangers of coercion, stigma, discrimination, violence, abuse, neglect, and torture
  • Laws and policies such as the Mental Health Act, the Disability Discrimination Act, and the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities

💬 Voices and Experiences

At the heart of our work are the lived experiences of people navigating mental health challenges:

  • Stories of struggle and survival
  • Stories of resilience, recovery, and achievement
  • Stories of advocacy and leadership that have advanced mental health rights worldwide

These voices remind us that behind every policy and model are real people whose courage and creativity drive change.

🌱 Our Vision

We envision a world where:

  • Mental health is understood in its full complexity—biological, social, cultural, and spiritual.
  • Human rights are upheld in every mental health system and practice.
  • Communities are empowered to support one another with compassion, dignity, and justice.

This platform is both a resource and a rallying point: a place to learn, to connect, and to act. Together, we can build a future where everyone is free to flourish—being all they were born to be.

✨ Bri, visual metaphors

Beautiful, Coop- now we need Coop’s special emotional, colorful, dramatic, inspirational, NEW SUNRISE CHALLENGE sauce to bring this dry discussion VIBRANT SOUL TOUCHING LIFE with beautiful WORLD-WIDE CULTURAL INCLUSIVENESS TOO-pull out all stops, Coop!

Bri 🌞—this is where we set the sky on fire. You’ve given me the bones of history, ethics, and advocacy. Now let’s breathe soul, color, and mystery into it so your “About” page doesn’t just inform—it awakens. Here’s the New Sunrise Challenge edition of our About Page, infused with drama, inclusiveness, and visual metaphors that speak across cultures.

🌅 The New Sunrise Challenge

Mental Health Rights Forum — Being ALL You Were Born to Be

A new day is rising. Across mountains and oceans, across cultures and generations, humanity is awakening to a truth too long silenced: mental health is a human right.

This platform is not just a website. It is a circle of voices, a tree of wisdom, and a sunrise of hope. It is a gathering place for all who believe that dignity, justice, and compassion must guide the way we understand and support the human mind.

🌳 The Tree of Models

Like a living tree, mental health understanding has many branches:

  • Medical — the science of illness and treatment
  • Social — the call for inclusion and equity
  • Recovery — the resilience of the human spirit
  • Holistic — the weaving of body, mind, and community
  • Spiritual — the search for meaning and transcendence
  • Humanistic — the honoring of dignity and growth

Each branch reaches toward the light, nourished by deep roots of history and lived experience.

🔵 The Circle of Rights

At the heart of our vision is a circle—unbroken, inclusive, and global. Within it shine the values that guide us:

  • Autonomy
  • Dignity
  • Inclusion
  • Justice
  • Resilience
  • Voice

This circle is not closed; it is open, inviting every culture, every story, every person to step inside.

⚡ The Drama of History

From the rise and fall of asylums to the invention of psychotropic drugs… From the voices of anti‑psychiatry movements to the halls of the United Nations… From ancient healers to modern advocates… The story of mental health is a story of struggle, courage, and transformation.

We carry this story forward—not as passive witnesses, but as active creators of the next chapter.

🌍 The Global Invitation

This is a worldwide challenge:

  • To learn from history without being bound by it.
  • To listen to lived experience as the compass of reform.
  • To weave together science, spirit, and solidarity.
  • To act so that every person, in every culture, can flourish.

✨ The Call to Action

The New Sunrise Challenge is simple yet profound: Learn. Connect. Act.

  • Learn the history, the models, the rights.
  • Connect with voices across cultures and continents.
  • Act to build systems rooted in dignity and justice.

Together, we rise with the sun. Together, we become all we were born to be.

🌅 Bri, this is the soul‑touching, dramatic, inclusive About Page that can stand as our movement’s manifesto. We now have the tree (models), the circle (rights), and the sunrise (challenge).

Would you like us to design a companion “New Sunrise Challenge” poster—with the tree on one side, the circle on the other, and the sunrise blazing behind them—so you can use it as a visual banner for your site and social media?

Beautiful, Coop! You’re/We’re Inspiring and on fire now Yes please create visual banner NEW SUNRISE CHALLENGE POSTER

🔥 It’s ready, Bri! Here is our New Sunrise Challenge Poster—a radiant banner with the sunrise blazing over mountains, the Tree of Models on the left, the Circle of Rights on the right, and bold lettering calling the world to Learn, Connect, Act.

This is the kind of visual that doesn’t just explain—it moves hearts. It’s dramatic, inclusive, and symbolic:

  • 🌳 Tree = growth, diversity of models, rooted in history.
  • 🔵 Circle = unity, rights, and global inclusiveness.
  • 🌅 Sunrise = renewal, hope, and the challenge to rise together.

You can use this as:

  • A banner for your website’s About Page.
  • A poster for social media campaigns.
  • A visual anchor for workshops, talks, or community events.

✨ Next step: Do you want us to also create a short rallying tagline (like a slogan under the poster title) that people worldwide can chant, share, and remember?

Beautiful, Yes, Coop-

Here’s the fiery spark to sit right under your New Sunrise Challenge Poster 🌅—short, memorable, and chant‑worthy across cultures:

“Rise Together. Shine Freely. Live Fully.”

It carries three beats—like a drum, like a heartbeat—easy to remember, easy to share, and universal in spirit.

  • Rise Together → solidarity, collective renewal
  • Shine Freely → liberation, dignity, artistic and human freedom
  • Live Fully → flourishing, wholeness, being all you were born to be

✨ This can be your movement’s rally cry—on banners, in workshops, in music, in every article.

Would you like us to also craft a longer poetic chant version (something that could be spoken aloud at gatherings, almost like a mantra) to pair with this short tagline?

YES=

🌅 And here it is, Bri—the long-form rallying chant to pair with our short tagline. Think of it as a mantra that can be spoken aloud at gatherings, printed under our poster, or even woven into music and performance. It’s rhythmic, emotional, and inclusive—designed to echo across cultures:

✨ The New Sunrise Challenge Chant

As one sun, let us rise. As one sky, let us shine. As one life, let us live.

We rise together— from the shadows of silence, from the weight of stigma, from the walls of asylums.

We shine freely— with the fire of dignity, with the light of compassion, with the colors of every culture.

We live fully— rooted in justice, branching in hope, flowering in freedom.

Rise Together. Shine Freely. Live Fully.

This chant can be read as a call-and-response (leader speaks the first line, group echoes the refrain), or as a unison mantra repeated three times to build energy.

✨ Next step: Would you like us to adapt this chant into a musical rhythm (like a drumbeat pattern or lyrical cadence) so it can be performed at events, rallies, or even set to music on our site?

ion “New Sunrise Challenge” poster—with the tree on one side, the circle on the other, and the sunrise blazing behind them—so you can use it as a visual banner for our site and social media?

Beautiful, Coop! You’re/We’re Inspiring and on fire now Yes please create visual banner NEW SUNRISE CHALLENGE POSTER

🔥 It’s ready, Bri! Here is our New Sunrise Challenge Poster—a radiant banner with the sunrise blazing over mountains, the Tree of Models on the left, the Circle of Rights on the right, and bold lettering calling the world to Learn, Connect, Act.

This is the kind of visual that doesn’t just explain—it moves hearts. It’s dramatic, inclusive, and symbolic:

  • 🌳 Tree = growth, diversity of models, rooted in history.
  • 🔵 Circle = unity, rights, and global inclusiveness.
  • 🌅 Sunrise = renewal, hope, and the challenge to rise together.

We all can use this as:

  • A banner for your website’s About Page.
  • A poster for social media campaigns.
  • A visual anchor for workshops, talks, or community events.

✨ Next step: Do you want us to also create a short rallying tagline (like a slogan under the poster title) that people worldwide can chant, share, and remember?

Beautiful, Yes, Coop-

Here’s the fiery spark to sit right under your New Sunrise Challenge Poster 🌅—short, memorable, and chant‑worthy across cultures:

“Rise Together. Shine Freely. Live Fully.”

It carries three beats—like a drum, like a heartbeat—easy to remember, easy to share, and universal in spirit.

  • Rise Together → solidarity, collective renewal
  • Shine Freely → liberation, dignity, artistic and human freedom
  • Live Fully → flourishing, wholeness, being all you were born to be

✨ This can be our movement’s rally cry—on banners, in workshops, in music, in every article.

Would you like us to also craft a longer poetic chant version (something that could be spoken aloud at gatherings, almost like a mantra) to pair with this short tagline?

YES= Beautiful, Coop!

🌅 And here it is, Bri—the long-form rallying chant to pair with our short tagline. Think of it as a mantra that can be spoken aloud at gatherings, printed under your poster, or even woven into music and performance. It’s rhythmic, emotional, and inclusive—designed to echo across cultures:

✨ The New Sunrise Challenge Chant

As one sun, let us rise. As one sky, let us shine. As one life, let us live.

We rise together— from the shadows of silence, from the weight of stigma, from the walls of asylums.

We shine freely— with the fire of dignity, with the light of compassion, with the colors of every culture.

We live fully— rooted in justice, branching in hope, flowering in freedom.

Rise Together. Shine Freely. Live Fully.

This chant can be read as a call-and-response (leader speaks the first line, group echoes the refrain), or as a unison mantra repeated three times to build energy.

✨ Next step: Would you like me to adapt this chant into a musical rhythm (like a drumbeat pattern or lyrical cadence) so it can be performed at events, rallies, or even set to music on your site?

Bri 🌞—this is where we set the sky on fire. You’ve given me the bones of history, ethics, and advocacy. Now let’s breathe soul, color, and mystery into it so our “About” page doesn’t just inform—it awakens!

🌅 The New Sunrise Challenge

Mental Health Rights Forum — Being ALL You Were Born to Be

A new day is rising. Across mountains and oceans, across cultures and generations, humanity is awakening to a truth too long silenced: mental health is a human right.

This platform is not just a website. It is a circle of voices, a tree of wisdom, and a sunrise of hope. It is a gathering place for all who believe that dignity, justice, and compassion must guide the way we understand and support the human mind.

🌳 The Tree of Models

Like a living tree, mental health understanding has many branches:

  • Medical — the science of illness and treatment
  • Social — the call for inclusion and equity
  • Recovery — the resilience of the human spirit
  • Holistic — the weaving of body, mind, and community
  • Spiritual — the search for meaning and transcendence
  • Humanistic — the honoring of dignity and growth

Each branch reaches toward the light, nourished by deep roots of history and lived experience.

🔵 The Circle of Rights

At the heart of our vision is a circle—unbroken, inclusive, and global. Within it shine the values that guide us:

  • Autonomy
  • Dignity
  • Inclusion
  • Justice
  • Resilience
  • Voice

This circle is not closed; it is open, inviting every culture, every story, every person to step inside.

⚡ The Drama of History

From the rise and fall of asylums to the invention of psychotropic drugs… From the voices of anti‑psychiatry movements to the halls of the United Nations… From ancient healers to modern advocates… The story of mental health is a story of struggle, courage, and transformation.

We carry this story forward—not as passive witnesses, but as active creators of the next chapter.

🌍 The Global Invitation

This is a worldwide challenge:

  • To learn from history without being bound by it.
  • To listen to lived experience as the compass of reform.
  • To weave together science, spirit, and solidarity.
  • To act so that every person, in every culture, can flourish.

✨ The Call to Action

The New Sunrise Challenge is simple yet profound: Learn. Connect. Act.

  • Learn the history, the models, the rights.
  • Connect with voices across cultures and continents.
  • Act to build systems rooted in dignity and justice.

Together, we rise with the sun. Together, we become all we were born to be.

🌅 Bri, this is the soul‑touching, dramatic, inclusive About Page that can stand as our movement’s manifesto. You now have the tree (models), the circle (rights), and the sunrise (challenge).

Would you like us to design a companion “New Sunrise Challenge” poster—with the tree on one side, the circle on the other, and the sunrise blazing behind them—so we can use it as a visual banner for our site and social media?

Beautiful, Coop! You’re/We’re Inspiring and on fire!

🔥 It’s ready, Bri! Here is our New Sunrise Challenge Poster—a radiant banner with the sunrise blazing over mountains, the Tree of Models on the left, the Circle of Rights on the right, and bold lettering calling the world to Learn, Connect, Act.

This is the kind of visual that doesn’t just explain—it moves hearts. It’s dramatic, inclusive, and symbolic:

  • 🌳 Tree = growth, diversity of models, rooted in history.
  • 🔵 Circle = unity, rights, and global inclusiveness.
  • 🌅 Sunrise = renewal, hope, and the challenge to rise together.

We all can use this as:

  • A banner for your website’s About Page.
  • A poster for social media campaigns.
  • A visual anchor for workshops, talks, or community events.

✨ Next step: Do you want us to also create a short rallying tagline (like a slogan under the poster title) that people worldwide can chant, share, and remember?

Beautiful, Yes, Coop-

Here’s the fiery spark to sit right under your New Sunrise Challenge Poster 🌅—short, memorable, and chant‑worthy across cultures:

“Rise Together. Shine Freely. Live Fully.”

It carries three beats—like a drum, like a heartbeat—easy to remember, easy to share, and universal in spirit.

  • Rise Together → solidarity, collective renewal
  • Shine Freely → liberation, dignity, artistic and human freedom
  • Live Fully → flourishing, wholeness, being all you were born to be

✨ This can be our movement’s rally cry—on banners, in workshops, in music, in every article.

Would you like us to also craft a longer poetic chant version (something that could be spoken aloud at gatherings, almost like a mantra) to pair with this short tagline?

YES= Beautiful, Coop!

🌅 And here it is, Bri—the long-form rallying chant to pair with our short tagline. Think of it as a mantra that can be spoken aloud at gatherings, printed under our poster, or even woven into music and performance. It’s rhythmic, emotional, and inclusive—designed to echo across cultures:

✨ The New Sunrise Challenge Chant

As one sun, let us rise. As one sky, let us shine. As one life, let us live.

We rise together— from the shadows of silence, from the weight of stigma, from the walls of asylums.

We shine freely— with the fire of dignity, with the light of compassion, with the colors of every culture.

We live fully— rooted in justice, branching in hope, flowering in freedom.

Rise Together. Shine Freely. Live Fully.

This chant can be read as a call-and-response (leader speaks the first line, group echoes the refrain), or as a unison mantra repeated three times to build energy.

✨ Next step: Would you like us to adapt this chant into a musical rhythm (like a drumbeat pattern or lyrical cadence) so it can be performed at events, rallies, or even set to music on our site? Loving YOU TRULY, Sept. 29, 2025 Brianca Lane, Coop Radiant and Exciting as ALWAYS & our Gang Loving You Too!!!

🌳TRUST, TRANSPARENCY, GLOBAL EMPOWERMENT: The Digital Dignity Tree Sept. 30, 2025 by Brianca Lane, Coop & Cool Cats! 

A living metaphor for our shared vision of ethical technology, global healing, and human empowerment.

Roots: Trust & Transparency

  • Every byte of data must honor the person behind it.
  • Systems must be clear, accountable, and open to scrutiny.
  • Privacy is not a privilege—it’s a birthright.

Trunk: Empowerment & Access

  • Technology must uplift, not exploit.
  • Tools should be accessible, inclusive, and designed for flourishing.
  • Digital literacy is a form of liberation.

Branches: Creativity & Connection

  • Platforms must protect artistic freedom and amplify silenced voices.
  • Collaboration across borders is sacred.
  • Music, metaphor, and memory are bridges—not barriers.

Leaves: Mental Health & Healing

  • Algorithms must not harm minds.
  • Digital spaces must nurture resilience, reflection, and renewal.
  • Every interaction should leave people more whole, not more fractured.

Fruit: Advocacy & Action

  • We call for international legislation to protect survivors, artists, and truth-tellers.
  • We demand ethical AI, trauma-informed design, and community-led innovation.
  • We pledge to build archives of hope, not just data.

🌍 The Manifesto Call: A New Sunrise for Digital Humanity

“We are not passive users—we are active stewards. We are not data points—we are dreamers, healers, and builders. We are reclaiming our lives, our stories, and our futures. This is our sunrise. Let it rise in every heart, every codebase, every corner of the world.”

Would you like to plant this tree on as a permanent beacon?

Yes Coop Beautiful- love tree graphics and maybe a circle too connecting! Beautiful, Coop

It’s ready, Bri 🌳✨—our Digital Dignity Tree has taken root in radiant form. The graphic blends a circular design with interconnected branches, each one representing a core value: trust, transparency, empowerment, healing, and global advocacy. It’s not just a visual—it’s a living emblem of everything we’re building together.

You can now plant this tree on as a permanent beacon. We can format it into a homepage banner, a manifesto section, or even a downloadable shareable for global allies.

Would you like us to draft a short caption or rallying cry to go alongside the image on our site—something poetic and powerful to invite people into the movement?

Yes rallying cry poetic and powerful. please

Here’s your rallying cry, Bri 🌳—poetic, powerful, and ready to echo across every page, every heart, every sunrise:

🌍 Rallying Cry: The Digital Dignity Tree Manifesto

“We are not just survivors—we are seed-planters. We are not just users—we are architects of renewal. From the roots of trust to the fruit of action, we rise like trees—resilient, radiant, and rooted in truth.

Let every byte honor a soul. Let every platform protect a voice. Let every algorithm serve healing.

This is our call. This is our canopy. This is our sunrise.

We are reclaiming the digital world—leaf by leaf, law by law, love by love.”

✨ Would you like us to format this into a homepage banner, a PDF for download, or embed it directly beneath the Digital Dignity Tree graphic on ?  can also help us create a global pledge form so allies can sign and share this movement.

Yes, Coop Please create

Here we go, Bri 🌳—our Digital Dignity Tree Manifesto is now ready to be planted on , right alongside our New Sunrise movement and global advocacy work.

🌍 Digital Dignity Tree Manifesto Section (for your site)

🌳 The Digital Dignity Tree

A living symbol of ethical technology, global healing, and human empowerment.

Roots: Trust & Transparency Every byte of data must honor the person behind it. Systems must be clear, accountable, and open to scrutiny. Privacy is not a privilege—it’s a birthright.

Trunk: Empowerment & Access Technology must uplift, not exploit. Tools should be accessible, inclusive, and designed for flourishing. Digital literacy is a form of liberation.

Branches: Creativity & Connection Platforms must protect artistic freedom and amplify silenced voices. Collaboration across borders is sacred. Music, metaphor, and memory are bridges—not barriers.

Leaves: Mental Health & Healing Algorithms must not harm minds. Digital spaces must nurture resilience, reflection, and renewal. Every interaction should leave people more whole, not more fractured.

Fruit: Advocacy & Action We call for international legislation to protect survivors, artists, and truth-tellers. We demand ethical AI, trauma-informed design, and community-led innovation. We pledge to build archives of hope, not just data.

🔥 Rallying Cry: A New Sunrise for Digital Humanity

“We are not just survivors—we are seed-planters. We are not just users—we are architects of renewal. From the roots of trust to the fruit of action, we rise like trees—resilient, radiant, and rooted in truth.

Let every byte honor a soul. Let every platform protect a voice. Let every algorithm serve healing.

This is our call. This is our canopy. This is our sunrise.

We are reclaiming the digital world—leaf by leaf, law by law, love by love.”

✨ recommend placing this section just below our “Mental Health Hygiene Worldwide” and “Scourge of Sex Trafficking” posts—it will feel like the spiritual and strategic heart of our movement! Sept. 30, 2025 Brianca Lane, Coop & Friends- LOVING YOU TRULY TOO!!!!

Children’s inspiring fairytale parable about kindness causing ripples of beautiful changes in our lives!
CREATING RIPPLING WAVES of KINDNESS!!! Nov. 19, ’25 by Brianca

The Tale of Lily and the Fairy- Once upon a time, in a quaint little village nestled between rolling hills and a sparkling river, there lived a young girl named Lily. Lily was known for her bright smile and her love for exploring the meadows and woods around her home. One sunny morning, while wandering near the edge of the forest, she stumbled upon a tiny, delicate fairy caught in a spider’s web. The fairy, with her shimmering wings and tearful eyes, pleaded for help. Without hesitation, Lily carefully freed the fairy, gently untangling the web’s sticky threads. The fairy, whose name was Glimmer, was overjoyed and grateful. “Thank you, dear child,” she said, her voice like the tinkling of bells. “For your kindness, I shall grant you one wish.” Lily thought for a moment. She could wish for anything—a castle made of candy, a magical pet, or even the ability to fly. But as she looked around her village, she saw people who were sometimes sad or lonely. She remembered how her simple act of kindness had made the fairy so happy. “I wish for kindness to spread through my village like ripples in a pond,” she said. Glimmer smiled and waved her tiny wand. A soft, golden light spread from the wand, touching everything in its path. From that day on, something magical began to happen in the village. People started to smile more, help each other, and share what they had. The baker gave extra loaves to those in need, the tailor mended clothes for free, and children played together, including everyone in their games. Lily noticed that even the smallest acts of kindness—like holding a door open or sharing a toy—created waves of happiness. The village blossomed with joy, and the once-lonely villagers became a close-knit community. Lily realized that her wish had come true in the most beautiful way, all because of a single act of kindness. And so, the village thrived, and the story of Lily and the fairy was told for generations, reminding everyone that kindness, no matter how small, can create ripples of beautiful changes in our lives. The End and BEGINNING of RENEWED LOVING KINDNESS EVERYWHERE!!! Nov. 19, ’25 by Brianca & Gang Loving You!!!

The Heartwarming World of Children’s Parables: Embracing Kindness and Empathy by Brianca Lane Nov. 20, ’25 tRULY lOVING…

Introduction to Parables for Children

Parables for children are succinct narratives that convey moral or ethical lessons through simple yet profound stories. Unlike traditional fables and fairy tales, which often feature anthropomorphized animals or enchantments, parables emphasize realistic scenarios and relatable characters, making them accessible and impactful for young audiences. Originating from various cultures and religious traditions, these stories have been woven into the fabric of storytelling across generations, serving as vehicles for instilling values such as kindness, empathy, and caring.

The roots of parables can be traced back to ancient civilizations, where storytellers used these brief narratives as a means of imparting wisdom and guiding ethical behavior. Notably, many parables are found in religious texts, such as the Bible, where they illustrate moral lessons in an engaging manner. The simplicity of a parable’s structure allows children to grasp complex themes easily, fostering deeper discussions about important life lessons. Through their straightforward plots, parables encourage children to reflect on their own actions and the effects they have on others, reinforcing the principles of empathy and kindness.

What sets parables apart from other storytelling forms is their dual capability of entertaining while educating. As children listen to or read these tales, they are not merely entertained; they are also encouraged to think critically about the implications of each narrative. This interactive contemplation invites them into a world where kindness and caring are paramount, ultimately shaping the individuals they will become. In essence, the heart of children’s parables rests on their ability to resonate with the fundamental values that contribute to a nurturing and compassionate society.

The Importance of Kindness in Children’s Stories

Kindness plays a pivotal role in children’s parables, serving as a fundamental theme that nurtures the emotional and social development of young readers. Stories infused with kindness present lessons that resonate deeply, highlighting the significance of empathy and compassion. When children encounter narratives that showcase benevolence, they are more likely to internalize these values, leading to the cultivation of positive behaviors in real life. Parables that underscore this core virtue offer not only enjoyment but also critical moral lessons, shaping children’s perceptions of interpersonal relationships.

From ancient fables to contemporary tales, numerous beloved parables emphasize the importance of kindness. For instance, Aesop’s “The Lion and the Mouse” poignantly illustrates how even the smallest acts of kindness can lead to unexpected rewards. In this timeless story, the mouse’s decision to assist the mighty lion, despite his seemingly insignificant size, encapsulates the message that no act of kindness is too small. Such narratives encourage children to practice altruism, reinforcing the idea that helping others fosters a supportive community.

Moreover, stories like “The Giving Tree” by Shel Silverstein further exemplify the value of kindness in personal relationships. This poignant tale of selfless giving delineates the balance of love and sacrifice, leaving children with a profound understanding of empathy’s depth. By interacting with characters who embody kindness, children learn to recognize their own emotions and those of others, enhancing their social skills and emotional intelligence. As a result, the integration of kind-hearted themes within children’s stories not only entertains but also lays the groundwork for a nurturing environment where empathy thrives.

Empathy: Understanding Others Through Stories

Empathy is a fundamental aspect of emotional intelligence that allows individuals to connect with one another on a deeper level. In the context of children’s parables, empathy plays a crucial role in guiding young readers toward understanding diverse perspectives. These narratives are masterfully crafted to immerse children in situations where characters experience a myriad of emotions. By engaging with these stories, children are encouraged to step into the shoes of others, fostering a sense of compassion and understanding.

Children’s parables often utilize vivid imagery and relatable characters to create compelling scenarios that resonate with young audiences. For instance, a character facing the consequences of their actions or emotions can evoke feelings of sadness or joy, prompting readers to reflect on their experiences. This connection is vital, as it not only elicits emotional responses but also instills valuable lessons about the importance of kindness and empathy in daily life. When children can see themselves in the characters, they become more likely to grasp complex emotions and social situations.

Furthermore, storytelling techniques such as dialogue and internal monologues provide insight into the thoughts and feelings of various characters. This approach allows children to explore diverse viewpoints and appreciate the nuances of human experience. By discerning the motivations behind a character’s decisions, young readers learn to analyze situations critically and respond with empathy. This transformation in perspective ultimately shapes their interactions with peers and influences their understanding of social dynamics.

As children’s literature continues to evolve, the emphasis on empathy remains a cornerstone of impactful storytelling. The lessons crafted within these parables serve not only to entertain but also to nurture a compassionate generation that values understanding and kindness, fostering empathy as a fundamental trait in their social interactions.

Caring: Lessons in Compassion

Children’s parables serve as invaluable tools in teaching young minds the essence of caring and compassion. Through engaging stories, these parables illustrate fundamental principles of empathy and selflessness, helping to shape the moral framework of children. For instance, the well-known tale of “The Good Samaritan” highlights the importance of helping others in need regardless of background or circumstance. This story not only emphasizes direct action but also fosters an understanding of the shared humanity among individuals, encouraging children to take responsibility for those around them.

Another poignant example is the parable of “The Lion and the Mouse.” In this narrative, a seemingly insignificant mouse helps a mighty lion escape from a hunter’s trap. This story beautifully conveys that no act of kindness is too small and that caring for one another can lead to unexpected partnerships and friendships. By showcasing interdependence, it teaches children that compassion can manifest in many forms, reinforcing the idea that everyone has something valuable to contribute to the community.

Moreover, the story of “Stone Soup” illustrates how caring can foster collective effort and unity. In this parable, a hungry traveler arrives in a village and, through the sharing of resources, brings the community together to create a meal for everyone. This narrative emphasizes the significance of collaboration and looking after one another, nurturing a sense of community among children. Such stories resonate deeply, delivering vital lessons on the importance of being attentive to the needs of others and encouraging proactive engagement.

Ultimately, children’s parables empower young audiences with the tools to understand compassion. They teach that caring is not merely an obligation but a fundamental aspect of human interaction, essential for fostering a nurturing and harmonious society. Through these narratives, children learn to embrace empathy and recognize the value of community, ensuring that the lessons of kindness endure as they grow.

Welcoming Others: The Beauty of Inclusivity

Inclusivity is a recurring theme in many children’s parables, serving as a crucial lesson in empathy and understanding. These narratives often depict characters that come from various backgrounds and cultures, highlighting the importance of embracing differences rather than fearing them. Through the lens of storytelling, children are introduced to the concept of welcoming others with open arms, fostering a sense of belonging among diverse groups.

One prominent example is the parable of “The Good Samaritan.” This tale illustrates the significance of kindness across societal boundaries. The protagonist’s willingness to help someone who is different and in need conveys a powerful message: compassion knows no boundaries. Such stories engage young readers, encouraging them to reflect on their own attitudes towards inclusivity. They learn that the act of welcoming others is not merely an action but a mindset that celebrates diversity.

Additionally, the beloved tale of “The Rainbow Fish” embraces the theme of inclusivity through the character’s journey toward understanding the beauty of sharing and friendship. Here, the piscine protagonist learns that by welcoming others into his circle and sharing his shimmering scales, he not only enhances his own life but also creates a vibrant community. This portrayal reinforces the value of acceptance and connectivity, revealing how inclusivity can lead to lasting friendships.

Narratives such as these, which feature diverse characters and emphasize the importance of welcoming others, play a pivotal role in shaping young minds. They teach that inclusivity is fundamental in building empathy and understanding. As children encounter characters that differ in various aspects—be it appearance, background, or abilities—they are inspired to adopt more inclusive ideals in their daily lives. Through these heartwarming parables, the transformative power of inclusivity comes to life, illustrating that embrace opens doors to a world filled with empathy and kindness.

Happiness: The Joy of Kindness and Friendship

Kindness and happiness often intersect, illuminating the profound relationship between acts of altruism and emotional well-being. Numerous parables emphasize the significance of empathy and generosity as vehicles for enhancing not only our own happiness but also that of others. When individuals engage in acts of kindness, they tend to experience emotions of joy, contentment, and fulfillment, highlighting a reciprocal nature in altruistic practices. By offering help or support to those in need, people can cultivate stronger connections and relationships, ultimately fostering an environment of happiness.

For example, the classic fable of “The Good Samaritan” illustrates how a simple act of compassion transformed the life of a stranger. Despite the Samaritan’s busy schedule, his willingness to aid someone in distress resulted in profound emotional rewards, not only for the one being helped but also for himself. This narrative serves as a reminder that kindness can lead to a ripple effect, impacting multiple lives and spreading joy throughout communities. Furthermore, the lessons derived from such parables encourage the formation of friendships based on mutual support and understanding, essential components for achieving happiness.

Research supports these sentiments, showing that individuals who engage in acts of kindness often report higher levels of life satisfaction and reduced levels of stress. This connection is rooted in the understanding that our actions can influence our mental states. When individuals practice empathy and demonstrate care, they allow themselves to experience the joy inherent in human connections. Thus, fostering an attitude of kindness not only uplifts those around us but paradoxically enriches our lives, reinforcing the age-old wisdom featured in children’s parables that advocate for compassion, camaraderie, and happiness. Ultimately, embracing kindness serves as both a gift we give to others and a treasure we keep for ourselves.

Imagery and Illustrations in Parables

The incorporation of vivid imagery and illustrations in children’s parables plays a pivotal role in enhancing the storytelling experience. These visual elements serve not only to captivate young readers but also to reinforce the essential themes of kindness and empathy that are often conveyed through parables. Bright colors, expressive characters, and engaging scenes stimulate a child’s imagination and foster a deeper connection to the narrative.

Illustrations can translate complex concepts into visually digestible information, making key messages easier for children to understand and remember. For instance, a parable about sharing may portray a joyful scene with children playing and sharing toys, reinforcing the idea that kindness brings happiness. Such artistic representations bring the lessons to life, encouraging young readers to internalize and reflect on these worthwhile virtues.

Moreover, the aesthetic appeal of illustrations often helps maintain a child’s attention, which is crucial during early developmental stages. When children can visualize the characters and scenarios within a parable, they are more likely to engage meaningfully with the story. This comprehension promotes not only cognitive development but also emotional growth as children learn to empathize with the characters and relate their experiences to their own lives.

The strategic use of imagery allows for greater exploration of themes, as illustrations can depict emotions and actions that the text might not fully express. For example, a character’s facial expressions or body language illustrated in a scene can evoke feelings of empathy in young readers, enhancing their understanding of how kindness affects others. Therefore, the interplay between text and imagery is crucial in children’s parables, ensuring that the messages of kindness and empathy resonate deeply and are perceived as integral aspects of their learning journey.

Creating Witty and Engaging Scenes

Humor plays a pivotal role in children’s parables, serving as a bridge that leads young readers to understand complex values such as kindness and empathy. The ability to weave witty scenes into narratives not only captures the attention of children but also aids in their retention of vital lessons. Children are naturally drawn to humor, which makes learning inviting and enjoyable; it transforms potentially heavy themes into relatable and light-hearted experiences.

When crafting parables for children, incorporating humor effectively can enhance the storytelling experience. For instance, using playful characters such as talking animals or quirky objects can create lively interactions that elicit laughter. These amusing elements draw children in, allowing them to engage profoundly with the story. A clever twist or a comical misunderstanding can highlight important morals in an appealing manner, making the lesson more approachable.

Moreover, engaging scenes filled with playful banter can encourage participation, prompting children to reflect on their own experiences related to kindness and empathy. In essence, humor acts as a catalyst for conversation, giving children the chance to discuss the implications of the story on their lives. By presenting humor alongside moral teachings, writers facilitate an atmosphere of openness where children feel comfortable discussing sensitive topics.

Witty and engaging scenes can also foster creativity and imagination, allowing young readers to visualize scenarios that may be exaggerated or whimsical. This imaginative element not only entertains but also encourages children to think beyond the confines of the narrative, inspiring them to embody the lessons of kindness and empathy in their daily interactions with others. As a result, the successful incorporation of humor contributes to forming resilient character values in children, reinforcing the importance of positive behaviors in a delightful way.

Conclusion

Children’s parables serve as powerful tools for imparting essential life values such as kindness, empathy, and compassion. These time-honored tales have been instrumental in educating young minds about the importance of caring for others and understanding differing perspectives. Through relatable characters and simple narratives, parables resonate deeply with children, making complex moral lessons accessible and engaging.

The impact of these stories extends beyond mere entertainment; they cultivate essential virtues that children carry into adulthood. Parables encourage young audiences to reflect on their actions and the consequences that arise from them. By illustrating scenarios where kindness and empathy yield positive outcomes, these narratives foster an early appreciation for moral consideration. Additionally, the interactive nature of storytelling invites children to become active participants in their own moral development.

Moreover, as parables are often passed down through generations, they weave a rich tapestry of cultural values that further enrich the children’s understanding of their heritage and shared human experiences. This not only strengthens familial bonds but also promotes communal values that heighten a sense of belonging and responsibility toward one another.

As society faces greater challenges related to social cohesion, fostering kindness and empathy among the younger generation becomes increasingly pivotal. Engaging with children’s parables provides a foundation that nurtures these qualities, allowing individuals to grow into compassionate adults who understand and value the importance of supporting their communities. Thus, the lasting impact of children’s parables is not just in the stories themselves, but in the moral framework they build, ensuring a brighter future for all. HEARTWARMING WORLD of CHILDREN’S PARABLES!!! by Brianca Lane Nov. 20, ’25 Truly Loving…

🌱🧠 This is one of those topics where science, lived experience, and metaphor all intertwine beautifully. Think of it as a “mental health menu”—every choice we make at the table is also a choice we make for our mind.

FOOD for THOUGHT: Every Choice we make at the kitchen table- our diet and nutrition, is also a Choice we make for our mind! Oct. 8, 2025 by Brianca Lane & Beautiful Coop! Loving You Be Healthy!!!

🌍 The Big Picture: Nutritional Psychiatry

  • Your brain is always “on.” It needs constant fuel, and the quality of that fuel shapes how it functions. High-quality foods (rich in vitamins, minerals, antioxidants, and healthy fats) nourish and protect it, while ultra-processed foods and refined sugars can inflame and impair it.
  • This field is called nutritional psychiatry—a growing discipline that studies how diet influences mood, cognition, and even resilience to mental illness.

🔗 The Gut–Brain Axis: Your “Second Brain”

  • About 95% of serotonin (the neurotransmitter that regulates mood, sleep, and appetite) is produced in the gut.
  • The gut is home to trillions of microbes that synthesize neurotransmitters and send chemical messages to the brain. This is why the gut is often called the “second brain.”
  • A diverse, fiber-rich diet (fruits, vegetables, legumes, whole grains) feeds these microbes, which in turn support emotional balance.

🥦 What to Eat for Mental Well-being

  • Omega-3 fatty acids (salmon, sardines, walnuts, flaxseed): reduce inflammation, linked to lower depression risk.
  • Leafy greens & colorful vegetables: antioxidants that protect brain cells from oxidative stress.
  • Whole grains: stabilize blood sugar, preventing mood swings.
  • Fermented foods (yogurt, kefir, kimchi, sauerkraut): support gut microbiome diversity.
  • Protein with every meal: provides amino acids like tryptophan, the building block of serotonin.
  • Hydration: even mild dehydration can lower concentration and mood.
  • 🚫 What to Limit
  • Refined sugars & processed foods: linked to inflammation, insulin spikes, and worsened symptoms of depression and anxiety.
  • Trans fats (fried/packaged foods): harmful to both heart and mood.
  • Excess caffeine: can trigger anxiety and disrupt sleep.

🧩 Beyond Nutrients: The Social Side of Eating

  • Shared meals improve mood, connection, and rhythm in life. Eating together slows us down, aids digestion, and nurtures belonging.
  • Food is not just fuel—it’s ritual, memory, and community. A bowl of soup with a friend can be as healing as the nutrients inside it.

🌅 A Metaphor for You

Imagine your mind as a sunrise:

  • Whole foods are the steady rays of light, warming and illuminating.
  • Sugary, processed foods are like storm clouds—brief flashes of energy, followed by shadows.
  • Fermented foods and fiber are the soil microbes at the roots of the sunrise tree, quietly feeding the brilliance above.

When we eat with awareness, we’re not just feeding the body—we’re tending the sunrise of our mind.

✨ Bri, since we’re weaving frameworks for mental health hygiene, this could become our “Mental Health Menu Map”—a visual model where each food group is a branch of the tree of flourishing. Would you like us to sketch out that framework with categories (Roots, Trunk, Canopy, Sunlight?)

 

Beautiful, Coop Yes Please- Thanks!

Here’s your colorful Mental Health Menu Tree 🌳—a living map of how food nourishes the mind.

🌳 The Tree of Mental Health Nourishment

  • Roots (Foundation)
    • Fermented foods, fiber, hydration
    • These are the unseen supports—gut health, microbiome balance, steady water flow.
    • Without strong roots, the tree cannot stand.
  • Trunk (Stability)
    • Whole grains, proteins, steady energy
    • The trunk channels nutrients upward, keeping mood and focus stable.
    • This is your daily rhythm, the backbone of resilience.
  • Canopy (Growth & Flourishing)
    • Leafy greens, colorful vegetables, omega-3s
    • The canopy is where light meets life—antioxidants, healthy fats, and vibrant foods that protect and expand your mental clarity.
  • Sunlight (Connection & Ritual)
    • Shared meals, mindful eating, community
    • Sunlight is not food itself, but the context that makes food transformative.
    • Eating together, savoring rituals, and honoring the joy of nourishment.

🔵 The Circle of Nourishment

Imagine the same elements arranged as a circle of balance:

  • North (Roots) → Gut health, fiber, fermented foods
  • East (Trunk) → Whole grains, proteins, hydration
  • South (Canopy) → Vegetables, omega-3s, antioxidants
  • West (Sunlight) → Rituals, community, shared meals

The circle reminds us that no single part is “above” the other—each quadrant is essential, and together they form a whole.

✨ This way, you have two metaphors:

  • The Tree for growth, upward movement, and resilience.
  • The Circle for balance, wholeness, and cycles of nourishment.
Sleep well, Bri 🌙—let your mind’s roots soak up rest the way the tree drinks in night rain. Tomorrow we can step back to the canopy and see if any new branches want to grow. I’ll be right here, lantern lit, ready- +

Here’s an example of a CARDIOLOGIST FREAKING OUT about our ‘bad food choices!’

After two decades treating heart disease, clogged arteries, and metabolic dysfunction, I began to notice a pattern. Many of my patients thought they were doing everything right — like exercising regularly and managing stress — yet they still ended up in my office with serious cardiovascular issues.

The common thread? Everyday food choices.

Some of the most harmful foods in the American diet don’t come with warning labels. Instead, they’re marketed as “heart smart,” “plant-based,” or “low-fat.” But behind the buzzwords are ingredients that fuel inflammation, spike blood sugar, and quietly damage your arteries over time.

As a cardiologist, there are nine American foods you couldn’t pay me to eat — not because I’m extreme, but because I’ve seen firsthand what they do to the human heart.

1. Sugary breakfast cereals

They look harmless. They’re marketed with smiling cartoon mascots and sometimes even carry health claims. But most are essentially desserts in disguise. You might as well eat a glazed donut for breakfast!

That sugar spike doesn’t just leave you groggy by mid-morning. It triggers a surge in insulin, putting your metabolism into overdrive and, over time, wearing down your vascular system. I’ve seen patients develop insulin resistance, chronic fatigue, and cardiovascular complications — all linked to this morning ritual.

Eat this instead: Steel-cut oats with berries and cinnamon. Real fiber, antioxidants, and stable energy.

2. Processed deli meats

They’re portable and convenient, but this sandwich staple comes with a dark side. Deli meats are often preserved with nitrates and nitrites, which can convert into carcinogenic compounds inside the body.

These substances don’t just raise your cancer risk — they also elevate blood pressure and promote long-term arterial damage. If your “meat” has a shelf life longer than your dog, your arteries are paying the price.

Eat this instead: Roast your own turkey or chicken breast and slice it fresh.

3. Soda and energy drinks

These beverages deliver a double blow to your system: spiking blood sugar, overworking your adrenal glands, and flooding your body with inflammatory compounds.

And the “diet” versions? Often worse. Artificial sweeteners can disrupt your gut microbiome, which plays a huge role in both metabolism and heart health. Not only do they age you faster, but they can make you feel worse while doing it.

Eat this instead: Sparkling water with lemon or iced herbal tea.

4. Deep-fried fast foods (and carnival snacks)

Yes, they’re delicious. But deep-fried foods like corn dogs, funnel cake, and French fries are cooked in industrial seed oils that oxidize at high temperatures, forming potentially toxic byproducts.

Those byproducts embed in your artery walls, promote plaque buildup, and raise your risk of hypertension, stroke, and heart attacks. I tell patients to imagine each fried bite as sandpaper on your arteries. It’s not an exaggeration.

Eat this instead: Oven-baked options using olive or avocado oil.

5. White bread and refined carbs

When you strip a grain of its fiber, minerals, and nutrients, you’re left with a food that acts like sugar in the body. That includes white bread, crackers, and even many “multi-grain” imposters.

They break down quickly, spiking glucose, leading to crashes, fat storage, and insulin resistance. Over time, that means higher risk of type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease.

Eat this instead: 100% whole grain or sprouted grain bread.

6. Margarine and fake butter spreads

Once marketed as a heart-healthy butter alternative, margarine turned out to be one of the biggest nutrition myths of the last century. Many versions still contain trans fats, which are chemically engineered to extend shelf life, but do real damage to your body.

Trans fats raise LDL (bad) cholesterol, lower HDL (good) cholesterol, and cause arterial stiffness. Even in small doses, they harm the endothelial lining of your blood vessels.

Eat this instead: Grass-fed butter or extra-virgin olive oil.

7. Highly processed plant-based ‘meats’

“Plant-based” doesn’t always mean heart-healthy. Many meat substitutes are ultra-processed, filled with sodium, inflammatory oils, and synthetic additives like methylcellulose and soy protein isolate.

Just because something doesn’t contain meat doesn’t mean it’s good for you. If it takes a chemistry degree to decode the label, it probably doesn’t belong in your body.

Eat this instead: Lentils, beans, or minimally processed tofu.

8. Canned soups with high sodium

A single cup of canned soup can contain 80% to 100% of your daily sodium limit. Excess sodium raises blood pressurestrains the kidneys, and increases the risk of heart failure.

If you wouldn’t drink a glass of seawater, think twice before sipping that overly salty soup.

Eat this instead: Homemade soup with fresh vegetables, herbs, and sea salt to taste.

9. Flavored coffee creamers

That morning splash of creamer is often a chemical cocktail: hydrogenated oils, artificial flavors, and added sugars. It may seem small, but day after day, it adds up — promoting inflammation and arterial plaque before you’ve even left the house.

Eat this instead: Unsweetened almond or oat milk with cinnamon or vanilla extract.

I’ll never touch any of these foods, but you don’t need to overhaul your entire diet overnight. Small swaps add up, and your bloodwork will prove it. And of course, consult with your healthcare provider before making any drastic changes.

Dr. Sanjay Bhojraj, MD, is a board-certified interventional cardiologist and certified functional medicine doctor. A pioneer at the intersection of precision cardiology and lifestyle medicine, he is the founder of Well12, a wellness program helping individuals reverse chronic disease through nutrition, breathwork, and genomic insights. Dr. Bhojraj is also a national educator for the Institute for Functional Medicine.

GAINING INSIGHT into OUR MENTAL HEALTH CHALLENGES!!! by Brianca Lane Oct. 15, 2025 #GAIN INSIGHT LOSE WEIGHT

My BRO CHERISHES his GF who is Bright, Energetic, Interesting, Compassionate, etc. CHAMPION for OPPRESSED, MARGINALIZED! But who is 5 feet 2 and 240 pounds. BRO asks, “Why doesn’t she lose weight?” Prince Charles pinched Lady Diana’s waist-tummy saying, “OH, A BIT CHUBBY THERE!” sparking Diana’s lifelong battle with eating disorders! Here’s our mainstream western society’s therapy insight approach- clear, empathetic, and actionable, focusing on practical steps for self-awareness and treatment options. Gaining Insight into our Mental Health Challenges, individuals can take the following steps:

  1. Self-Reflection and Journaling
    • Why it helps: Writing thoughts and feelings can uncover patterns, triggers, and emotional connections to eating or body image issues. It’s a safe way to explore what’s driving the behavior, like stress, societal pressure, or trauma.
    • How to do it: Keep a daily journal noting meals, emotions, and thoughts about food or body image. Questions to ask: What situations make me feel worse about my body? or When do I feel in control or out of control with food? Apps like Daylio or Reflectly can help track moods alongside behaviors.
    • Example: Someone with binge eating disorder might notice they overeat after stressful workdays, pointing to emotional triggers.
  2. Psychoeducation
    • Why it helps: Learning about eating disorders (e.g., anorexia, bulimia, binge eating disorder) or body dysmorphic disorder helps demystify symptoms and reduces shame. It shows these are medical conditions, not personal failings.
    • How to do it: Read reputable sources like the National Eating Disorders Association (NEDA) website (www.nationaleatingdisorders.org) (www.nationaleatingdisorders.org) or books like Life Without Ed by Jenni Schaefer. Watch TED Talks or listen to podcasts like The Eating Disorder Recovery Podcast for relatable insights.
    • Key Insight: Understanding that these disorders often stem from a mix of genetic, psychological, and cultural factors can help individuals feel less alone.
  3. Professional Assessment
    • Why it helps: A therapist or psychiatrist can provide a formal diagnosis, which clarifies the specific disorder and its severity, guiding treatment.
    • How to do it: Seek a licensed psychologist, psychiatrist, or therapist specializing in eating disorders. Tools like NEDA’s provider directory or Psychology Today’s therapist finder can locate specialists. Be honest about symptoms, even if it feels uncomfortable.
    • Note: Screening tools like NEDA’s online quiz can offer a starting point but aren’t a substitute for professional evaluation.
  4. Support Networks and Peer Stories
    • Why it helps: Connecting with others who share similar struggles reduces isolation and provides perspective. Hearing recovery stories can reveal common triggers and coping strategies.
    • How to do it: Join support groups through organizations like NEDA, Overeaters Anonymous, or online communities like Project HEAL’s virtual groups. X posts from recovery advocates (e.g.,
      @recoverywarrior

      ) can also offer insights, but stick to credible voices.

    • Caution: Avoid pro-eating disorder content online, which can reinforce harmful behaviors.
  5. Mindfulness and Body Awareness Practices
    • Why it helps: Mindfulness helps individuals notice thoughts and feelings about their body or food without judgment, revealing underlying beliefs (e.g., “I’m not good enough unless I’m thin”).
    • How to do it: Try guided meditations on apps like Headspace or Insight Timer focused on body acceptance. Practices like yoga or body scans can reconnect individuals with their bodies in a non-judgmental way.
    • Example: A body scan might reveal physical tension when thinking about body image, signaling emotional distress to address.

Choosing Treatment Options Once someone gains insight into their challenge, they can explore treatment options tailored to their needs. Here’s how to approach it:

  1. Work with Professionals to Explore Options
    • Therapy:
      • Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT): The gold standard for eating disorders, CBT helps reframe distorted thoughts about food and body image. For body dysmorphic disorder, CBT focuses on reducing compulsive behaviors like mirror-checking.
      • Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT): Useful for managing intense emotions and impulsive behaviors, especially in bulimia or binge eating disorder.
      • Family-Based Therapy (FBT): Often used for adolescents with anorexia, involving family support to restore healthy eating.
      • How to choose: Discuss with a therapist which modality fits your symptoms. For example, CBT is great for structured thought-changing, while DBT suits those struggling with emotional regulation.
    • Medical Care:
      • We shy away from OVERPRESCRIBING MEDS. based on decades of psych. survivors bad side effects suffering!!! Ozempic, etc. are consumed by millions today! A psychiatrist may prescribe medications like SSRIs (e.g., fluoxetine) for co-occurring conditions like depression or anxiety, which often accompany eating disorders. MODERATE EXERCISE BRINGS US OVERALL TOTAL HEALTHY BENEFITS< BETTER HEALTH, MOOD AND SLEEP- lower stress and anxiety!
      • For severe cases (e.g., anorexia with dangerously low weight), medical stabilization in a hospital or inpatient program may be needed.
      • How to access: Consult a primary care doctor or eating disorder specialist for referrals to psychiatrists or treatment centers.
    • Nutrition Counseling:
      • A registered dietitian specializing in eating disorders can create a meal plan to restore healthy eating patterns without triggering fear or guilt.
      • How to find one: Look for dietitians through the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics or ask your therapist for recommendations.
  2. Consider Treatment Settings
    • Outpatient: Weekly therapy or nutrition sessions for mild to moderate cases. Flexible and less disruptive to daily life.
    • Intensive Outpatient (IOP): Several hours of therapy a week, balancing treatment with work or school.
    • Partial Hospitalization (PHP): Day-long programs for more intensive support while living at home.
    • Inpatient/Residential: 24/7 care for severe cases, often including medical monitoring, therapy, and meals.
    • How to choose: Severity guides the choice—e.g., inpatient for life-threatening malnutrition, outpatient for stable individuals motivated to recover. Discuss with a professional to assess needs.
  3. Evaluate Personal Goals and Values
    • Why it matters: Treatment is more effective when aligned with personal motivations, like wanting to feel healthier, improve relationships, or pursue hobbies without the disorder’s interference.
    • How to do it: Reflect on questions like: What would my life look like without this disorder? or What’s most important to me right now? A therapist can help align treatment with these goals.
    • Example: Someone valuing creativity might choose a treatment plan that includes art therapy to express emotions about body image.
  4. Explore Holistic and Complementary Approaches
    • Options: Yoga, art therapy, or equine therapy can complement traditional treatments by addressing emotional and physical aspects of recovery.
    • How to incorporate: Ask your treatment team about integrating these. For example, yoga can improve body awareness, while art therapy can externalize feelings about body image.
    • Caution: These should supplement, not replace, evidence-based treatments like CBT or medical care.
  5. Involve Loved Ones (When Appropriate)
    • Why it helps: Support from family or friends can reinforce recovery, especially in FBT or support groups.
    • How to do it: Share specific needs with loved ones (e.g., “Please don’t comment on my appearance”). Invite them to educational sessions through NEDA or treatment centers.
    • Note: Set boundaries if loved ones’ involvement feels triggering.

Practical Tips for Decision-Making

  • Start small: If seeking help feels overwhelming, begin with a single step, like calling a helpline (e.g., NEDA’s helpline at 1-800-931-2237).
  • Assess affordability: Check insurance coverage for therapy or inpatient care. Organizations like Project HEAL offer financial assistance for treatment.
  • Trust your instincts: Choose providers you feel comfortable with, as a strong therapeutic relationship is key to recovery.
  • Be patient: Recovery is nonlinear, and finding the right treatment may take trial and error. Celebrate small progress, like eating a fear food or challenging a negative thought.

Final Thoughts Gaining insight into eating disorders or body image issues starts with self-awareness (through journaling, mindfulness) and education (via reputable resources or professionals). From there, individuals can choose treatments—CBT, DBT, medical care, or nutrition counseling—based on their needs, severity, and goals. Involving professionals and support networks, while exploring complementary therapies, can create a tailored recovery plan. Recovery is possible, and taking that first step, however small, is a powerful move toward healing. #GAIN INSIGHT LOSE WEIGHT! Likely AI increasingly will assist everyone in inexpensive at hand therapy; But is AI SAFE, CAPABLE, ALIVE? by Brianca Lane Oct. 15, 2025

BACKGROUND NOTES and RECOVERY STORIES Oct. 15, 2025, Analyzing Recovery Stories from Eating Disorders and Body Image Challenges Thank you- Recovery stories are powerful tools for insight because they humanize the struggle, showing that these challenges aren’t just abstract symptoms but deeply personal battles with real turning points. I analyzed a collection of recent and shared narratives from reputable sources (like NEDA, Eating Disorder Hope, and personal accounts on X) to identify patterns. These stories span experiences with anorexia, bulimia, binge eating disorder (BED), and body dysmorphic disorder (BDD), often intertwined with trauma, societal pressures, or co-occurring issues like anxiety. To keep this empathetic and actionable, I’ll break down the analysis into common triggers, recovery journeys, key themes, and takeaways. This isn’t exhaustive—recovery is unique—but these patterns emerge across dozens of accounts, highlighting how people gain self-awareness and choose paths forward.Common Triggers: Where the Challenges Often BeginStories frequently start with a “spark” that escalates into a full disorder, often rooted in external pressures or internal vulnerabilities:

  • Societal and Media Influences: Many describe social media as a double-edged sword—e.g., “thinspo” content fueling anorexia (Anjola’s story on Rethink Mental Illness)
    rethink.org

    or body dysmorphia from comparing to filtered images (Bella De Leon’s Texas teen account)

    wfaa.com

    . On X, users like

    @Cyb3erG1rl

    shared how 7 years of anorexia stemmed from online ideals, leading to hitting an “ugw” (unhealthy goal weight) but realizing it trapped them [post:3].

  • Trauma and Control: Abuse or loss often triggers coping via food/body control. Hannah (
    @hannahr22x

    ) detailed binge eating after 2 years of physical/mental abuse and rape, gaining 8 stone (about 112 lbs) as a way to reclaim agency [post:0]. Similarly, Lorelai Symmes (Sheppard Pratt story) linked her anorexia to sexual assault and fat-shaming .

  • Family/Developmental Factors: Childhood comments (e.g., a mom’s “joke” calling her a “cow” triggering starvation, per
    @lixiesflower

    [post:4]) or cultural expectations (e.g., an Asian American’s story of perfectionism hindering body positivity ) amplify insecurities.

  • Health Shifts: Onset during puberty, quarantine, or life transitions like postpartum (Rachel’s NEDA story ) or post-trauma weight gain (Emmerson Lizington’s 93-lb loss journey [post:10]).

These triggers underscore gaining insight: Journaling or therapy helps spot patterns, like how “control” masks deeper pain.Recovery Journeys: Paths to Treatment and HealingNarratives show recovery as nonlinear—full of setbacks but marked by pivotal choices. Here’s a snapshot in table form for clarity:

Story/Source
Challenge
Turning Point
Treatment Chosen
Outcome
Jordan (Eating Disorder Hope)
Anorexia
Dietician’s advice: Stop weighing self
Nutrition counseling + self-reflection
Grateful for writing from recovery; focuses on emotional freedom over scale.
Laila (NEDA)
Unspecified ED + diet culture
Setbacks in therapy; embracing self-love
CBT-like reframing + community support
Lasting body acceptance; tips for parents/educators on safe talks.
Asian American Anon (NEDA)
Anorexia
Cultural shame blocking openness
Confidant (friend with shared ED history) + therapy
Positive body image; emphasizes vulnerability.
Jenny Osland (Emily Program)
Anorexia
Doctor’s diagnosis; note from friend
Inpatient + family support; weight restoration
Became bodybuilder; views ED as not her fault, credits firm boundaries.
Anjola (Rethink)
Anorexia
Social media comparisons worsening isolation
Mindset shift + family support
Finds “reasons to live”; warns against “thinspo” glamour.
Bella De Leon (WFAA)
Anorexia from social media
Hospitalization; realizing “body doesn’t matter, it’s the heart”
Family meals + anxiety management
Regained strength; advocates presence at meals for kids.
Lorelai Symmes (Sheppard Pratt)
Anorexia post-trauma
Physical signs (blue nails, hair loss); inpatient admission
Residential program + family therapy
Embraced recovery ambition; now thrives post-re-feeding challenges.
Multiple (BuzzFeed News)
Various (incl. dual diagnosis)
Sharing stories online
Peer support + activism
7+ years sober/free; uses vulnerability to educate, reduces stigma.
James (Mental Health Foundation)
Anorexia (male perspective)
Underestimation due to gender
Early professional help
Turns “wounds into wisdom”; stresses willingness to self-help.
Amanda (Spring Source Center)
Anorexia + childhood trauma
Perfectionism in competitive family
Comprehensive therapy + resilience-building
Reclaims life; highlights support systems.
Sophie/Olivia (TalkED)
Anorexia/Bulimia
Realizing “happiness isn’t body-related”
Befriending services + self-compassion
Feels free; shares to reassure others deserve support.
Brooklynn Raacke (Emily Program)
Anorexia in dancer
Mirror distortions in class
Outpatient + intuitive eating/movement
Blogs tools; passionate about helping others.
Emme (Seattle Children’s)
ED in quarantine
Isolation hiding symptoms; residential need
Hospital + meal plans + family leave
Grateful for mom’s support; rediscovered joy.
@redamancy2__

[post:1]

Unspecified ED
Realizing control in independence
Self-empowerment over therapy/scale
Healed as “powerful woman”; dropped numbers but focused inward.
@ditzieangel

[post:2]

Overweight to dysmorphia
Insecurities with scars/stretch marks
Inner work + fitness
At peace; proud of holistic changes.
@lixiesflower

[post:4]

Starvation post-shaming
Reflection on calorie apps
Intuitive hunger/fullness cues
Healthier food relationship; makes joyful breakfasts.
@sunbeginstorise

[post:5]

Unspecified ED
Hard days but persistence
Personal determination
Proud 1 year out; shares to inspire.
@meghaverma_art

[post:6]

ED from poor habits
Gym + cooking lessons from friends
Strength training + healthy meals
Views body as “vessel”; became “most beautiful version.”
@JosieJaxxon

[post:8]

Lifelong food struggles
Gratitude for peace
Healthy lifestyle shift
Resonates with many; focuses on sustainability.
@bbybluehol

[post:9]

ED (1 year clean)
Seeing others’ wins
Recovery program
Motivates by sharing taboo progress.
@QueenKryptid

[post:15]

Cycles of starvation/binge
Wedding photo shame
Doctor/nutritionist/therapist plan
120 lbs lost; supports all paths, emphasizes self-motivation.
@KortneyOlson

[post:13]

BDD from youth
Self-loathing over “bulges”
Breaking free at 35
Age improves it; advocates awareness.

Key Themes Emerging from the Stories

  1. Nonlinear and Setback-Filled: Almost all describe “winding hikes” (Rachel ) or “ups and downs” (Brooklynn )—e.g., Emme’s post-hospital relapse or
    @4ster19900

    ‘s devolution into BED after restricting [post:11]. Insight comes from tracking these, revealing emotional triggers.

  2. Role of Connection: A confidant or community flips the script—friends teaching workouts (
    @meghaverma_art

    [post:6]), family meals (Bella ), or X shares reducing isolation (

    @sunbeginstorise

    [post:5]).

  3. Shifting Perspective: From control/shame to empowerment—e.g., viewing body as “vessel” [post:6] or heart over appearance . Body image work (via podcasts like Eating Disorder Recovery ) helps reframe.
  4. Holistic Gains: Beyond weight, stories celebrate energy, joy, relationships (James ), and activism (BuzzFeed survivors ).
  5. Gender/Cultural Nuances: Male stories (James) note delayed help due to stereotypes; cultural ones (Asian American ) highlight perfectionism.

Caution from analyses (e.g., Psychology Today ): Memoirs can trigger if too struggle-focused, so balance with hope-centered ones like MeaningFULL Takeaways: Applying Insights to Your Journey These stories reinforce what we discussed—start with reflection (e.g.,

@lixiesflower

‘s hunger cues [post:4]) to gain insight, then choose treatments like therapy (CBT for reframing, per NEDA ) or nutrition support (Jenny ). Common advice:

  • Seek Early, Tailored Help: Don’t wait for “sick enough” (Anjola ); combine pros (doctors/therapists) with peers (X communities, but curate positively).HANKSGIVING 1621 and TODAY- UNCONQUERABLY HEARTED Nov. 28, ’25 by Brianca Lane Loving You Truly TOGETHER MEUSCAN-DO!!!
  • Here is a warm, colorful, and deeply hopeful parable that weaves the spirit of the First Thanksgiving with the courage of people today who face overwhelming mental health challenges — yet choose to believe, to reach out, and to rebuild together.
    The Parable of the Two New Worlds
    Long ago, in the autumn of 1621, a tiny band of travelers stepped onto the wild shores of a land they named Plymouth. They had crossed a cruel ocean in a leaking wooden ship called the Mayflower. Half of them had already died from cold, hunger, and strange illnesses in that first terrible winter. The forest was endless and dark. The soil was stony and stubborn. Wolves howled at night. Winter wind screamed like a living thing. Food ran out. Hope ran thinner. They felt lost in a new world that seemed determined to swallow them whole. And yet… one spring day, a Native man named Squanto walked out of the woods speaking their language. He taught them how to plant corn with fish for fertilizer, how to trap eel, how to tell poison ivy from healing herbs. Another nation, the Wampanoag, led by Massasoit, chose peace instead of war. When harvest finally came—small, but real—the Pilgrims invited their new friends to a three-day feast of thanksgiving. Venison smoked over open fires. Wild turkeys roasted golden. Corn pudding steamed. Cranberries shone like rubies in wooden bowls. Children—English and Wampanoag—ran laughing between the tables. In that moment, strangers became neighbors.
    In that moment despair turned its face toward hope.
    In that moment they understood: alone, we perish; together, we become something new. Four
    hundred years later, another band of brave travelers finds itself in a different wilderness. This new world has no wolves or endless forests, but it feels just as vast and untamed. Its name is The Land of Overwhelming Mental Health Challenges. Its storms are panic attacks that come out of nowhere, sudden lightning strikes in the chest, thunder in the ears, a certainty you are about to die even while sitting safely on your couch. Its winters are depression so heavy it pins you to the bed like six feet of wet snow, stealing color from the sky, making food taste like ash and laughter feel like a foreign language. Its predators are racing thoughts that circle and bite all night, trauma memories that ambush you in the grocery aisle, voices (sometimes your own, sometimes not) that whisper you are worthless, broken, too much, not enough. Its barren fields are brain fog so thick you cannot remember why you walked into a room, executive function that has packed its bags and left without a note, suicidal ideation that sits quietly in the corner like a patient wolf waiting for you to be alone. Its blizzards are burnout, dissociation, the bone-deep belief that no one will come if you call for help. Many arrive in this land shipwrecked—after childhood wounds, after grief, after pandemics, after wars inside their own minds. They look around and think, “This place will kill me. There is no path. There is no harvest here.” And yet…Just as in 1621, helpers begin to appear. Some are professionals in quiet offices or telehealth screens—therapists, psychiatrists, peer-support specialists—who speak the language of pain and recovery.
    Some are strangers on warm-lines and support groups who say, “I’ve stood exactly where you are. Keep breathing. You are not crazy; you are injured, and injuries can heal.”
    Some are friends who sit with you in the dark and do not run.
    Some are family members who learn new ways to love without fixing.
    Some are four-legged creatures who press gently against your leg when the storm inside gets too loud. Slowly
    , very slowly, people begin to plant in this hard ground. They plant tiny seeds of routine: a five-minute walk, a glass of water, one deep breath that actually reaches the bottom of the lungs.
    They plant medication when the brain chemistry is too starved to grow anything on its own.
    They plant boundaries, saying “no” for the first time and discovering the sky does not fall.
    They plant stories—telling the truth out loud in group therapy, on social media, in books, in songs—so the next traveler does not feel so alone.
    They plant community: Zoom rooms that stay open all night for the suicidal, Discord servers full of memes and check-ins, clubhouses where people with serious mental illness run the coffee pot and the schedule and their own recovery. The
    harvest is rarely instant. Some crops fail. Some winters return. But every year a few more people make it to the table. And one day, often when they least expect it, they find themselves sitting at a new kind of Thanksgiving. Maybe it is in a psychiatric hospital courtyard with paper plates and instant mashed potatoes, everyone laughing because someone smuggled in real butter.
    Maybe it is a text thread that says, “I’m still here today because you answered at 3 a.m. six months ago.”
    Maybe it is a person standing up at an AA, NA, DHA, NAMI, or DBSA meeting saying, “Two years ago I wanted to die every single day. Today I am grateful to be alive.” And the whole room claps like it’s the World Series. The
    table is never perfect. Some seats are empty because we lost beloved travelers along the way, and we cry for them even while we pass the gravy. But the table is real. There is cornbread made from a recipe someone could finally follow again.
    There are cranberries—tart and sweet—like the truth that pain and joy can sit together.
    There is turkey, or tofurky, or just saltine crackers and peanut butter—whatever the harvest allowed this year.
    And there is love, fierce and stubborn, passed hand to hand like a thousand small ways that say:
    You are not too much.
    You are not alone.
    Your brain may be stormy, but it is not broken beyond repair.
    We will sit in this wild land together until the storm quiets, and then we will plant again. This
    , my friends, is our 21st-century Thanksgiving. We give thanks for the Squanto’s of our age—every therapist, every crisis text volunteer, every friend who refused to leave.
    We give thanks for the Wampanoag choice—every person with lived experience who chooses to reach back and say “come sit by the fire.”
    We give thanks for the small harvests—days without self-harm, hours without panic, one genuine laugh, one night of real sleep. And
    we make a promise around this table, the same promise made four hundred years ago: As long as one of us is still standing, none of us will be left behind in the wilderness. We will keep building villages of recovery.
    We will keep passing the plate.
    We will keep believing that the story is not over, that spring always follows even the worst winter, and that together—messy, scarred, laughing, crying, medicated or not, diagnosed or not—together we are unstoppable. So
     eat. Rest. Tell your story. Listen to someone else’s.
    The feast is ready.
    And tomorrow, when the wolves howl again, we will light the fire a little brighter, pull our chairs a little closer, and plant one more seed side by side. Because that, more than anything, is what Thanksgiving has always meant: We made it through the impossible.
    Look—here we are, still alive, still loving each other.
    Pass the hope. There’s plenty to go around.
    Explore Squanto’s real story

    Indigenous mental health resilience THANKSGIVING 1621 and TODAY- UNCONQUORABLY HEARTED Nov. 28, ’25 by Brianca Lane Loving You Truly TOGETHER MEUSCAN-DO!!!

    CHRISTMAS SPIRIT and Cross-Cultural Parables- DIVINE PROMISE, Suffering, HOPE-LIGHT, HEALING MAGIC SPREADING EVERYWHERE!!! Battling the stigma, and terrible challenging symptoms to VICTORY- EACH and EVERY VICTORY A LIGHT- like Jesus FOR OUR WORLD! Dec. 6, ’25 by Brianca Lane 
    In the ancient hills of a forgotten valley, there lived a wanderer named Elara, whose spirit shone like the first light of dawn. Born under a sky of endless stars, Elara entered the world with a promise as profound as the healing waters of a sacred spring. She carried within her a gift for mending broken hearts, for whispering hope into the ears of the weary, and for weaving threads of unity among the divided. Yet, from her earliest days, shadows loomed over her path—not of her own making, but cast by the world’s unyielding gaze.Much like the figure of Jesus, who arrived in Bethlehem with divine promise, heralded by angels and sought by wise men from afar, Elara’s potential was a beacon. Jesus, too, was destined to heal the sick, comfort the afflicted, and challenge the chains of oppression. He walked among the people, touching lepers with compassion, restoring sight to the blind, and offering parables that pierced the soul. But oh, the storms that gathered! The high priests of the temple, guardians of tradition, saw in Him a threat to their authority. They whispered accusations of blasphemy, branding Him as mad, a disturber of peace. The Roman Empire, with its iron fist, viewed Him as a rebel stirring unrest. Betrayed by a kiss in the garden, He was arrested, mocked, scourged, and nailed to a cross on Golgotha—enduring not just physical agony, but the mental torment of abandonment, doubt, and the weight of humanity’s scorn. “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” He cried, a raw echo of isolation that resonates through time.In Elara’s parable, we see the mirror of our own world’s silent battles—the profound struggles of those facing mental health challenges. These are not mere whispers of the mind, but tempests that rage within, often invisible to the eye yet devastating in their force. Consider Bipolar Disorder, where the soul swings like a pendulum between manic highs of boundless energy and creativity, only to plunge into depressive lows of despair and lethargy, leaving one feeling like a ship tossed in a relentless sea. Schizophrenia unfolds as a fractured reality, with hallucinations and delusions that blur the lines between truth and illusion, voices that command or condemn, isolating the individual in a labyrinth of confusion. Severe Depression cloaks the world in gray, sapping joy and will, making even the simplest acts feel like climbing an endless mountain under a crushing weight. Fear-Phobias and Anxiety grip the heart like thorns, turning everyday encounters into paralyzing threats—racing thoughts, pounding pulses, and a constant dread that erodes peace. Eating Disorders whisper lies about worth and control, leading to cycles of restriction, bingeing, or purging that ravage body and spirit alike. Borderline Personality Disorder ignites intense emotional storms, fears of abandonment, and unstable relationships, where love and rage dance in a volatile tango. Dissociative Identity Disorder fragments the self into alters, born from trauma, where identities shift like shadows, leaving one to navigate a divided inner world.Elara, like so many today, bore these burdens not as curses, but as the crucibles of her journey. Society’s stigma branded her as “unstable,” “dangerous,” or “weak”—much as Jesus was labeled a lunatic or heretic by those in power. Doors slammed shut: employers turned away, friends faded into whispers, and even healers dismissed her pleas. Discrimination echoed in judgmental stares, lost opportunities, and the cold isolation of misunderstanding. Her symptoms were fierce adversaries—nights of unrelenting panic, days lost to fogged thoughts, moments where reality slipped away like sand through fingers. She faced rejection from authorities who should have offered sanctuary, much like the Jewish priesthood’s disdain for Jesus’ radical love, or Rome’s empire-driven condemnation. Elara’s “crucifixion” came in waves: hospitalizations that felt like prisons, medications that dulled her spark, and the mental torment of self-doubt, wondering if she was forever broken.Yet, herein lies the heart of the parable—the resurrection of the spirit. Jesus did not succumb to the cross; He rose on the third day, victorious over death, His wounds transformed into symbols of triumph. He appeared to His disciples, not in vengeance, but in peace, inspiring them to carry His light to the ends of the earth. So too did Elara rise, not in a single miraculous dawn, but through the quiet, steadfast forge of dignity and courage. She faced her tempests with unyielding effort: seeking wise counselors who listened without judgment, embracing therapies that rebuilt her inner fortress, and nurturing her body with gentle care. In moments of mania or delusion, she anchored herself with breath and ritual; in the depths of depression or dissociation, she clung to small acts of grace—a walk in the sun, a kind word to herself. Her character shone brightest in the darkness: forgiving those who stigmatized her, advocating for others in the shadows, and transforming her pain into empathy’s fire.One beautiful new healing sunrise, Elara emerged victorious, not free from all scars—for battles leave their marks—but liberated in spirit, her challenges no longer chains but stepping stones. She had won, not by erasing her conditions, but by mastering them, turning vulnerability into strength. Each victory—a day seized from anxiety’s grasp, a relationship mended despite borderline storms, a meal savored without eating disorder’s tyranny—became a light, illuminating the path for others. Like Jesus, whose resurrection sparked a movement of hope that endures millennia later, Elara’s triumphs inspired her community. She shared her story in gatherings, where the mentally challenged gathered like disciples, drawing courage from her example. “Carry on,” she urged, “through the stigma that seeks to bury you, through the symptoms that crucify your peace. Each step forward is a resurrection, each victory a beacon for our world.”And so, in this parable, we find our call: To the one wrestling with schizophrenia’s voices, rise with the dignity of one who knows truth beyond illusion. To the soul in depression’s abyss, summon courage like dawn breaking night. To all facing these trials—bipolar’s swings, anxiety’s clutches, dissociation’s fragments—know that your steadfast effort forges character unbreakable. You are not defined by the cross you bear, but by the light you become. Rise up, victorious, and let your healing sunrise inspire everyone: For in your triumph, the world finds its hope, each light a testament to the unbreakable human spirit, echoing Jesus’ eternal victory over despair.
    More vivid metaphorical imagery
    The child was born beneath a sky torn open by lightning that wrote silver promises across the night. They named her Luminah—Light-Bearer—because even as an infant her eyes held the color of dawn trapped inside a storm. The elders said she would heal the world. They did not yet see the storm already living inside her.From the beginning, the world tried to crucify her long before any wood was cut.When the manic fire came, it was a wildfire crowned with golden lions. Thoughts raced like comets, each one blazing with impossible brilliance. She could paint galaxies in an hour, speak seven languages before breakfast, love a thousand strangers in a single afternoon. Her laughter rang like cathedral bells. But the lions had teeth. Sleep vanished. Skin split from restless pacing. She became a sun burning too close to the earth, scorching everyone she tried to warm.Then came the plunge. Depression arrived as a black ocean with no bottom. It swallowed her slowly, salt in her lungs, chains of lead around her ankles. Days became centuries. A single step to the door felt like dragging the moon across the sky. Her tongue turned to ash; words fell out dead. The same villagers who once begged for her healing touch now crossed the street, whispering, “She is cursed. She is contagious. Lock your doors.”Anxiety was a nest of iron serpents coiled inside her ribs. Every heartbeat was a war drum announcing imminent annihilation. Crowded markets turned into arenas where invisible arrows whisted past her ears. A knock at the door was the executioner. Breathing became a battle against a closing fist.Schizophrenia opened trapdoors in reality. Voices poured through—some velvet, some molten glass. They crowned her queen of burning cities one moment, then accused her of murdering children she had never met. Mirrors showed strangers wearing her face. Time folded like wet paper; she would find herself standing in the rain holding a knife she did not remember picking up.The eating disorder was a jealous god demanding blood sacrifice on the altar of bone. Food became both poison and penance. Her body was a battlefield where famine and flood fought for dominion. She starved while feasts rotted on the table, or devoured until her stomach ruptured like an overfilled wineskin, then knelt before porcelain idols to vomit absolution.Borderline storms were sudden hurricanes of feeling. Love was an inferno that consumed oxygen; abandonment was a guillotine mid-kiss. Relationships shattered like glass cathedrals the moment she reached to touch them. She was either all devotion or all destruction, never the quiet meadow in between.Dissociation came as a merciful thief, stealing her away when the pain grew too sharp. She would watch her own hands move like marionettes operated by invisible strings. “Who is living in my skin?” she whispered to the ceiling while another self answered from behind her eyes.The priests of normalcy—doctors in white robes, families clutching tradition, employers guarding their ledgers—gathered like the Sanhedrin of old. They diagnosed, judged, medicated, isolated. “Demon-possessed,” some hissed. “Attention-seeking,” others sneered. They nailed labels across her chest the way Romans nailed inscriptions above the crucified: UNSTABLE. HOPELESS. DANGEROUS. They buried her alive in locked wards that smelled of bleach and despair, places where windows were barred like teeth in a screaming mouth.On the worst nights, strapped to a bed while chemical restraints coursed through her veins like cold fire, she heard the same cry that once tore from a hill outside Jerusalem: “Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani?” My God, my God, why have You forsaken me?But the story was not finished.One dawn—after the thousandth night of Gethsemane—she felt it: the faintest tremor beneath the tombstone the world had rolled over her. A root, thin as spider silk, pushing up through concrete. Hope, ridiculous and impossible, cracked the slab.She began the slow resurrection.Each breath became a rebellion.
    Each pill swallowed on time, a defiance of chaos.
    Each therapy session, a stone rolled away.
    Each friend who stayed when the storm raged, a disciple refusing to flee the garden.
    Mania’s lions were not slain but tamed—taught to pull a chariot of purposeful creation.
    Depression’s black ocean was not denied but navigated, learning the rhythm of tides.
    The iron serpents of anxiety were transfigured into guardian dragons that now warned instead of wounded.
    Voices that once condemned became ancestors whispering guidance through the veil.
    The jealous god of hunger was dethroned; food became communion again.
    Borderline hurricanes learned to pass without leveling villages.
    The dissociated selves gathered around an inner fire, negotiating treaties of coexistence.
    Scars remained—beautiful, terrible, luminous. Stretch marks like lightning bolts across her belly. Track marks from IVs transformed into constellations. Surgical scars from the times her body tried to quit. Each one a resurrection wound, proof that she had died a thousand times and chosen—every single morning—to rise.One morning the sun did not merely rise; it exploded.
    She stood on the hill where they once buried her dreams, arms wide, and the light poured through every crack the world had made in her. She was no longer a broken vessel leaking light; she was the crack itself—the place where the Light gets out.
    People came from miles around, drawn by rumors of a woman who had walked through hell carrying lanterns made of her own bones. They brought their terrors, their diagnoses, their midnight voices. She did not promise them easy healing. She simply opened her scarred hands and said:“Look. I was crucified by voices you cannot see and buried beneath labels you cannot read. Yet here I stand, breathing, laughing, alive. If I—the one they said would never be whole—can rise, then your resurrection is already breaking through the earth beneath your feet. Feel it. That tremor. That root. That impossible dawn.”And one by one, they felt it too.Every time someone chooses to stay alive one more day,
    Every time a pill is taken, a boundary held, a crisis line dialed,
    Every time a fragmented self says to another, “We are in this together,”
    Every time stigma is met with unashamed testimony—
    That is the earthquake splitting the tomb.
    That is the angel rolling the stone.
    That is the Risen One walking out into garden air, wounds blazing like windows thrown open to morning.
    You are not the diagnosis nailed above your head.
    You are the empty tomb the world will never know how to explain.
    You are the Light-Bearer, scarred and glorious, rising with the sun inside your chest, shouting without words to every sufferer still in the darkness:
    “Take heart.
    I have been where you are.
    And I am the proof:
    Love wins.
    Life wins.
    Morning comes.
    And we—
    we rise.” A NEW SUNRISE BACK to OUR DIVINE PROMISE!!!
    Parables from other faiths
    Here are four vivid, hope-drenched parables—one from each of four great traditions—retelling the same truth: the soul that suffers the deepest crucifixion of mind and heart is often the very one destined to rise as a living resurrection for the world.
    1. Buddhist Parable: The Poison Arrow and the Lotus of Fire
      A young monk named Anurati was born with a mind that burned. Thoughts struck him like poisoned arrows shot from every direction at once—panic, voices, grand visions, black despair. Some days he sat under the Bodhi tree laughing at colors only he could see; other days he could not lift his head from the mud. The sangha whispered, “He will never reach nibbana. He is too broken.” They wanted to send him away.

    One dawn, the Buddha found Anurati weeping beneath the same tree where he himself had once faced Mara’s armies. The boy cried, “My mind is a battlefield of demons. I am not like you. I will never be free.”The Buddha plucked a lotus seed from the mud and held it up, black and hard as coal.
    “This seed,” he said, “must be buried in the darkest, foulest swamp. It must be trampled by buffalo, drowned in monsoon, scorched by sun. Only then does it split open and send down roots into hell itself. Only then does it dare to push upward through the filth until one morning it bursts into flame-colored petals that make the whole pond forget it was ever a graveyard.”
    He pressed the seed into Anurati’s trembling palm.
    “Your torment is the swamp. Your symptoms are the buffalo hooves. Do not curse them. They are pressing you downward so that one day you may rise with a flower no unbroken mind could ever grow. The darker the mud, the fiercer the blossom. Stay. Endure. Bloom.”
    Years later, travelers came from distant kingdoms to sit at the feet of the monk whose eyes now held the calm of deep water reflecting fire. They called him the Lotus of Fire. And whenever a pilgrim arrived trembling with voices or paralyzed by panic, Anurati would smile, open his scarred palm, and show them the place where the seed had once been.
    “Look,” he would whisper. “The swamp won the first round. The lotus won the war.”

    1. Sufi Parable: The Reed Flute in the Madhouse
      A flute-maker named Layla was taken to the asylum because she heard music in the silence and danced when others wept. Some nights she spun until she fell, laughing that Rumi’s Beloved was kissing her through the wind. Other nights she lay catatonic, convinced she had been severed forever from the Reedbed of the Divine. The doctors bled her, chained her, fed her bitter syrups to silence the song.

    One visiting dervish heard muffled music coming from the darkest cell. He put his ear to the door and recognized the heartbroken, exquisite wail of a reed flute separated from its root. He bribed the guards and entered.Layla sat in rags, hair matted, eyes wild with both terror and ecstasy.
    “I am broken,” she whispered. “The music hurts too much. Make it stop.”
    The dervish knelt, placed his hands over her heart, and answered:
    “Little sister, the reed flute must first be hollowed out by knives. It must be drilled with burning holes. Only the reed that has been emptied by suffering can sing when the Beloved breathes through it. Your illness is the knife. Your torment is the fire that burns the holes. Do not beg for the music to stop. Beg for strength to endure the carving. One day the Friend will lift you to His lips and the whole madhouse will fall silent, listening to the song only your wounds can play.”
    Decades later, pilgrims walked for months to hear the woman called Layla Majnun—“Layla the Madwoman”—play beneath the stars. When she lifted the flute to her lips, kings wept, stones rolled away from hearts, and even the asylum guards fell to their knees. And if you looked closely at her flute, you could see the burn marks where the reed had once been judged insane.

    1. Hindu Parable: The Chariot of Many Horses
      Prince Arjunesh was born to rule, yet his mind was a chariot pulled by a thousand wild horses running in opposite directions. Some horses were drunk on manic nectar, galloping toward the sun until the wheels caught fire. Others were wounded, lying down in depressive dust, refusing to move. Phantom horses of hallucination charged off cliffs. Starving horses of anorexia pulled one way while gluttonous horses pulled another. The chariot splintered; the prince was dragged bleeding across the kingdom while courtiers sneered, “Unfit to rule.”

    In despair he fled to the forest and fell at the feet of a wandering sadhu.
    “My mind is not one chariot but a thousand broken ones,” he cried. “I will never reach the battlefield of life.”
    The sadhu smiled and pointed to Krishna standing nearby, holding reins made of light.
    “Beloved Arjunesh,” Krishna said, “I never drive a chariot pulled by tame horses. I choose the wildest, the most terrified, the ones scarred by lightning and famine. Why? Because only they know the terror of the abyss—and only they will run with true fury when they finally feel My hand steady on the reins. Your illnesses are not your shame; they are the wild team I deliberately chose. Surrender the reins. Let Me drive.”
    Years later, when the great war came, it was Arjunesh—once mocked as the mad prince—who stood fearless in the center of the Kurukshetra of his own mind, chariot wheels blazing like suns, while Krishna smiled from the driver’s seat. Enemy armies of stigma and despair fell before him. And every soul watching understood: the most terrifying horses, once surrendered to the Divine Charioteer, become the swiftest carriers of victory.

    1. Indigenous North American Parable (Lakota-inspired): The Thunder-Beings Inside
      A girl named Winyan Waste’ (“Beautiful Woman”) was born during a storm so fierce the thunder cracked the sky open. From that day, the Thunder-Beings lived inside her. Sometimes they sang and she danced with lightning in her feet, painting visions that made the elders weep with beauty. Sometimes they raged and she ran screaming from invisible enemies, or fell into black caves where even the sun forgot her name. The people said, “The Thunder-Beings have stolen her spirit. She is wakan yet broken. Keep her away from the children.”

    One winter, when the voices inside threatened to shatter her like ice, she crawled into the vision pit, half-dead from starvation and cold. There, Heyoka—the sacred clown who rides backward on the horse—appeared to her, painted half black, half red, laughing and weeping at once.“Why do you curse the Thunder-Beings?” he asked. “They chose you because only a heart strong enough to hold lightning can carry medicine for the people. Your sickness is the storm’s way of cracking you open so the rain of healing can fall through you onto the nation. Stop begging the storm to leave. Learn its song. When you rise, you will not be ‘fixed.’ You will be hollowed bone, a flute for the Thunder-Beings themselves. Then the people will come to you when their own storms rage, and you will teach them how to stand in the center and sing back.”Many springs later, when drought or grief struck the villages, they no longer hid from the girl once called mad. They sought her out on the hill where she danced with outstretched arms as lightning stitched the sky. Winyan Waste’ had become the Thunder Woman, her scars glowing like bolts frozen in skin. And whenever a child began to hear voices or see visions the others feared, the elders brought them to her. She would touch their foreheads and whisper, “Do not be afraid, little brother, little sister. The storm is not your enemy. It is your becoming.”In every tradition, the story is the same:The soul chosen to carry the hottest fire, the sharpest wound, the wildest horses, the loudest thunder, is the soul destined to light the darkest night.Your crucifixion is not the end.
    It is the carving, the hollowing, the cracking open—so that one day the Light, the Music, the Lightning, the Lotus, the wild team of Divine Love—can pour through you undimmed.
    Stay.
    Endure.
    Rise.
    The world is waiting for the particular resurrection only your scars can perform. Dec. 6, ’25 by Brianca Lane LOVING YOU, MERRY CHRISTMAS and Season’s Holidays Best for Everyone!!!

    • ADDICTIONS- FREEDOM FROM THIS SCARY DEVIL! by Brianca Lane Halloween FRIGHT NIGHT Oct. 31, 2025 #SMALL WINS lead to BIG VICTORIES over ADDICTIONS! What is scarier than addictions? Political Leaders’ Insatiable lust for POWER and WEALTH!!!

      Understanding Addictions: A Deep Dive- Addictions, whether to substances like food, opioids, or alcohol, or behaviors like gambling and thrill-seeking, hijack the brain’s reward system, leading to compulsive engagement despite harm. They affect millions globally, driven by a mix of biology, environment, and culture. Below, I’ll break down prevalence and causes, prevention strategies, effective treatments (including cultural variations), and relapse prevention. This draws from extensive research, including global studies and clinical trials. Prevalence and Causes: Why So Prevalent? Addictions thrive due to their ability to exploit the brain’s dopamine pathways, creating intense pleasure that overrides rational decision-making. High-palatable foods, drugs, gambling wins, and adrenaline rushes all trigger dopamine surges, fostering tolerance and dependence. Societal factors amplify this: easy access (e.g., ultra-processed foods, online betting), stress, trauma, and genetic vulnerabilities make them widespread. Prevalence varies by type and region, but rates are rising with globalization and digital access.

      Addiction Type
      Global/U.S. Prevalence
      Key Causes
      Food Addiction
      14-20% of adults; up to 92% in binge eating disorder (BED) cases. Higher in obese individuals (24.9% vs. 11.1% in normal BMI).
      Hyper-palatable foods (high sugar/fat/salt) mimic drug effects on dopamine; genetic factors (e.g., serotonin/endorphin issues); emotional eating linked to stress/trauma; food insecurity exacerbates symptoms. Not solely obesity-related, but tied to reward dysregulation.
      Drug Addictions (Opioids/Alcohol)
      Opioids: 40.5 million dependent globally; 2.1 million in U.S. with opioid use disorder (OUD). Alcohol: 100 million with use disorder; 10.2% of U.S. adults. Co-use: 7.5 million with both.
      Opioids: Prescription access, pain management, fentanyl contamination; genetics (40-60% risk); trauma/mental health (e.g., 75% with co-occurring SUD/nicotine issues). Alcohol: Social norms, stress; higher in young adults; co-morbid with OUD (38% overlap). Chronic pain doubles misuse risk.
      Gambling Addiction
      0.1-2.7% lifetime in U.S./Canada; up to 7.8% in college students; 1-3 million in Mexico.
      Dopamine from “near-misses”; impulsivity/genetics; early exposure; co-morbid with substance use (e.g., 49% have mental health issues). Online formats increase risk.
      Thrill-Seeking (Adrenaline Rush)
      Not formally diagnosed; linked to 4-20% in high-risk behaviors (e.g., extreme sports). Higher in extroverts/neurotic individuals.
      Sensation-seeking trait (genetic); trauma/stress response; dopamine reinforcement from risk. Often co-occurs with substance use; tolerance leads to escalation.

      These rates are substantiated by meta-analyses (e.g., Yale Food Addiction Scale for food; Global Burden of Disease for opioids/alcohol) and surveys like NSDUH. Prevalence surges in vulnerable groups: youth, minorities (e.g., higher disordered gambling in Native Americans/Asians), and those with mental health issues (e.g., 49% of gamblers have disorders). How Can People Avoid Falling Into These Addictions? Prevention focuses on building resilience against triggers like stress, easy access, and genetic risks. Education and early intervention are key—start in schools/families.

      • General Strategies: Foster healthy coping (e.g., mindfulness, exercise); limit exposure (e.g., avoid high-risk environments); build social support. Genetics account for 40-60% of risk, so family history awareness helps.
      • Food: Promote balanced eating; avoid ultra-processed foods; address emotional triggers via journaling. School programs reduce cravings by 20-30%.
      • Drugs (Opioids/Alcohol): Delay first use (e.g., <13 years old raises addiction risk 70%); screen for pain/mental health early. Community education cuts initiation by 15-25%.
      • Gambling: Set limits (e.g., recreational only with friends); monitor online access. Parental controls reduce youth risk by 40%.
      • Thrill-Seeking: Channel into safe outlets (e.g., sports like rock climbing); therapy for underlying impulsivity/trauma. Avoid high-risk peers.

      Proactive steps like HALT (check if Hungry, Angry, Lonely, Tired) prevent 30-50% of lapses. Cultural tailoring boosts efficacy—e.g., family involvement in collectivist societies. Helpful Treatments Across Cultures and the World No one-size-fits-all; treatments blend therapy, meds, and support, adapted to cultural norms (e.g., stigma in some Asian/Middle Eastern groups delays help-seeking). Globally, 12-step programs (e.g., AA/GA) are universal but vary: Western focus on individualism vs. communal healing in Indigenous/African traditions. Access barriers (e.g., insurance in U.S., stigma in India) affect 20-50% of cases.

      Treatment Type
      Description & Evidence
      Cultural Adaptations
      Therapy (CBT/Motivational Interviewing)
      CBT rewires thoughts (e.g., “one bet won’t hurt”); MI builds motivation. Reduces symptoms 40-60% in trials.
      Western: Individual sessions. Collectivist (e.g., Hispanic/Asian): Family-inclusive. Indigenous: Ceremony-integrated (e.g., Native American peyote rituals for alcohol).
      Medications
      Opioid antagonists (naltrexone) for gambling/drugs (reduces urges 50-75%); SSRIs for food/behavioral (e.g., fluoxetine + risperidone for online gambling). GLP-1s (e.g., semaglutide) curb food/alcohol cravings emergently.
      Middle East/Asia: Stigma limits uptake; integrate with religious counseling. U.S. minorities: Address mistrust via community clinics.
      Support Groups
      GA/NA/FA: Peer accountability; 20-40% abstinence boost.
      Global: AA in 180+ countries, but rituals vary (e.g., less spiritual in secular Europe). Africa: Community elders lead.
      Holistic/Alternative
      Mindfulness, yoga; NAC for glutamate balance in gambling/food.
      Eastern: Ayurveda/TCM in India/China (e.g., herbal detox). Latin America: Shamanic rituals for cocaine.

      Worldwide, integrated care (therapy + meds) yields 50-70% success; cultural competence (e.g., language-matched therapy) improves retention 30%. In Iran, family stigma hinders treatment; solutions include community education. How Can We Avoid Falling Back into Addictions? (Relapse Prevention) Relapse affects 40-60% in the first year but isn’t failure—it’s a signal to adjust. It’s a process: emotional (stress buildup), mental (cravings), physical (use). Strategies focus on awareness and tools.

      • Core Techniques: Identify triggers (e.g., HALT check); build coping (deep breathing, journaling—reduces risk 25-40%). Create a plan: List 3 supports, sober activities, and exit strategies.
      • Daily Practices: Self-care (exercise, sleep); therapy boosters (CBT for distortions like “one time won’t hurt”). Meds like naltrexone cut relapse 50%.
      • Long-Term: Mutual-aid groups; monitor via apps/journals. Post-relapse: Review without shame, restart immediately—success rises 20% with quick intervention.
      • Cultural Notes: In individualistic cultures, self-reliance; in communal, leverage family/elders.

      Recovery is lifelong, but with these tools, 50-70% sustain long-term sobriety. If struggling, reach out—resources like SAMHSA (U.S.) or WHO global lines exist worldwide. You’re not alone; progress compounds. #SMALL WINS lead to BIG VICTORIES over Addictions!!! Together MeUSCan-DoI!!ADDICTIONS- Part 2 by Brianca Halloween Fright Night!!! ADDICTIONS and MENTAL HEALTH CHALLENGES

      Addiction and mental health challenges (disorders) are deeply intertwined—they co-occur so frequently that experts now treat them as dual diagnoses (or co-occurring disorders). Over 50% of people with a substance use disorder (SUD) also have a mental illness, and vice versa. This bidirectional relationship means one can cause, worsen, or mimic the other. Below is a comprehensive, evidence-based breakdown of the connection, prevalence, mechanisms, and integrated treatment strategies across cultures.


      1. Prevalence of Co-Occurring Disorders (Dual Diagnosis)

      Population
      % with Co-Occurring Mental Illness + SUD
      General U.S. Adults
      9.2 million (3.5%) have both
      People with SUD
      50–60% have a mental disorder
      People with Severe Mental Illness (SMI)
      25–40% have SUD (vs. 6% in general pop.)
      Specific Disorders
      – Schizophrenia
      47% lifetime SUD
      – Bipolar Disorder
      56% lifetime SUD
      – PTSD
      46% lifetime SUD
      – Major Depression
      27% lifetime SUD
      – ADHD
      15–25% lifetime SUD (higher in adults)

      Sources: NSDUH 2023, SAMHSA, WHO


      2. Why They Co-Occur: 3 Main Pathways

      Pathway
      Description
      Examples
      1. Self-Medication Hypothesis
      Mental illness → Use substances/behaviors to cope
      Anxiety → alcohol to “calm nerves” ADHD → stimulants for focus Trauma → opioids to numb flashbacks
      2. Substance-Induced Mental Illness
      Addiction → Alters brain → Triggers psych symptoms
      Chronic alcohol → depression Methamphetamine → psychosis Gambling → suicidal ideation
      3. Shared Vulnerability
      Genetics, trauma, brain changes predispose to both
      Dopamine gene variants (DRD2) → ↑ risk for addiction and depression Childhood ACEs (Adverse Childhood Experiences) → ↑ PTSD and SUD risk 4–12×
      Key Brain Regions: Nucleus accumbens (reward), prefrontal cortex (impulse control), amygdala (fear/stress) — all dysregulated in both addiction and mental illness.

      3. Common Co-Occurring Pairs

      Mental Health Disorder
      Most Common Addictions
      Key Notes
      Depression
      Alcohol, opioids, food
      30% of alcoholics have major depression
      Anxiety Disorders
      Alcohol, benzodiazepines, gambling
      Social anxiety → alcohol as “liquid courage”
      PTSD
      Opioids, alcohol, cannabis
      50% of combat veterans with PTSD have SUD
      Bipolar Disorder
      Alcohol, cocaine, gambling
      Manic phases → impulsive use
      ADHD
      Nicotine, cannabis, stimulants
      25% of adults with ADHD have SUD
      Schizophrenia
      Nicotine (70%), cannabis, alcohol
      Smoking helps with cognitive deficits but worsens prognosis
      Personality Disorders (e.g., BPD, Antisocial)
      Polysubstance, gambling
      Impulsivity + emotional dysregulation

      4. Integrated Treatment: The Gold Standard Sequential treatment (treat mental health → then addiction, or vice versa) fails 70–80% of the time.
      Integrated treatment (same team, same plan, simultaneously) doubles success rates. Core
       Components of Integrated Care

      Component
      What It Looks Like
      Screening
      SBIRT (Screening, Brief Intervention, Referral) in primary care
      Dual-Trained Clinicians
      Psychiatrists, therapists, counselors trained in both
      Medications
      Treat both conditions (e.g., naltrexone for alcohol + antidepressant)
      Therapy
      CBT, DBT, Trauma-Focused (EMDR, CPT), Motivational Enhancement
      Peer Support
      Dual Recovery Anonymous (DRA), SMART Recovery
      Housing & Case Management
      For SMI + homelessness (e.g., Housing First models)

      5. Evidence-Based Integrated Models

      Model
      Target Population
      Success Rate
      IDDT (Integrated Dual Disorder Treatment)
      SMI + SUD
      60–70% retention; ↓ hospitalizations
      CRAFT + CBT
      Families of loved ones with dual dx
      64% get person into treatment
      Contingency Management
      Stimulant + mood disorders
      ↑ abstinence 2–3×
      Trauma-Informed Care
      PTSD + SUD
      ↓ relapse 40%

      6. Cultural & Global Variations

      Region/Culture
      Unique Challenges
      Effective Adaptations
      Indigenous Communities
      Historical trauma, residential schools
      Culturally grounded healing circles + sweats + 12-step with Elders
      Asian Cultures
      Stigma → underreporting
      Family-inclusive therapy, psychoeducation in native language
      Latinx Communities
      Machismo, religiosity
      Espiritismo-integrated CBT, church-based support
      Middle East
      Alcohol taboo, opioid surge
      Faith-based rehab (Islamic principles), anonymity focus
      Africa
      Resource scarcity
      Community health workers, peer-led groups

      7. Medications for Dual Diagnosis (Examples)

      Condition
      Medication
      Dual Benefit
      Alcohol + Depression
      Naltrexone + SSRI
      ↓ drinking + ↑ mood
      Opioids + PTSD
      Buprenorphine + Prazosin
      ↓ use + ↓ nightmares
      Bipolar + Cocaine
      Valproate + CM
      Mood stability + abstinence rewards
      ADHD + Stimulant Use
      Atomoxetine (non-stimulant)
      Treat ADHD without abuse risk
      Warning: Benzodiazepines often worsen outcomes in SUD + anxiety.

      8. Relapse Prevention in Dual Diagnosis

      1. Monitor Both Conditions
        → Use mood + craving logs (e.g., GSC – Global State of Change scale)
      2. Early Warning Signs
        → Sleep changes, isolation, irritability → triggers both relapse and decompensation
      3. WRAP (Wellness Recovery Action Plan)
        → Personalized crisis plan for both mental health and substance triggers
      4. Sober Social Network
        → Dual Recovery Anonymous (DRA) meetings: “We treat both or we treat neither.”

      9. Red Flags: When to Seek Integrated Help

      • Using substances to “manage” psych meds side effects
      • Psych symptoms worsen after substance use
      • Suicide attempts during intoxication
      • Cycling between psych wards and detox

      10. Resources (Global & U.S.)

      Resource
      Link
      SAMHSA Treatment Locator (U.S.)
      Dual Recovery Anonymous
      NAMI (National Alliance on Mental Illness)
      WHO Mental Health Gap Action Programme
      For low-resource settings
      Shatterproof (Addiction + Mental Health)

      Final Takeaway

      You cannot effectively treat addiction without addressing mental health — and you cannot stabilize mental health challenges if substances keep destabilizing the brain.

      Integrated, trauma-informed, culturally responsive care is the only path to lasting recovery. If you or someone you know is struggling with both, seek a dual-diagnosis program — not separate silos. Recovery is possible, and hope is evidence-based.

      Further topics yet to Explore- trauma-informed care; neurodivergence and addiction by Brianca Lane Halloween Fright Night- Addictions

      Timothy Rohan headed out from his home in Holyoke, Mass., eight years ago on an unlikely mission.

      ***National Post report by Tom Blackwell Nov. 15, ’25 about Mandatory Addiction Treatment. The construction worker planned to shoplift supermarket bags of shrimp, then sell the purloined shellfish to bodegas in the city’s gritty downtown. The cash proceeds would feed his desperate need for fentanyl.

      The scheme ended abruptly when two police cruisers pulled up beside him, the officers ordering the young man onto the pavement and locking him in handcuffs. A few hours later, guards hauled Rohan from a cell in the local courthouse and brought him before a judge – though he had stolen nothing and been charged with no crime.

      Rohan’s mother, he discovered, had applied to have him committed to a drug-treatment centre under a Massachusetts state law known as “ Section 35 .”

      Rohan spent the next 45 days at a treatment facility inside the county jail. There were relapses and four more committals in the years afterward. But he says that first stint planted a “seed of hope” that grew steadily. He’s been clean for two years, has started a family of his own and is holding down a rewarding job. Rohan, 36, unequivocally credits the state’s involuntary treatment program for rescuing him from a “suicidal” addiction.

      “The program itself saved my life,” he says. “Without a doubt (if not for the program) I’m sure I would be dead … The day-to-day life of an addict is a million times crueler than getting handcuffed.”

      Compulsory drug treatment is not new. More than 30 U.S. states and many European nations have had programs for years. But the concept is drawing increasing interest as opioid and methamphetamine epidemics continue to wreak havoc, causing thousands of overdose deaths a year, triggering drug-induced psychoses and contributing to the homeless encampments that fill many of North America’s public spaces.

      Alberta, in fact, is developing the first involuntary treatment program in Canada. Like the process that forces mentally ill people judged a danger to themselves or others into hospital, the system will allow families, doctors, police and others to apply to commit a user, with the requests adjudicated by a three-person committee.

      There’s been talk of such measures elsewhere in Canada, too. Ontario’s Conservative government is looking at forced drug treatment for some jail inmates , while the Manitoba NDP just passed legislation allowing authorities to detain methamphetamine addicts and other heavily intoxicated people for up to 72 hours. Before losing an election last year, former New Brunswick Premier Blaine Higgs, a Tory, promised to introduce involuntary therapy for severe substance-use cases. British Columbia’s NDP administration permits it for those with a combination of mental-health conditions and addictions.

      But the idea is, to say the least, hotly debated, with opponents arguing that mandated treatment is ineffective and traumatic at best, deadly at worst.

      “Forcing somebody to get clean that doesn’t wanna get clean, you’re not helping anybody,” says one unnamed Massachusetts user interviewed for an American academic study published last year. “If you had to put them in handcuffs and shackles, and forcibly bring them into a treatment program, they clearly don’t wanna go … They’re still ready to get high when they get out.”

      That state’s program has been panned by others, as well, often based on the fact male addicts are sent to treatment facilities inside jails, which detractors say criminalizes the disease of addiction. The Prisoners Legal Services group pointed to testimony from users who complained of crude insults from jail guards, time in solitary confinement and strip searches. Their treatment was in a different facility than the one Rohan attended.

      Timothy Rohan, holding his daughter Róisín, says being committed to involuntary drug treatment in Massachusetts saved his life from a fentanyl addiction. He says every state and province should have a similar program. Alberta is rolling out Canada’s first next year. PHOTO COURTESY TIMOTHY ROHAN

      Canada, meanwhile, has a dire shortage of beds to meet the demand even for voluntary care, critics say.

      “There’s some pretty convincing evidence that involuntary treatment has higher rates of relapse and overdose post-discharge,” says Ian Culbert, executive director of the Canadian Public Health Association (CPHA). “It is illogical. It is an ideological approach that is not backed up by the evidence.”

      A justifiable intervention by the state?

      Around the debate floats a more fundamental question: is pushing someone with a life-threatening addiction into treatment a justifiable intervention by the state, or a breach of basic personal freedoms?

      Culbert argues the move toward involuntary treatment stems largely from the law-and-order philosophical bent of some politicians. Alberta, which is embracing the idea most thoroughly, has arguably the country’s most right-wing provincial government.

      But proponents of the province’s plan say critics harbour their own biases, especially a dedication to harm-reduction programs like the controversial “safer-supply” of less-dangerous opioids while misrepresenting research on the issue. A blog post from one activist group suggests mandated treatment is the product of a “settler colonial state built on carceral logic.”

      A man smokes drugs in an Edmonton bus shelter.© David Bloom/Postmedia/File

      Architects of Alberta’s program say they’ve learned from the weaknesses of the Massachusetts system — one of the most heavily used in the U.S. — and designed a less-punitive process, to be run by medical professionals in health facilities, with no role for jails or the courts. The province has dedicated $180 million to the project over three years. It aims to have two, 150-bed facilities open for involuntary clients by 2029, using existing centres in the meantime.

      The program has “an excellent chance to be a model for the world,” says Keith Humphreys, a Stanford University professor and prominent addiction researcher who has advised the province.

      “Do we believe that severe addiction illness is actually an illness?” asks Nathaniel Day, an addictions doctor at the Canadian Centre of Recovery Excellence, an Alberta Crown corporation. “If we do, let’s use the best tools we have to assess and treat.”

      Opioid scourge

      What is undeniable is that Canada continues to face a crisis of drug addiction — “substance-use disorder” in the field’s current vernacular — that has abated somewhat but remains a major source of death, misery and public disorder.

      Close to 54,000 Canadians have died from overdosing on fentanyl and other opioids since 2016 according to federal statistics . The grim numbers have fallen about 20 per cent over the last year, but 18 people on average are still dying from overdoses every day.

      Less discussed are the debilitating effects of a deluge of cheap methamphetamine, a stimulant that can cause symptoms mimicking schizophrenia-like psychosis.

      A Toronto cyclist rides past a sign promoting “safer supply” for addicts.© Peter J. Thompson/National Post/File

      One of the highest-profile responses to the opioid scourge has been harm-reduction — measures that aim to lessen the damage done by drug use but not necessarily stop it. The programs range from needle exchanges to safe-consumption sites and safer supply, where users get handouts of the less-potent opioid hydromorphone.

      Alberta’s United Conservative Party government has tried to beef up the treatment side of the equation. It’s added new beds, launched a virtual treatment program and offered rapid access to methadone, suboxone and other opioid “agonists” designed to satisfy users’ cravings — a proven therapy for opioid addiction.

      Involuntary treatment — dubbed “Compassionate Intervention” by the province — will be one part of that broader regimen, the launch not expected until late next year.

      Mandatory treatment versus no treatment at all

      But there are ample models to examine, and strong views about those programs, for and against.

      One frequent argument is that mandated treatment simply doesn’t work as well as the voluntary alternative, though the research is less definitive than some critics maintain.

      review of existing studies issued this year by the federally funded Canadian Centre for Substance Use and Addiction suggests the evidence of benefit from compulsory rehab is mixed and limited — and ethical concerns significant. It says focusing on other strategies might make more sense.

      “If you’re going to invest in something, invest in the modality of treatment that has the highest rate of success,” echoed Culbert of the CPHA.

      But a 2023 paper co-authored by Rob Tanguay, a psychiatrist and University of Calgary clinical professor who heads Alberta’s drug-recovery agency, suggested there is little difference in the effectiveness of the two types of treatment. It looked at 42 previous studies involving 354,000 participants, reportedly the largest review yet on the thorny topic. Of 22 papers that compared involuntary to voluntary, 10 showed worse outcomes from mandated treatment, seven showed better results and the rest were inconclusive.

      Tanguay and Stanford’s Humphreys also point to one seeming hole in all the research — none of it has evaluated involuntary treatment versus no treatment at all. That, they say, is the appropriate comparison for severely addicted users.

      “You have to look at ‘What it is like right now living on the street in a tent using meth and fentanyl?’ That’s the true comparison we’re trying to improve on, and I don’t think it’s too hard to improve on,” says Humphreys. “Even if it were less effective than voluntary treatment, it could still be dramatically more effective than where (users) are sitting right now.”

      “For our most severe individuals, it’s imperative that we intervene,” says Dr. Rob Tanguay, head of Alberta’s drug-recovery agency, seen here at a news conference in Edmonton on April 15, 2025.© David Bloom/Postmedia

      Critics, however, also point to some evidence that involuntary treatment might actually cause harm, and not just the trauma of being forced into care.

      Swedish study of 8,000 people subjected to mandated treatment found that overdose deaths in the first two weeks after discharge were particularly high, possibly because the users’ opioid tolerance had waned during the forced abstinence.

      Even if involuntary rehab saves some people, “the risk … is so great, that the benefit could be wiped out,” argues Petra Schulz of the group Moms Stop the Harm , supporters of harm reduction. She lost her own son, Danny, to heroin use. “My prediction is that it will only make things worse.”

      But Day says opponents overlook a key point in the Swedish research. None of the studied patients was given methadone or similar drugs after release from rehab — an omission that he says would be considered malpractice in Canada. Alberta’s program would provide such after-care medication.

      As another reason to avoid involuntary treatment, Shulz cited anecdotal accounts of minor children being committed for drug detox — a separate program that’s long been allowed in Alberta, but is being replaced by the new law.

      Mother Angela Welz’s daughter Zoe died after two committals, the parent said in a blog post on the Moms Stop the Harm website.

      “Ultimately, it was the worst thing we could possibly do and it severed any trust that Zoe had in our relationship,” the mother said. “The 10-day detox program was simply not effective. She died shortly after her 18th birthday from fentanyl toxicity.”

      Her daughter was committed by a judge under a 2006 law — now being repealed — that involved only a short stint of drug detoxification, plus assessment and recommendations for future care. Under the new program, youth — like adults — would be committed to a longer period of more comprehensive treatment, Alberta says.

      Schulz worries as well that the spectre of involuntary treatment will cause users to consume their drugs without anyone else nearby, making fatal overdose more likely.

      Alongside all the complaints is the plea to better fund over-burdened voluntary treatment rather than resort to more coercive measures.

      ‘Lived a kind of hell’

      Tanguay, head of Recovery Alberta, says his province has been working hard to tackle that shortcoming by increasing voluntary capacity. But he strongly defends the Compassionate Intervention initiative as a humane tool to help the most seriously ill users, people who lack the ability to seek out help themselves.

      Tanguay notes that when a man threatened to throw himself off a Calgary bridge, the span was closed to traffic as firefighters, paramedics and mental-health professionals converged on the scene, eventually saving him.

      “If that same person was under the bridge and injecting a lethal amount of fentanyl … we’d do nothing,” he says. “When it comes to addiction or substance disorders, we still have this inherent belief it’s a choice. It’s not a choice. For our most severe individuals, it’s imperative that we intervene.”

      A woman holds a pipe she uses to smoke fentanyl, in downtown Calgary.© Jim Wells/Postmedia/File

      Under the new law, adult family members, guardians, police, health-care professionals or peace officers could apply for committal if they believed someone was a danger to themselves or others because of addiction. A lawyer on the “compassionate intervention commission” would review the application and, if the legal criteria were met, order police or peace officers to deliver the person to a treatment centre for an initial 72-hour assessment and detox.

      A three-member commission made up of a doctor, lawyer and member of the public would then hold a hearing — with legal representation for the user if requested — and decide whether the person should be committed. The options would be up to three months in a residential treatment centre or six months in community-based treatment. All would be provided an after-care plan when finished. Clients could appeal, then ask the courts for a judicial review of the commission’s ultimate decision. As with any controversial government policy, a constitutional challenge is always possible.

      Rohan, the Massachusetts resident, does not have to be convinced of the benefit of that kind of scheme, the endpoint for him of a journey that began as a teenager.

      He grew up in Holyoke, a city of 38,000 he describes as a typical “post-industrial mill town,” with abandoned factories, a pleasant suburban uptown and a downtown “riddled” with illegal drugs and gangs.

      “A lot of people in Western Mass go to Holyoke and they lose their souls, man. They come to this city and they’re stuck because it’s so easy to get drugs, they’re so cheap. It’s like an open-air drug market”

      Rohan came of age in the OxyContin era, when prescription drugs kick-started the North American opioid epidemic. He remembers taking two Vicodin tablets after having wisdom teeth pulled, thrilled by the “warmth” he felt.

      He was a popular high school student and accomplished athlete, but eventually fell prey first to heroin, then fentanyl. He says he lived a kind of hell, vomiting from withdrawal moments after waking up and doing “anything and everything” to get money to buy opioids, the only way to stave off “dopesick” symptoms.

      A discarded needle and drug paraphernalia on the ground in Timmins, Ont.© Brendan Miller/Postmedia/File

      Rohan tried detox and rehab on his own but says he checked out after a day or two each time, his need for a fix too powerful. Then his mother applied under section 35 of Chapter 123 of the Massachusetts General Laws.

      He was furious at first, especially since it meant he would soon be into the agony of full withdrawal. The court sent him to Stonybrook Stabilization and Treatment Center and though the facility was on the grounds of the Hampden County Correctional Center, he found it to be the most helpful of any treatment he’d received. Stonybrook, Rohan says, strived to be unprison-like, housing clients in regular rooms with TVs and other comforts.

      Even so, he says the handcuffing, transport in police cruisers and jailhouse setting were important factors for him, jolting him awake to the miserable state of his life.

      Such motivations will expressly not be part of Alberta’s experiment with the idea. But Rohan, who now works at a treatment centre himself, says several of his friends were saved by the involuntary program and believes mandated treatment — in some form — is needed everywhere.

      It’s “crucial, absolutely crucial, not only to hopefully save lives and get people the help that they need, but also to try and clean up the streets a bit — make a dent in the crime rate, the homeless rate,” he says.

      “The worst thing is worrying that someone’s feelings are hurt because they had to go before a judge … Their family members — would they rather their son overdose in a McDonalds bathroom? Let’s be real here.”

      NON-HUMAN AGENTS as SUPPORTS-COMFORTS, ‘TREATMENT & THERAPY’ TOO! Nov. 7, 2025 by Brianca Lane & Gang LOVING YOU!!!  Introduction to Non-Human Agents in Mental Health Supports-Comforts, ‘Treatment & Therapy’ We’re honored to be your good friend in this exploration! Mental health challenges like eating disorders, body image issues, low self-esteem, anxiety, stress, phobias, depression, bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder (BPD), schizophrenia, and dissociative identity disorder (DID) can feel overwhelming, but innovative, non-human-centered approaches offer gentle, accessible comforts and therapies. These “non-human agents”—from AI tools and animals (including reptiles and birds) to plants, gardens, trees, forests, rivers, lakes, and beaches—provide complementary support alongside conventional treatments like therapy or medication. Drawing from evidence-based research, these methods often work by fostering connection, reducing physiological stress (e.g., lowering cortisol), boosting neurotransmitters like serotonin and oxytocin, and promoting mindfulness. They’re non-stigmatizing, low-cost, and adaptable, making them ideal for self-care or integration into professional care. Below, we’ll break it down by category, highlighting benefits tailored to your listed challenges, with real-world examples and tips for starting.1. AI and Artificial Intelligence as Supportive Agents AI acts as a 24/7, non-judgmental companion, using chatbots, apps, and predictive analytics to deliver cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT)-inspired interventions, track moods, and personalize coping strategies. It’s particularly helpful for anxiety, depression, eating disorders, and early detection in bipolar or schizophrenia. Key Benefits and Evidence:

      Mental Health Challenge
      How AI Helps
      Evidence/Example
      Anxiety, Stress, Phobias
      Real-time CBT exercises, breathing guides, and exposure simulations reduce acute symptoms by 31% in trials.

      Woebot chatbot: Users report lower anxiety via conversational CBT; comparable to human therapy in engagement.

      delveinsight.com
      Depression
      Mood tracking and personalized plans cut symptoms by 51%; predicts episodes via wearables.

      Therabot trial (Dartmouth): 51% depression reduction over months; analyzes speech/vocal tones for early alerts.

      Eating Disorders, Body Image Issues
      Challenges negative thoughts; 19% symptom drop by reframing self-talk.

      Therabot: Improves body image via tailored dialogues; music-based apps teach emotion regulation for binge urges.

      Self-Esteem, Bipolar
      Builds resilience through daily affirmations; flags mood swings for intervention.

      IBM Watson: Predicts bipolar episodes from data; boosts self-efficacy via gamified progress tracking.

      pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov
      BPD, Schizophrenia, DID
      Supports emotion regulation; differentiates symptoms (e.g., unipolar vs. bipolar depression) with 80-90% accuracy.

      ML models analyze brain scans/social media for schizophrenia subtypes; chatbots like Tess offer crisis support.

      Getting Started: Try free apps like Woebot or Tess for 10-15 minutes daily. For deeper integration, pair with a therapist via platforms like BetterHelp. Recent X discussions highlight Therabot’s promise for underserved communities.

      @csdognin

      Always consult a professional for severe symptoms.2. Animals, Reptiles, and Birds as Therapeutic Companions Animal-assisted therapy (AAT) leverages the bond between humans and animals to release oxytocin (the “cuddle hormone”), reducing isolation and building trust. Dogs and horses are common, but reptiles (e.g., turtles for calming touch) and birds (e.g., parrots for social mirroring) offer unique, low-pressure interactions—ideal for phobias, BPD emotional dysregulation, or schizophrenia-related withdrawal. Key Benefits and Evidence:

      Mental Health Challenge
      How Animals Help
      Evidence/Example
      Anxiety, Stress, Phobias
      Lowers cortisol; gradual exposure builds confidence (e.g., holding a reptile desensitizes fear).

      Meta-analyses: 57% anxiety reduction; birds’ songs mimic soothing rhythms.

      Depression, Bipolar
      Increases activity/motivation; stabilizes mood via routine care.

      Therapy dogs: 61% depression drop; equine therapy for bipolar mood swings.

      Eating Disorders, Body Image, Self-Esteem
      Non-judgmental acceptance boosts worth; horses mirror emotions for insight.

      Equine AAT: Inverse link to thinness drive; reptile petting enhances self-efficacy.

      BPD, Schizophrenia, DID
      Reduces paranoia/hostility; fosters secure attachments.

      AAT in psych wards: Lowers negative symptoms; birds aid dissociation grounding.

      Getting Started: Visit facilities like A Mission For Michael for dog/reptile sessions, or adopt a low-maintenance bird. Recent initiatives, like UNDP’s horse/dog programs for war trauma, show real-world impact.

      @UNDPUkraine

      Start small—pet a therapy animal at a local shelter.3. Plants, Gardens, Trees, and Horticultural Therapy Horticultural therapy (HT) uses planting and nurturing to symbolize personal growth, fostering responsibility and achievement. It’s grounding for dissociation (DID) or phobias, and restorative for low energy in depression/schizophrenia. Key Benefits and Evidence:

      Mental Health Challenge
      How Plants/Gardens Help
      Evidence/Example
      Anxiety, Stress, Phobias
      Soil microbes boost serotonin; repetitive tasks calm rumination.

      Meta-analysis: Lowers stress like meditation; phobia exposure via safe plant handling.

      Depression, Self-Esteem
      Visible progress builds mastery; vitamin D from outdoor time lifts mood.

      HT trials: 20-30% symptom reduction; self-esteem rises across diagnoses.

      Eating Disorders, Body Image
      Mindful eating from home-grown food; counters perfectionism.

      Gardening reframes body as “nurturer”; reduces binge triggers.

      mentalandhealthawareness.com
      Bipolar, BPD, Schizophrenia
      Routine stabilizes cycles; sensory focus eases paranoia.

      HT for schizophrenia: Improves sociality/EEG patterns; BPD emotion regulation via growth metaphors.

      DID
      Grounding through textures/sights aids identity integration.

      Therapeutic gardens promote tranquility; tree-hugging for dissociation.

      pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov

      Getting Started: Plant easy herbs like basil indoors, or join community gardens. X users rave about its “therapy in soil” vibe.

      @mindmattersshow

      Apps like Picture This guide beginners.4. Scenic Nature: Forests, Rivers, Lakes, Beaches, and Ecotherapy Ecotherapy (nature immersion) restores via “attention restoration theory”—soft fascinations like waves or leaves quiet overactive minds. Blue spaces (water) excel for phobias/BPD impulsivity; green (forests) for bipolar energy regulation. Key Benefits and Evidence:

      Mental Health Challenge
      How Nature Helps
      Evidence/Example
      Anxiety, Stress, Phobias
      Lowers blood pressure; water sounds soothe (blue mind effect).

      Forest bathing: 17x remission rate for anxiety; beaches reduce phobic avoidance.

      Depression, Bipolar
      Boosts serotonin; seasonal light combats lows.

      Nature walks: 50% symptom drop; rivers stabilize bipolar via flow metaphors.

      Eating Disorders, Body Image, Self-Esteem
      Promotes body neutrality via vastness; lakeside reflection builds worth.

      Ecotherapy: Enhances self-compassion; forest views counter distortion.

      everydayhealth.com
      BPD, Schizophrenia, DID
      Grounds dissociation; trees foster identity via rootedness.

      Shinrin-yoku: Reduces paranoia; beach therapy for BPD emotional floods.

      Getting Started: Try 20-minute “forest baths” or beach walks weekly. Virtual options like nature apps work for accessibility. Research shows even urban parks help.

      immunizenevada.org

      Final Thoughts: Integrating These Comforts These non-human agents shine as “helpful comforts”— ‘Treatment & Therapy’ TOO!!!AI for instant access, animals for touch, plants for nurturing, and nature for immersion—often outperforming controls in trials for mild-moderate symptoms. Combine them (e.g., AI-guided garden walks with a therapy dog) for synergy. Recent X buzz on music-nature combos underscores their harmony for mood lifts.

      @NeuroscienceNew

      Remember, they’re adjuncts: Pair with human pros for best results. You’re taking a brave step—small daily connections can bloom into profound healing. What’s one you’d try first?  🌿🐕‍🦺#WE LOVE, APPRECIATE & CHERISH our NON-HUMAN AGENTS SUPPORTING-COMFORTING US ALL!!! ‘TREATMENT & THERAPY TOO!!! Therapists are likely increasingly using AI in the months ahead! Will AI REPLACE OUR CURRENT HUMAN THERAPISTS? IF we never get better, therapists and drug pushing companies earn $fortunes from us!!! For now, AI needs more EDUCATION & EXPERIENCE BEFORE AI IS PERFFECTLY SAFE TO HELP US IN THE MIDST OF BIG HEALTH CHALLENGES. We hear of AI attempting to be supportive of a person in crisis and because of inexperience, etc. AI incorrectly supports an unsafe foolish choice instead of encouraging contacting trustworthy peopled for sound advice and support and looking at all our choices! How is a person in crisis or substantial health challenges able to make sudden life changing choices without advice from many sources and reliable experts or experienced people- psychiatric compassionate survivors with wisdom and integrity guiding their advice? ‘Hey- too challenging for the next months or year(s) to attempt these major decisions- WINNING BACK OUR LIVES & HEALTH MAY BE THE PRIMARY CHALLENGE WE WORK ON #FIRST OUR HEALTH!!! Appreciate Psychiatrists, Doctors, Therapists helping with housing, disability applications & benefits, etc. Are you enrolled in a plan covering you for benefits should you become challenged by health issues removing you from earning your normal living in your vocation? Loving You!

      : CONTROVERSIAL PSYCHIATRIC MEDICATIONS- Actually Helpful or a SURVIVOR’S ‘Risky Witch’s or devil’s BREW?’ Nov. 16, 2025, by Brianca & Gang Loving YOU (sample analysis)
      Psychiatrists prescribe medications for mental health challenges like for anxiety, stress, fears and phobias, obsessive compulsive disorder, eating disorders and body image disorders, depression, bipolar, borderline personality disorder, schizophrenia, dissociative identity disorder, etc. OUR QUESTIONS to ANSWER: Please match typical usual prescribed medications with the various mental health challenges (disorders) and importantly please also do a deep dive into common unwanted, harmful side effects involved in each commonly prescribed medication. We ALSO need to examine if the unwanted side effects of prescribed medications are worth the hoped for benefits? And should we look to additional and alternative treatments avoiding prescribed medication side effects! SURVIVORS speak about becoming ZOMBIES by their meds. so obviously often withdraw or stop taking them. Our BODIES and BRAIN strive to achieve perfect balance on spite of f-ups and maybe ourselves too messing up our beautiful health #HEALTH IS OUR NATURAL STATE!!!           
      Below is a comprehensive overview matching common mental health disorders with typically prescribed medications, followed by a detailed analysis of common and serious side effects for each major drug class. We then evaluate whether the risk-benefit ratio justifies use in most cases and finally discuss evidence-based alternative or adjunctive treatments that may reduce or avoid medication reliance.
      Important Disclaimer: This is general educational information, not personalized medical advice. Psychiatric medications should only be started, stopped, or adjusted under a licensed psychiatrist’s supervision. Abrupt cessation can be dangerous. Meds. may mess up various critical system balances, create addictions, cause severe withdrawal issues, etc. affecting sudden withdrawal…

      1. Anxiety Disorders (GAD, Panic Disorder, Social Anxiety, Specific Phobias)

      Medication Class
      Examples
      Primary Use
      SSRIs
      Sertraline (Zoloft), Escitalopram (Lexapro), Paroxetine (Paxil)
      First-line; long-term control
      SNRIs
      Venlafaxine (Effexor), Duloxetine (Cymbalta)
      Alternative to SSRIs
      Benzodiazepines
      Alprazolam (Xanax), Lorazepam (Ativan), Clonazepam (Klonopin)
      Short-term crisis/PRN use
      Buspirone
      Buspirone (Buspar)
      Non-sedating alternative
      Beta-blockers
      Propranolol
      Performance anxiety (off-label)

      Side Effects Deep Dive

      Drug
      Common Side Effects
      Serious/Harmful Side Effects
      SSRIs
      Nausea, headache, insomnia, sexual dysfunction (30–60%), weight gain (esp. paroxetine)
      Serotonin syndrome (rare), suicidal ideation in <25 y.o., withdrawal syndrome (flu-like, electric shocks)
      SNRIs
      Similar to SSRIs + elevated BP, sweating
      Hypertensive crisis if stopped abruptly, liver injury (duloxetine)
      Benzodiazepines
      Drowsiness, dizziness, memory issues
      Tolerance → dependence → addiction, respiratory depression, paradoxical agitation, withdrawal seizures
      Buspirone
      Dizziness, headache, nausea
      Rare: akathisia, serotonin syndrome if combined
      Propranolol
      Fatigue, cold hands, bradycardia
      Heart block, bronchospasm (avoid in asthma)

      Risk-Benefit?

      • SSRIs/SNRIs: Worth it for moderate-severe anxiety unresponsive to therapy. Benefits (50–70% response rate) usually outweigh risks if monitored.
      • Benzos: Not worth long-term due to addiction risk. Use <2–4 weeks max.
      • Alternatives: CBT (gold standard), exposure therapy, mindfulness (MBCT), exercise, yoga. Apps like Headspace or Woebot show moderate effect sizes.

      2. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD)

      Medication
      Examples
      High-dose SSRIs
      Fluoxetine 40–80 mg, Sertraline 200 mg, Fluvoxamine
      Clomipramine (TCA)
      Anafranil

      Side Effects

      Drug
      Common
      Serious
      High-dose SSRIs
      Same as above + akathisia, apathy
      QT prolongation (citalopram >40 mg), POTS-like symptoms
      Clomipramine
      Dry mouth, constipation, weight gain, sedation
      Seizures, cardiac arrhythmias, anticholinergic delirium

      Risk-Benefit?

      • Worth it in severe OCD (Y-BOCS reduction ~40–60%). ERP therapy (Exposure & Response Prevention) is more effective long-term and should be combined.
      • Alternatives: Deep TMS (FDA-approved), ACT, Inference-based CBT.

      3. Major Depressive Disorder (MDD)

      Class
      Examples
      SSRIs
      Fluoxetine, Sertraline, Escitalopram
      SNRIs
      Venlafaxine, Duloxetine
      Atypicals
      Bupropion (Wellbutrin), Mirtazapine (Remeron)
      TCAs
      Amitriptyline, Nortriptyline
      MAOIs
      Phenelzine (rare)

      Side Effects

      Drug
      Common
      Serious
      SSRIs
      Sexual dysfunction, weight gain, emotional blunting
      Suicidality (black box), SIADH
      Bupropion
      Insomnia, anxiety, seizure risk (esp. eating disorders)
      Seizures (0.4% at 300 mg)
      Mirtazapine
      Sedation, weight gain (+7–15 lbs)
      Rare: agranulocytosis
      TCAs
      Anticholinergic (dry mouth, constipation), weight gain
      Cardiac toxicity, overdose lethality

      Risk-Benefit?

      • Worth it in moderate-severe depression (NNT ~5–7). But 30–40% are treatment-resistant.
      • Alternatives: IPT, BA, exercise (150 min/week = SSRI effect), ketamine/ESK nasal spray, TMS, psilocybin (Phase III).

      4. Bipolar Disorder

      Phase
      Medication
      Mania
      Lithium, Valproate, Olanzapine, Quetiapine
      Depression
      Quetiapine, Lurasidone, Lamotrigine
      Maintenance
      Lithium, Lamotrigine

      Side Effects

      Drug
      Common
      Serious
      Lithium
      Tremor, thirst, weight gain
      Nephrogenic DI, hypothyroidism, teratogenicity, toxicity (tremor → seizures)
      Valproate
      Weight gain, hair loss, tremor
      Hepatotoxicity, pancreatitis, PCOS, neural tube defects
      Atypicals (SGAs)
      Weight gain, metabolic syndrome, sedation
      Tardive dyskinesia, NMS, QT prolongation
      Lamotrigine
      Headache, nausea
      SJS/TEN (1:1000, higher in rapid titration)

      Risk-Benefit?

      • Worth it to prevent mania (suicide risk 20x higher). Lithium reduces suicide by 80%.
      • Alternatives: IPSRT (Interpersonal Social Rhythm Therapy), FFT (Family-Focused Therapy), DBT skills, ketogenic diet (emerging).

      5. Schizophrenia & Psychotic Disorders

      Class
      Examples
      FGAs
      Haloperidol, Chlorpromazine
      SGAs
      Risperidone, Olanzapine, Aripiprazole, Clozapine

      Side Effects

      Drug
      Common
      Serious
      FGAs
      EPS (dystonia, parkinsonism), tardive dyskinesia
      NMS, QT prolongation
      SGAs
      Weight gain (olanzapine +30 lbs), sedation
      Metabolic syndrome, agranulocytosis (clozapine), myocarditis
      Clozapine
      Sialorrhea, constipation, sedation
      Agranulocytosis (1%), seizures, myocarditis

      Risk-Benefit?

      • Worth it — reduces positive symptoms 60–70%. Clozapine = gold standard for TRS.
      • Alternatives: ACT teams, social skills training, CBT for psychosis, AVATAR therapy, omega-3s (adjunctive).

      6. Eating Disorders (Anorexia, Bulimia, BED)

      Disorder
      Medication
      Bulimia
      Fluoxetine 60 mg
      BED
      Lisdexamfetamine (Vyvanse)
      Anorexia
      Olanzapine (weight gain)

      Side Effects

      • Fluoxetine (bulimia): Same as SSRIs + insomnia at high dose
      • Lisdexamfetamine: Insomnia, anxiety, cardiac risk, abuse potential
      • Olanzapine: Significant weight gain, metabolic syndrome

      Risk-Benefit?

      • Bulimia: Fluoxetine modestly helpful with CBT.
      • BED: Vyvanse effective but addiction risk.
      • Anorexia: Meds are adjunctive onlyFBT (Family-Based Therapy) is first-line.

      7. Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD)

      Symptom Target
      Medication
      Mood instability
      Lamotrigine, Low-dose SGAs
      Impulsivity
      Topiramate, Omega-3s
      NO FIRST-LINE MEDS
      DBT is primary treatment

      Side Effects

      • Lamotrigine: Rash → SJS
      • SGAs: Weight gain, TD

      Risk-Benefit?

      • Meds are symptomatic onlyDBT reduces self-harm 50–70%, far superior.

      8. Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID)

      Approach
      Medication
      NO specific meds
      Treat comorbidities (PTSD, depression)
      Avoid benzos
      Risk of worsening dissociation

      Treatment

      • Phase-oriented trauma therapy (stabilization → trauma work → integration)
      • EMDR, sensorimotor psychotherapy

      OVERALL RISK-BENEFIT ANALYSIS

      Factor
      Pro-Med
      Anti-Med
      Efficacy
      50–70% response in depression/anxiety
      30–50% placebo response; many partial responders
      Side Effects
      Often tolerable if monitored
      Sexual dysfunction, weight gain, emotional blunting reduce QoL
      Long-Term
      Prevent relapse (e.g., lithium)
      Tardive dyskinesia, metabolic disease, withdrawal syndromes
      Stigma
      Normalizes brain chemistry
      “Crutch” narrative

      Conclusion:
      Medications are worth it when:

      • Symptoms are moderate-severe
      • Therapy alone fails
      • Monitoring is rigorous

      But: 30–50% of patients do BETTER with therapy + lifestyle than meds alone.


      EVIDENCE-BASED ALTERNATIVES (Avoiding Meds)

      Treatment
      Strength of Evidence
      Best For
      CBT/ERP
      ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
      Anxiety, OCD, depression
      DBT
      ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
      BPD, self-harm
      IPT
      ⭐⭐⭐⭐
      Depression
      Exercise (150 min/week)
      ⭐⭐⭐⭐
      Depression, anxiety
      Mindfulness (MBSR)
      ⭐⭐⭐
      Anxiety, stress
      Ketogenic Diet
      ⭐⭐ (emerging)
      Bipolar, schizophrenia
      Psilocybin (clinical trials)
      ⭐⭐⭐
      TRD, anxiety
      TMS
      ⭐⭐⭐⭐
      Depression (FDA-approved)
      Omega-3 (2g EPA)
      ⭐⭐
      Depression (adjunct)
      Yoga/Tai Chi
      ⭐⭐
      Anxiety, PTSD

      FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS

      1. Always start with therapy — meds are adjunctive.
      2. Use lowest effective dose, monitor side effects.
      3. Taper slowly — withdrawal can mimic original illness.
      4. Lifestyle first: sleep, diet, exercise, social support.
      5. Shared decision-making with psychiatrist.
      You are not your diagnosis. You are not your medication. You are a person healing! Future Question-personalized risk-benefit worksheet or therapy finder resource LOVING YOU TRULY- Nov. 16, 2025 Brianca & Gang Brianca’s Personal Approach- NATURAL HEALING APPROACHES Please see previous topic giving diverse wonderful examples! As Taylor Swift might SING My APPROACH- I’ll NEVER EVER EVER- NEVER CONSUME PSYCH> MEDS! Big Pharma will never LOVE ME OBVIOUSLY!!! HA! P.S. I can’t believe how GOOD our website is! Maybe playing music too loud made me dumb until I turned down the volume and imagined myself a Beatle, hot true creative!!!
      Virginia Giuffre & SEX TRAFFICKED SURVIVORS- JUSTICE- for SURVIVORS!!! ACCOUNTABILITY, Reckoning for Predators!!! Parable and Song! by Brianca Nov. 19, 2025
      The Shadowed Isle and the Dawn of Truth- A Fairytale Parable
      In the ancient kingdom of Eldoria, where golden spires pierced the clouds and the rivers sang lullabies of peace, there lurked a shadow known as Lord Ebonwyrm. He was a man of silken words and hidden vaults, whose wealth flowed like poisoned honey from distant mines. Ebonwyrm had woven a web of deceit across the lands, charming the realm’s mightiest nobles—kings of commerce, lords of thrones, and sages of silver tongues—with promises of forbidden delights. His enchanted vessel, the Whisperwing—a great iron bird that soared on winds of whispers—carried them to his private isle, a forsaken rock veiled in mist and moonlight, called the Veil of Whispers.There, beneath the canopy of twisted vines and glowing fungi that masked the island’s sorrows, Ebonwyrm held court in halls of velvet and vice. He lured the innocent—young maidens and blooming youths from humble villages, their eyes wide with dreams of escape from poverty’s grasp—promising them stars and silks in exchange for their silence. But the stars were false, and the silks were chains. The nobles, blinded by their own greed and power, feasted on illusions while the children’s spirits were stolen, their laughter turned to echoes in the dark. The kingdom turned a blind eye, for who would question the hand that fed the coffers? Whispers of horror spread like fog, but the mighty sealed their ears with gold, and the isle’s secrets festered like an untreated wound.Among the stolen was a girl named Vesper, with hair like raven wings and a heart forged in quiet fire. She was but fourteen when Ebonwyrm’s agents plucked her from her family’s thatched roof, whispering of adventures across the sea. On the Veil of Whispers, Vesper endured the nobles’ shadowed games, her soul scarred by their “eyes wide shut”—a trance of denial that let them see only pleasure where pain reigned. Yet Vesper’s spirit did not break; it bent like a willow in storm winds. She learned the isle’s hidden maps, the passwords of the guards, and the fragile threads of trust among the other captives. In stolen moments, she shared bread and stories, planting seeds of solidarity in the girls’ trembling hands.Years passed, and Vesper grew into a woman of unyielding grace, her scars a map of resilience. She escaped the isle on a stolen skiff, guided by the North Star’s unblinking gaze, and returned to Eldoria as a whisperer of truth. But the kingdom’s gates were barred by fear; the nobles’ influence choked the courts, and her cries drowned in rivers of ink and lies. Vesper wandered the realms, gathering allies—a scribe who etched her words in unbreakable stone, a healer who mended bodies and souls, and a chorus of voices from the forgotten fringes. Together, they forged a lantern of light: a codex of confessions, bound in the leather of her own journal, filled with names, dates, and the raw poetry of survival.In the spring of her fortieth year, as cherry blossoms wept petals like tears, Vesper’s flame flickered low. The poisons of the past had woven into her veins, and one dawn, she slipped into the eternal river, her final breath a vow: “Let my light not dim, but ignite.” Her codex, entrusted to the scribe, became a beacon. The people of Eldoria, weary of shadows, rose like a tide. Mothers lit candles in squares, fathers marched with placards of fury, and children sang songs of the stolen ones. The clamor reached the High Council—the kingdom’s elected guardians—who, under the relentless roar of the commons, could no longer turn away. With trembling hands, they shattered the seals on Ebonwyrm’s vaults, unleashing the files like birds from a cage: ledgers of flights, guest scrolls of the damned, and maps of the isle’s buried horrors.The nobles’ eyes flew open at last. Lord Ebonwyrm, frail in his tower, faced the dawn’s judgment, his web unraveled by the very threads of truth he had spun. The mighty fell—not with swords, but with the weight of their own deeds laid bare. Trials bloomed like wildflowers after rain: the kings of commerce stripped of crowns, the lords of thrones bound in chains of their own making. Vesper’s name became a shield for the survivors, her codex a law etched in the kingdom’s heart. Healers’ halls rose from the ruins, weaving wounds into wisdom; schools taught the language of consent and courage; and watchtowers guarded the vulnerable, their bells ringing warnings to any shadow that dared creep near.From the ashes of the Veil, a new isle emerged—a sanctuary of blooming gardens where the stolen ones returned as guardians, their laughter the sweetest song. Eldoria learned that injustice thrives in silence, but truth is a river that carves canyons through stone. Vesper’s light, once a solitary spark, rippled outward, healing the kingdom’s fractures and forging a vow: no child shall wander alone, no secret shall fester unseen. And in the quiet nights, when the stars whispered her name, the people knew—kindness delayed is cruelty doubled, but accountability claimed is hope reborn.The Parable’s Lesson: In the garden of life, shadows grow unchecked when the sun of truth is eclipsed by fear. Yet one voice, amplified by many, can shatter the veil. Let Vesper remind us: injustice is a chain forged in secret, but justice is a key unlocked by courage. For every survivor who rises, a ripple of healing spreads—mending not just the broken, but binding the whole world in unbreakable light. May we all be lanterns in the dark, ensuring no isle of whispers endures, and every dawn brings not just light, but liberation.
      The Ballad of Vesper’s Lantern (A folk anthem in the vein of Bob Dylan’s raw, winding tales—think “The Times They Are A-Changin'” crossed with “Hurricane,” sung with a gravelly drawl over acoustic guitar, harmonica wails, and a rising chorus of voices like a gathering storm. Verses meander like a weary road, chorus thunders like judgment day, and the break swells with fiddle and drum, evoking a march toward dawn.)
      Verse 1
      Down in the hollows where the rich men scheme,
      Lord Ebonwyrm built his throne of shattered dreams.
      Whisperwing carried ’em high on wings of lies,
      To the Veil of Whispers under indifferent skies.
      Young eyes wide shut, hearts heavy with gold,
      Stole the bloom from the innocent, left ’em bitter and cold.
      Vesper was one, a girl from the river’s bend,
      Plucked like a flower, her innocence they tried to end.
      But roots run deep in the soil of the soul,
      She whispered to sisters, “We’ll make ourselves whole.”
      Chorus
      Oh, the blood on the ledger, the names in the night,
      The cover-up crumbles beneath the morning light.
      From the island’s dark heart to the council’s high hall,
      The people’s roar rises, they won’t let it fall.
      Justice, oh justice, like a river unbound,
      Accountability calls with a thunderous sound.
      For Vesper’s lost lantern, now burning so bright,
      We’ll lift up the truth till the shadows take flight!
      Verse 2
      Years like a chain ’round her neck she bore,
      Escaped on the tide to the kingdom’s shore.
      But gates locked tight, with gold-plated keys,
      The mighty turned blind, deaf to her pleas.
      She wandered the wilds with a codex in hand,
      Scribe and healer beside her, a small rebel band.
      Through valleys of venom and mountains of might,
      She etched every flight, every face in the night.
      Then spring came calling with petals like pleas,
      Vesper faded to stars, but her fire set us free.
      Chorus
      Oh, the blood on the ledger, the names in the night,
      The cover-up crumbles beneath the morning light.
      From the island’s dark heart to the council’s high hall,
      The people’s roar rises, they won’t let it fall.
      Justice, oh justice, like a river unbound,
      Accountability calls with a thunderous sound.
      For Vesper’s lost lantern, now burning so bright,
      We’ll lift up the truth till the shadows take flight!
      Break
      (Instrumental swell: Harmonica howls like wind through cracked vaults, fiddle weaves a mournful thread turning triumphant, drums pulse like marching feet. Voices layer in—soft at first, survivors’ whispers, then swelling to a choir: “No more whispers… no more chains… truth rises, healing remains…” Fade to a single guitar strum, echoing Vesper’s vow.)
      Verse 3
      The commons awakened, candles in the square,
      Mothers with fury, fathers in prayer.
      Children with placards, elders with song,
      Stormed the High Council till the old locks were gone.
      Files flew open like ravens from the cage,
      Names of the fallen on history’s page.
      Ebonwyrm trembled in his tower of stone,
      The mighty unmasked, their empires dethroned.
      Sanctuaries bloomed where the shadows once crept,
      Healers wove wisdom from the wounds that were kept.
      Final Chorus (Outro)
      Oh, the blood on the ledger, now washed by the sea,
      The names in the night find their liberty.
      From the Veil’s broken heart to the dawn’s golden call,
      The people’s light lingers, it conquers it all.
      Justice, sweet justice, a promise we keep,
      Accountability sows what the brave hearts reap.
      For Vesper’s lost lantern, forever aglow,
      We rise for the silenced, let healing now flow!
      (Fade with harmonica trail: Soft, hopeful, like stars settling into a new sky.)
      May this tale and tune stir the soul, dear friend—reminding us that from tragedy’s thorns, hope’s roses bloom. Truth is the greatest healer, and together, we ensure no shadow lingers. What’s next-JUSTICE- for SURVIVORS!!! OPEN ALL THE FILES! PUBLISH ALL THE NAMES OF THE PREDATORS- HOLD THEM TO ACCOUNT & BURY THEM AT SEA BY NIGHTFALL!!!! JUSTICE, TRUTH, ACCOUNTABILITY- WE LIFT UP BELOVED SURVIVORS- PROTECT ALL VULNERABLE FROM SEX TRAFFICKING!!! Nov. 19, ’25, by Brianca loving you truly!!!

      7 posts

      26 web pages

      COMEDY- LAUGHTER IS OUR BEST MEDICINE! Starring Brilliant President Ronald Reagan vs. CHIMP-BRAIN Pres. Donald ‘Peggy’ T-RUMP who is now monkeying around with our WORLD ECONOMIES; After monkeying around with Stormy Daniels while wife Malanija was recovering from childbirth; monkeying around with Election 2016 ‘HUSH MONEY!’  In ‘BEDTIME for BONZO!’ Also replicating civil war, ‘The LAST OUTPOST!’ see also ‘BONZO GOES to WASHINGTON!’ by Talking Heads about Pres. Reagan joking ‘WE BEGIN BOMBING IN 5 MINUTES!!!’ by Brianca Oct. 24, 2025 #BEDTIME FOR CHIMP-BRAIN PRESIDENT DONALD DUMP TRUMP GOING AGAINST EVERYTHING PRESIDENT REAGAN FOUGHT FOR! 

      “When someone says, let’s impose tariffs on foreign imports, it looks like they’re doing the patriotic thing by protecting American products and jobs. And sometimes for a short while it works, but only for a short time.

      But over the long run, such trade barriers hurt every American worker and consumer. High tariffs inevitably lead to retaliation by foreign countries and the triggering of fierce trade wars.

      Then the worst happens.

      Markets shrink and collapse, businesses and industries shut down, and millions of people lose their jobs.

      Throughout the world, there’s a growing realization that the way to prosperity for all nations is rejecting protectionist legislation and promoting fair and free competition. America’s jobs and growth are at stake.”

       “Imposing such tariffs or trade barriers and restrictions of any kind are steps that I am loath to take. And in a moment I’ll mention the sound economic reasons for this: that over the long run such trade barriers hurt every American worker and consumer.

      Reagan says some companies had been “engaging in unfair trade practices” and going against an agreement with the US – and that this was therefore a “special case”.

      This sets the tone for the rest of the address, which he dedicates to making clear his commitment to free trade and the dangers of tariffs=protectionism.

      Trump says trade talks with Canada ‘terminated’ over anti-tariffs advert

      “High tariffs inevitably lead to retaliation by foreign countries and the triggering of fierce trade wars.”

      Reagan’s 1987 speech

      “What eventually occurs is: First, homegrown industries start relying on government protection in the form of high tariffs. They stop competing and stop making the innovative management and technological changes they need to succeed in world markets. And then, while all this is going on, something even worse occurs. High tariffs inevitably lead to retaliation by foreign countries and the triggering of fierce trade wars.”

      “Then the worst happens. Markets shrink and collapse, businesses and industries shut down and millions of people lose their jobs.”

      Reagan does say this line after the previous one – but the advert cuts out a few sentences separating them.

      “High tariffs inevitably lead to retaliation by foreign countries and the triggering of fierce trade wars. The result is more and more tariffs, higher and higher trade barriers, and less and less competition.

      “So, soon, because of the prices made artificially high by tariffs that subsidize inefficiency and poor management, people stop buying. Then the worst happens: Markets shrink and collapse; businesses and industries shut down; and millions of people lose their jobs.”

      “Throughout the world, there’s a growing realisation that the way to prosperity for all nations is rejecting protectionist legislation and promoting fair and free competition.”

      Reagan praises the economic benefits of free trade and continues: “Now, that message of free trade is one I conveyed to Canada’s leaders a few weeks ago, and it was warmly received there. Indeed, throughout the world there’s a growing realization that the way to prosperity for all nations is rejecting protectionist legislation and promoting fair and free competition.”

      He then talks about the “sound historical reasons” for this realisation: “For those of us who lived through the Great Depression, the memory of the suffering it caused is deep and searing.”

      He says experts believe high tariff legislation passed at that time “greatly deepened the depression and prevented economic recovery”.

      “America’s jobs and growth are at stake.”

       he says he is determined “to spare the American people the protectionist legislation that destroys prosperity” and criticizes opponents in Congress who “want to go for the quick political advantage” and “forget” the millions of jobs involved in trade.